// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. package s3 import ( "bytes" "fmt" "io" "sync" "time" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/s3shared/arn" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/checksum" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml" ) const opAbortMultipartUpload = "AbortMultipartUpload" // AbortMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the AbortMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See AbortMultipartUpload for more information on using the AbortMultipartUpload // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the AbortMultipartUploadRequest method. // req, resp := client.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opAbortMultipartUpload, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", } if input == nil { input = &AbortMultipartUploadInput{} } output = &AbortMultipartUploadOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, // no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed // by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads // are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. // As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple // times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts. // // To verify that all parts have been removed and prevent getting charged for // the part storage, you should call the ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) // API operation and ensure that the parts list is empty. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions // required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation // on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) // API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant // the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession // API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token // in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After // the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to // generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs // create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service // interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, // see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html). // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload: // // - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) // // - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) // // - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) // // - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) // // - ListMultipartUploads (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // - ErrCodeNoSuchUpload "NoSuchUpload" // The specified multipart upload does not exist. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUpload(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) { req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // AbortMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as AbortMultipartUpload with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See AbortMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AbortMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) { req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opCompleteMultipartUpload = "CompleteMultipartUpload" // CompleteMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CompleteMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See CompleteMultipartUpload for more information on using the CompleteMultipartUpload // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the CompleteMultipartUploadRequest method. // req, resp := client.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCompleteMultipartUpload, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", } if input == nil { input = &CompleteMultipartUploadInput{} } output = &CompleteMultipartUploadOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // CompleteMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. // // You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the // UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) // operation or the UploadPartCopy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html) // operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, // you call this CompleteMultipartUpload operation to complete the upload. Upon // receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending // order by part number to create a new object. In the CompleteMultipartUpload // request, you must provide the parts list and ensure that the parts list is // complete. The CompleteMultipartUpload API operation concatenates the parts // that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide // the PartNumber value and the ETag value that are returned after that part // was uploaded. // // The processing of a CompleteMultipartUpload request could take several minutes // to finalize. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP // response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in // progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the // connection from timing out. A request could fail after the initial 200 OK // response has been sent. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either // a success or an error. The error response might be embedded in the 200 OK // response. If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your // application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. // If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs // detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration // settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If // the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that // don't use exceptions, they return an error). // // Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared // to retry any failed requests (including 500 error responses). For more information, // see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ErrorBestPractices.html). // // You can't use Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded for the CompleteMultipartUpload // requests. Also, if you don't provide a Content-Type header, CompleteMultipartUpload // can still return a 200 OK response. // // For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using // Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions // required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation // on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) // API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant // the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession // API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token // in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After // the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to // generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs // create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service // interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, // see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html). // // Special errors // // - Error Code: EntityTooSmall Description: Your proposed upload is smaller // than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB // in size, except the last part. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request // // - Error Code: InvalidPart Description: One or more of the specified parts // could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified // ETag might not have matched the uploaded part's ETag. HTTP Status Code: // 400 Bad Request // // - Error Code: InvalidPartOrder Description: The list of parts was not // in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part // number. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request // // - Error Code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload // does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload // might have been aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload: // // - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) // // - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) // // - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) // // - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) // // - ListMultipartUploads (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUpload(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) { req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CompleteMultipartUpload with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See CompleteMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) { req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opCopyObject = "CopyObject" // CopyObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CopyObject operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See CopyObject for more information on using the CopyObject // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the CopyObjectRequest method. // req, resp := client.CopyObjectRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject func (c *S3) CopyObjectRequest(input *CopyObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyObjectOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCopyObject, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", } if input == nil { input = &CopyObjectInput{} } output = &CopyObjectOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // CopyObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. // // You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a // copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this // API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart // upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see // Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjctsUsingRESTMPUapi.html). // // You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between // directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that // you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. For more // information about how to enable a Region for your account, see Enable or // disable a Region for standalone accounts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/accounts/latest/reference/manage-acct-regions.html#manage-acct-regions-enable-standalone) // in the Amazon Web Services Account Management Guide. // // Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If // you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you // get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html). // // # Authentication and authorization // // All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials // (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers // with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For // more information, see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html). // // Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and // authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the // temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. // // Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization // on your behalf. // // # Permissions // // You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination // bucket. // // - General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an // IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject // operation. If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must // have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied. // If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PutObject // permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket. // // - Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination // bucket types in a CopyObject operation. If the source object that you // want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession // permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, // the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, // you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly // on the copy source bucket. If the copy destination is a directory bucket, // you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element // of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode // condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket. // For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html) // and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based // policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-identity-policies.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Response and special errors // // When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When // the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the // Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check // if the copy succeeds. // // - If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about // the copied object. // // - A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy // request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can // contain either a success or an error. If the error occurs before the copy // action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs // during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK // response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling // and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error // 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3 (https://repost.aws/knowledge-center/s3-resolve-200-internalerror). // The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean // the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon // S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you // may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until // the entire response is successfully received and processed. If you call // this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse // the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon // Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded // error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including // automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, // the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, // they return an error). // // # Charge // // The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you // specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data // retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data // retrieval. If the copy source is in a different region, the data transfer // is billed to the copy source account. For pricing information, see Amazon // S3 pricing (http://aws.amazon.com/s3/pricing/). // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to CopyObject: // // - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) // // - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation CopyObject for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // - ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError "ObjectNotInActiveTierError" // The source object of the COPY action is not in the active tier and is only // stored in Amazon S3 Glacier. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject func (c *S3) CopyObject(input *CopyObjectInput) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // CopyObjectWithContext is the same as CopyObject with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See CopyObject for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) CopyObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opCreateBucket = "CreateBucket" // CreateBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateBucket operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See CreateBucket for more information on using the CreateBucket // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateBucketRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateBucketRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBucketOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateBucket, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", } if input == nil { input = &CreateBucketInput{} } output = &CreateBucketOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // CreateBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This action creates an Amazon S3 bucket. To create an Amazon S3 on Outposts // bucket, see CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_control_CreateBucket.html). // // Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must set up Amazon S3 and // have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. // Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, // you become the bucket owner. // // There are two types of buckets: general purpose buckets and directory buckets. // For more information about these bucket types, see Creating, configuring, // and working with Amazon S3 buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/creating-buckets-s3.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - General purpose buckets - If you send your CreateBucket request to the // s3.amazonaws.com global endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. // So the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 // as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies // another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket // in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be // able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting // of buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for // this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style // requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name // . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, // see Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - In addition to the s3:CreateBucket // permission, the following permissions are required in a policy when your // CreateBucket request includes specific headers: Access control lists (ACLs) // // - In your CreateBucket request, if you specify an access control list // (ACL) and set it to public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, // or if you explicitly specify any other custom ACLs, both s3:CreateBucket // and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are required. In your CreateBucket request, // if you set the ACL to private, or if you don't specify any ACLs, only // the s3:CreateBucket permission is required. Object Lock - In your CreateBucket // request, if you set x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled to true, the s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration // and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required. S3 Object Ownership // // - If your CreateBucket request includes the x-amz-object-ownership header, // then the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required. To set // an ACL on a bucket as part of a CreateBucket request, you must explicitly // set S3 Object Ownership for the bucket to a different value than the default, // BucketOwnerEnforced. Additionally, if your desired bucket ACL grants public // access, you must first create the bucket (without the bucket ACL) and // then explicitly disable Block Public Access on the bucket before using // PutBucketAcl to set the ACL. If you try to create a bucket with a public // ACL, the request will fail. For the majority of modern use cases in S3, // we recommend that you keep all Block Public Access settings enabled and // keep ACLs disabled. If you would like to share data with users outside // of your account, you can use bucket policies as needed. For more information, // see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) // and Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-control-block-public-access.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. S3 Block Public Access - If your specific // use case requires granting public access to your S3 resources, you can // disable Block Public Access. Specifically, you can create a new bucket // with Block Public Access enabled, then separately call the DeletePublicAccessBlock // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html) // API. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock // permission. For more information about S3 Block Public Access, see Blocking // public access to your Amazon S3 storage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-control-block-public-access.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateBucket // permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. // Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation // can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the // resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, // see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express // One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. The permissions for ACLs, Object Lock, S3 // Object Ownership, and S3 Block Public Access are not supported for directory // buckets. For directory buckets, all Block Public Access settings are enabled // at the bucket level and S3 Object Ownership is set to Bucket owner enforced // (ACLs disabled). These settings can't be modified. For more information // about permissions for creating and working with directory buckets, see // Directory buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-buckets-overview.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about supported S3 features // for directory buckets, see Features of S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-one-zone.html#s3-express-features) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to CreateBucket: // // - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) // // - DeleteBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation CreateBucket for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // // - ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists "BucketAlreadyExists" // The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared // by all users of the system. Select a different name and try again. // // - ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou" // The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 // returns this error in all Amazon Web Services Regions except in the North // Virginia Region. For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket // that you already own in the North Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 // OK and resets the bucket access control lists (ACLs). // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket func (c *S3) CreateBucket(input *CreateBucketInput) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // CreateBucketWithContext is the same as CreateBucket with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See CreateBucket for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) CreateBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opCreateMultipartUpload = "CreateMultipartUpload" // CreateMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See CreateMultipartUpload for more information on using the CreateMultipartUpload // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateMultipartUploadRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateMultipartUpload, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?uploads", } if input == nil { input = &CreateMultipartUploadInput{} } output = &CreateMultipartUploadOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // CreateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload // ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. // You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests // (see UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html)). // You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or // abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart // uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop // being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or // abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the // parts and stops charging you for storing them only after you either complete // or abort a multipart upload. // // If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, // the created multipart upload must be completed within the number of days // specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete // multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts // the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart // Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config). // // - Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets. // // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for // this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Request signing // // For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. // You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, // and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. // There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more // information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services // Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - For information about the permissions // required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To perform a multipart upload with encryption // by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission // to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These // permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data // from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. // For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/mpuoverview.html#mpuAndPermissions) // and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services // KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/UsingKMSEncryption.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation // on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) // API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant // the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession // API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token // in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After // the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to // generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs // create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service // interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, // see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html). // // Encryption // // - General purpose buckets - Server-side encryption is for data encryption // at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its // data centers and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically // encrypts all new objects that are uploaded to an S3 bucket. When doing // a multipart upload, if you don't specify encryption information in your // request, the encryption setting of the uploaded parts is set to the default // encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets // have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption // with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a // default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with // an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided // encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a // customer-provided key to encrypt the uploaded parts. When you perform // a CreateMultipartUpload operation, if you want to use a different type // of encryption setting for the uploaded parts, you can request that Amazon // S3 encrypts the object with a different encryption key (such as an Amazon // S3 managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key). When the encryption // setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration // of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes // precedence. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request // headers you provide in UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) // and UploadPartCopy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html) // requests must match the headers you used in the CreateMultipartUpload // request. Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed // key (aws/s3) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service // (KMS) – If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt // data, specify the following headers in the request. x-amz-server-side-encryption // x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id x-amz-server-side-encryption-context // If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide // x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon // Web Services managed key (aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data. To perform // a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS // key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* // actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must // decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes // the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and // permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/mpuoverview.html#mpuAndPermissions) // and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services // KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/UsingKMSEncryption.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) // user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, // then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user // or role is in a different account from the key, then you must have the // permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role. All GET // and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't make // them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), // or Signature Version 4. For information about configuring any of the officially // supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying // the Signature Version in Request Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about server-side encryption // with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption // with KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/UsingKMSEncryption.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) // – If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following // headers in the request. x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 // For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided // encryption keys (SSE-C), see Protecting data using server-side encryption // with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory buckets -For directory buckets, only server-side encryption // with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload: // // - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) // // - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) // // - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) // // - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) // // - ListMultipartUploads (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation CreateMultipartUpload for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUpload(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // CreateMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CreateMultipartUpload with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See CreateMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opCreateSession = "CreateSession" // CreateSessionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the CreateSession operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See CreateSession for more information on using the CreateSession // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the CreateSessionRequest method. // req, resp := client.CreateSessionRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateSession func (c *S3) CreateSessionRequest(input *CreateSessionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSessionOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opCreateSession, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?session", } if input == nil { input = &CreateSessionInput{} } output = &CreateSessionOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // CreateSession API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Creates a session that establishes temporary security credentials to support // fast authentication and authorization for the Zonal endpoint APIs on directory // buckets. For more information about Zonal endpoint APIs that include the // Availability Zone in the request endpoint, see S3 Express One Zone APIs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-APIs.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // To make Zonal endpoint API requests on a directory bucket, use the CreateSession // API operation. Specifically, you grant s3express:CreateSession permission // to a bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you // use IAM credentials to make the CreateSession API request on the bucket, // which returns temporary security credentials that include the access key // ID, secret access key, session token, and expiration. These credentials have // associated permissions to access the Zonal endpoint APIs. After the session // is created, you don’t need to use other policies to grant permissions to // each Zonal endpoint API individually. Instead, in your Zonal endpoint API // requests, you sign your requests by applying the temporary security credentials // of the session to the request headers and following the SigV4 protocol for // authentication. You also apply the session token to the x-amz-s3session-token // request header for authorization. Temporary security credentials are scoped // to the bucket and expire after 5 minutes. After the expiration time, any // calls that you make with those credentials will fail. You must use IAM credentials // again to make a CreateSession API request that generates a new set of temporary // credentials for use. Temporary credentials cannot be extended or refreshed // beyond the original specified interval. // // If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle the session token refreshes // automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. We recommend // that you use the Amazon Web Services SDKs to initiate and manage requests // to the CreateSession API. For more information, see Performance guidelines // and design patterns (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-optimizing-performance-guidelines-design-patterns.html#s3-express-optimizing-performance-session-authentication) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. // These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - CopyObject API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint APIs, the CopyObject // API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned // from the CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. // For information about authentication and authorization of the CopyObject // API operation on directory buckets, see CopyObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html). // // - HeadBucket API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint APIs, the HeadBucket // API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned // from the CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. // For information about authentication and authorization of the HeadBucket // API operation on directory buckets, see HeadBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_HeadBucket.html). // // # Permissions // // To obtain temporary security credentials, you must create a bucket policy // or an IAM identity-based policy that grants s3express:CreateSession permission // to the bucket. In a policy, you can have the s3express:SessionMode condition // key to control who can create a ReadWrite or ReadOnly session. For more information // about ReadWrite or ReadOnly sessions, see x-amz-create-session-mode (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html#API_CreateSession_RequestParameters). // For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html) // and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based // policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-identity-policies.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // To grant cross-account access to Zonal endpoint APIs, the bucket policy should // also grant both accounts the s3express:CreateSession permission. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation CreateSession for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // - ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" // The specified bucket does not exist. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateSession func (c *S3) CreateSession(input *CreateSessionInput) (*CreateSessionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateSessionRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // CreateSessionWithContext is the same as CreateSession with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See CreateSession for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) CreateSessionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateSessionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateSessionOutput, error) { req, out := c.CreateSessionRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteBucket = "DeleteBucket" // DeleteBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteBucket operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteBucket for more information on using the DeleteBucket // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket func (c *S3) DeleteBucketRequest(input *DeleteBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteBucket, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteBucketInput{} } output = &DeleteBucketOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeleteBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete // markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted. // // - Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in // progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart // uploads are aborted or completed. // // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for // this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style // requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name // . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, // see Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the s3:DeleteBucket // permission on the specified bucket in a policy. // // - Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:DeleteBucket // permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. // Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation // can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the // resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, // see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express // One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to DeleteBucket: // // - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) // // - DeleteObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteBucket for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket func (c *S3) DeleteBucket(input *DeleteBucketInput) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteBucketWithContext is the same as DeleteBucket with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteBucket for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration" // DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} } output = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics // configuration ID). // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics // – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html). // // The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration: // // - GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) // // - ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html) // // - PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteBucketCors = "DeleteBucketCors" // DeleteBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteBucketCors operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteBucketCors for more information on using the DeleteBucketCors // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketCorsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketCorsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteBucketCors, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteBucketCorsInput{} } output = &DeleteBucketCorsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeleteBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this // permission to others. // // For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Related Resources // // - PutBucketCors (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketCors.html) // // - RESTOPTIONSobject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTOPTIONSobject.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteBucketCors for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCors(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteBucketCorsWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketCors with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteBucketEncryption = "DeleteBucketEncryption" // DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteBucketEncryption for more information on using the DeleteBucketEncryption // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteBucketEncryption, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteBucketEncryptionInput{} } output = &DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeleteBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // This implementation of the DELETE action resets the default encryption for // the bucket as server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). // For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 // Bucket Default Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // The following operations are related to DeleteBucketEncryption: // // - PutBucketEncryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketEncryption.html) // // - GetBucketEncryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketEncryption.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteBucketEncryption for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryption(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketEncryption with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration = "DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration" // DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration func (c *S3) DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?intelligent-tiering", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput{} } output = &DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Deletes the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. // // The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage // costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access // tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering // delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput // access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed // in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. // // The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data // with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of // object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 // KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects // can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates // in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. // // For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently // and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access). // // Operations related to DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: // // - GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) // // - PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) // // - ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration func (c *S3) DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration = "DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration" // DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} } output = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from // the bucket. // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html). // // Operations related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include: // // - GetBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) // // - PutBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) // // - ListBucketInventoryConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteBucketLifecycle = "DeleteBucketLifecycle" // DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteBucketLifecycle for more information on using the DeleteBucketLifecycle // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteBucketLifecycle, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteBucketLifecycleInput{} } output = &DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeleteBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 // removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource // associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer // automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the // deleted lifecycle configuration. // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration // action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. // // There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is // fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems. // // For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe // Lifecycle Actions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#intro-lifecycle-rules-actions). // // Related actions include: // // - PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) // // - GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycle(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketLifecycle with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration" // DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} } output = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics // (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this // doesn't include the daily storage metrics. // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring // Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html). // // The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration: // // - GetBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) // // - PutBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) // // - ListBucketMetricsConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html) // // - Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteBucketOwnershipControls = "DeleteBucketOwnershipControls" // DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteBucketOwnershipControls operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteBucketOwnershipControls for more information on using the DeleteBucketOwnershipControls // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketOwnershipControls func (c *S3) DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(input *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteBucketOwnershipControls, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?ownershipControls", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput{} } output = &DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeleteBucketOwnershipControls API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Removes OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, // you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information // about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). // // For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/about-object-ownership.html). // // The following operations are related to DeleteBucketOwnershipControls: // // - GetBucketOwnershipControls // // - PutBucketOwnershipControls // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteBucketOwnershipControls for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketOwnershipControls func (c *S3) DeleteBucketOwnershipControls(input *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) (*DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketOwnershipControls with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteBucketOwnershipControls for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteBucketPolicy = "DeleteBucketPolicy" // DeleteBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteBucketPolicy for more information on using the DeleteBucketPolicy // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketPolicyRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteBucketPolicy, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteBucketPolicyInput{} } output = &DeleteBucketPolicyOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeleteBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Deletes the policy of a specified bucket. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style // requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name // . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see // Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Permissions // // If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services // account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the DeleteBucketPolicy // permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account // in order to use this operation. // // If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 // Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not // using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns // a 405 Method Not Allowed error. // // To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their // own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account // can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy // API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's // access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing // these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations // policies. // // - General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:DeleteBucketPolicy permission // is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets // bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, // you must have the s3express:DeleteBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based // policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation // isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web // Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory // bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and // Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy // // - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) // // - DeleteObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteBucketPolicy for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicy(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketPolicy with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteBucketReplication = "DeleteBucketReplication" // DeleteBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteBucketReplication operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteBucketReplication for more information on using the DeleteBucketReplication // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketReplicationRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteBucketReplication, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteBucketReplicationInput{} } output = &DeleteBucketReplicationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeleteBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it // to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related // to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully // propagate. // // For information about replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication: // // - PutBucketReplication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketReplication.html) // // - GetBucketReplication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketReplication.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteBucketReplication for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplication(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketReplication with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteBucketTagging = "DeleteBucketTagging" // DeleteBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteBucketTagging operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteBucketTagging for more information on using the DeleteBucketTagging // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketTaggingRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteBucketTagging, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteBucketTaggingInput{} } output = &DeleteBucketTaggingOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeleteBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Deletes the tags from the bucket. // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging // action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this // permission to others. // // The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging: // // - GetBucketTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketTagging.html) // // - PutBucketTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketTagging.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteBucketTagging for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTagging(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketTagging with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteBucketWebsite = "DeleteBucketWebsite" // DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteBucketWebsite for more information on using the DeleteBucketWebsite // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteBucketWebsite, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteBucketWebsiteInput{} } output = &DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeleteBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns // a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the // specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration // you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns // a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist. // // This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, // only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a // bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete // the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite // permission. // // For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon // S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html). // // The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite: // // - GetBucketWebsite (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketWebsite.html) // // - PutBucketWebsite (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketWebsite.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteBucketWebsite for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsite(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketWebsite with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteObject = "DeleteObject" // DeleteObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteObject operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteObject for more information on using the DeleteObject // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteObjectRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject func (c *S3) DeleteObjectRequest(input *DeleteObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteObject, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteObjectInput{} } output = &DeleteObjectOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // DeleteObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning // state: // // - If bucket versioning is not enabled, the operation permanently deletes // the object. // // - If bucket versioning is enabled, the operation inserts a delete marker, // which becomes the current version of the object. To permanently delete // an object in a versioned bucket, you must include the object’s versionId // in the request. For more information about versioning-enabled buckets, // see Deleting object versions from a versioning-enabled bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/DeletingObjectVersions.html). // // - If bucket versioning is suspended, the operation removes the object // that has a null versionId, if there is one, and inserts a delete marker // that becomes the current version of the object. If there isn't an object // with a null versionId, and all versions of the object have a versionId, // Amazon S3 does not remove the object and only inserts a delete marker. // To permanently delete an object that has a versionId, you must include // the object’s versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-suspended // buckets, see Deleting objects from versioning-suspended buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/DeletingObjectsfromVersioningSuspendedBuckets.html). // // - Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory // buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID // is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId // query parameter in the request. // // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for // this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. // Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object // deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker // to true. // // If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning // configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request // header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must // use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMFADelete.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, // see Sample Request (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectDELETE.html#ExampleVersionObjectDelete). // // Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets. // // You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html)) // to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or // accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny // them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration // actions. // // Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required // in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers. // s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have // the s3:DeleteObject permission. s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific // version of an object from a versioning-enabled bucket, you must have the // s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation // on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) // API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant // the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession // API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token // in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After // the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to // generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs // create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service // interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, // see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html). // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following action is related to DeleteObject: // // - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteObject for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject func (c *S3) DeleteObject(input *DeleteObjectInput) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteObjectWithContext is the same as DeleteObject with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteObject for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteObjectTagging = "DeleteObjectTagging" // DeleteObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteObjectTagging operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteObjectTagging for more information on using the DeleteObjectTagging // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectTaggingRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteObjectTagging, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteObjectTaggingInput{} } output = &DeleteObjectTaggingOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // DeleteObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information // about managing object tags, see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html). // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging // action. // // To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter // in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging // action. // // The following operations are related to DeleteObjectTagging: // // - PutObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectTagging.html) // // - GetObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteObjectTagging for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTagging(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteObjectTagging with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeleteObjects = "DeleteObjects" // DeleteObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeleteObjects operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeleteObjects for more information on using the DeleteObjects // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectsRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeleteObjectsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsRequest(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeleteObjects, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?delete", } if input == nil { input = &DeleteObjectsInput{} } output = &DeleteObjectsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // DeleteObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using // a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, // then this operation provides a suitable alternative to sending individual // delete requests, reducing per-request overhead. // // The request can contain a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. // In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs // if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled // bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete operation and returns the // result of that delete, success or failure, in the response. Note that if // the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result // as deleted. // // - Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory // buckets. // // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for // this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // The operation supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By // default, the operation uses verbose mode in which the response includes the // result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response // includes only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. For a // successful deletion in a quiet mode, the operation does not return any information // about the delete in the response body. // // When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts // to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do // not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned // objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether // there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete // request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required // in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers. // s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always specify // the s3:DeleteObject permission. s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific // version of an object from a versioning-enabled bucket, you must specify // the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation // on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) // API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant // the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession // API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token // in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After // the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to // generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs // create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service // interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, // see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html). // // Content-MD5 request header // // - General purpose bucket - The Content-MD5 request header is required // for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value // to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit. // // - Directory bucket - The Content-MD5 request header or a additional checksum // request header (including x-amz-checksum-crc32, x-amz-checksum-crc32c, // x-amz-checksum-sha1, or x-amz-checksum-sha256) is required for all Multi-Object // Delete requests. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to DeleteObjects: // // - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) // // - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) // // - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) // // - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) // // - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeleteObjects for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects func (c *S3) DeleteObjects(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeleteObjectsWithContext is the same as DeleteObjects with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeleteObjects for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opDeletePublicAccessBlock = "DeletePublicAccessBlock" // DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the DeletePublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See DeletePublicAccessBlock for more information on using the DeletePublicAccessBlock // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest method. // req, resp := client.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletePublicAccessBlock func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opDeletePublicAccessBlock, HTTPMethod: "DELETE", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock", } if input == nil { input = &DeletePublicAccessBlockInput{} } output = &DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // DeletePublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use // this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. // For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket // Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // The following operations are related to DeletePublicAccessBlock: // // - Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) // // - GetPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html) // // - PutPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html) // // - GetBucketPolicyStatus (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketPolicyStatus.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation DeletePublicAccessBlock for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletePublicAccessBlock func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlock(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) (*DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // DeletePublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as DeletePublicAccessBlock with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See DeletePublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { req, out := c.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration" // GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?accelerate", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{} } output = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to // return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled // or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that // enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled // or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html) // operation. // // A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that // has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration // state if a state has never been set on the bucket. // // For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration: // // - PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketAcl = "GetBucketAcl" // GetBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketAcl operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketAcl for more information on using the GetBucketAcl // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAclRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketAclRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl func (c *S3) GetBucketAclRequest(input *GetBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAclOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketAcl, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?acl", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketAclInput{} } output = &GetBucketAclOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return // the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of // the bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP // permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the // bucket without using an authorization header. // // When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of // the access point in place of the bucket name. // // When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide // the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. // If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error // code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about // InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList). // // If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, // requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control // ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, // see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl: // // - ListObjects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketAcl for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl func (c *S3) GetBucketAcl(input *GetBucketAclInput) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketAclWithContext is the same as GetBucketAcl with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration" // GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} } output = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration // (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket. // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics // – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // The following operations are related to GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration: // // - DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) // // - ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html) // // - PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketCors = "GetBucketCors" // GetBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketCors operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketCors for more information on using the GetBucketCors // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketCorsRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketCorsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsRequest(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketCorsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketCors, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketCorsInput{} } output = &GetBucketCorsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information // set for the bucket. // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS // action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it // to others. // // When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of // the access point in place of the bucket name. // // When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide // the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. // If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error // code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about // InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList). // // For more information about CORS, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html). // // The following operations are related to GetBucketCors: // // - PutBucketCors (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketCors.html) // // - DeleteBucketCors (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketCors.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketCors for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors func (c *S3) GetBucketCors(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketCorsWithContext is the same as GetBucketCors with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketEncryption = "GetBucketEncryption" // GetBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketEncryption for more information on using the GetBucketEncryption // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketEncryptionRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketEncryptionOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketEncryption, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketEncryptionInput{} } output = &GetBucketEncryptionOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. By // default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side // encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). For information about the // bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption: // // - PutBucketEncryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketEncryption.html) // // - DeleteBucketEncryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketEncryption.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketEncryption for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryption(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as GetBucketEncryption with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration = "GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration" // GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?intelligent-tiering", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput{} } output = &GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Gets the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. // // The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage // costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access // tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering // delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput // access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed // in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. // // The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data // with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of // object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 // KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects // can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates // in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. // // For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently // and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access). // // Operations related to GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: // // - DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) // // - PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) // // - ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration(input *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration = "GetBucketInventoryConfiguration" // GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} } output = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration // ID) from the bucket. // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this // permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions // Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html). // // The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration: // // - DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) // // - ListBucketInventoryConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html) // // - PutBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketLifecycle = "GetBucketLifecycle" // GetBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketLifecycle for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycle // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle // // Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycle has been deprecated func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) { if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated") } op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketLifecycle, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketLifecycleInput{} } output = &GetBucketLifecycleOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // For an updated version of this API, see GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html). // If you configured a bucket lifecycle using the filter element, you should // see the updated version of this topic. This topic is provided for backward // compatibility. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information // about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html). // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error: // // - Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle // configuration does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault // Code Prefix: Client // // The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycle: // // - GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) // // - PutBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html) // // - DeleteBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle // // Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycle has been deprecated func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycle(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycle with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. // // Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycleWithContext has been deprecated func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration" // GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{} } output = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using // an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination // of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous // version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, // which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, // see GetBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycle.html). // Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes // the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset // of objects to which the rule applies. If you are using a previous version // of the lifecycle configuration, it still works. For the earlier action, // // Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information // about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html). // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error: // // - Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle // configuration does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault // Code Prefix: Client // // The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration: // // - GetBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycle.html) // // - PutBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html) // // - DeleteBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketLocation = "GetBucketLocation" // GetBucketLocationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketLocation operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketLocation for more information on using the GetBucketLocation // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLocationRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketLocationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationRequest(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLocationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketLocation, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?location", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketLocationInput{} } output = &GetBucketLocationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketLocation API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using // the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more // information, see CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html). // // When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of // the access point in place of the bucket name. // // When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide // the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. // If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error // code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about // InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList). // // We recommend that you use HeadBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_HeadBucket.html) // to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, // Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation. // // The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation: // // - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) // // - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketLocation for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation func (c *S3) GetBucketLocation(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketLocationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLocation with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketLocation for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLocationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketLogging = "GetBucketLogging" // GetBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketLogging operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketLogging for more information on using the GetBucketLogging // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLoggingRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketLoggingRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingRequest(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLoggingOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketLogging, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?logging", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketLoggingInput{} } output = &GetBucketLoggingOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to // view and modify that status. // // The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging: // // - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) // // - PutBucketLogging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLogging.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketLogging for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging func (c *S3) GetBucketLogging(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketLogging with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration = "GetBucketMetricsConfiguration" // GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} } output = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) // from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics. // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring // Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html). // // The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration: // // - PutBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) // // - DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) // // - ListBucketMetricsConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html) // // - Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketNotification = "GetBucketNotification" // GetBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketNotification operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketNotification for more information on using the GetBucketNotification // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification // // Deprecated: GetBucketNotification has been deprecated func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) { if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketNotification, has been deprecated") } op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketNotification, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{} } output = &NotificationConfigurationDeprecated{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // No longer used, see GetBucketNotificationConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketNotification for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification // // Deprecated: GetBucketNotification has been deprecated func (c *S3) GetBucketNotification(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotification with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. // // Deprecated: GetBucketNotificationWithContext has been deprecated func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration = "GetBucketNotificationConfiguration" // GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfiguration) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{} } output = &NotificationConfiguration{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. // // If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty // NotificationConfiguration element. // // By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration // of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission // to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification // permission. // // When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of // the access point in place of the bucket name. // // When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide // the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. // If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error // code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about // InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList). // // For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration // on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). // For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html). // // The following action is related to GetBucketNotification: // // - PutBucketNotification (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketNotification.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketOwnershipControls = "GetBucketOwnershipControls" // GetBucketOwnershipControlsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketOwnershipControls operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketOwnershipControls for more information on using the GetBucketOwnershipControls // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketOwnershipControlsRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketOwnershipControls func (c *S3) GetBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(input *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketOwnershipControls, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?ownershipControls", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput{} } output = &GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketOwnershipControls API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Retrieves OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, // you must have the s3:GetBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information // about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html). // // For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html). // // The following operations are related to GetBucketOwnershipControls: // // - PutBucketOwnershipControls // // - DeleteBucketOwnershipControls // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketOwnershipControls for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketOwnershipControls func (c *S3) GetBucketOwnershipControls(input *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) (*GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext is the same as GetBucketOwnershipControls with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketOwnershipControls for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketPolicy = "GetBucketPolicy" // GetBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketPolicy for more information on using the GetBucketPolicy // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketPolicy, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketPolicyInput{} } output = &GetBucketPolicyOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Returns the policy of a specified bucket. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style // requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name // . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see // Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Permissions // // If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services // account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the GetBucketPolicy // permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account // in order to use this operation. // // If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access // Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an // identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a // 405 Method Not Allowed error. // // To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their // own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account // can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy // API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's // access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing // these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations // policies. // // - General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetBucketPolicy permission // is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets // bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, // you must have the s3express:GetBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based // policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation // isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web // Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory // bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and // Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Example bucket policies // // General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/example-bucket-policies.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for // S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy: // // - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketPolicy for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicy(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicy with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketPolicyStatus = "GetBucketPolicyStatus" // GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketPolicyStatus operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketPolicyStatus for more information on using the GetBucketPolicyStatus // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyStatus func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketPolicyStatus, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policyStatus", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketPolicyStatusInput{} } output = &GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketPolicyStatus API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the // bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus // permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying // Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). // // For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see // The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status). // // The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus: // // - Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) // // - GetPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html) // // - PutPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html) // // - DeletePublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketPolicyStatus for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyStatus func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatus(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketPolicyStatusWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicyStatus with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketPolicyStatus for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketReplication = "GetBucketReplication" // GetBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketReplication operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketReplication for more information on using the GetBucketReplication // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketReplicationRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketReplicationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationRequest(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketReplicationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketReplication, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketReplicationInput{} } output = &GetBucketReplicationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns the replication configuration of a bucket. // // It can take a while to propagate the put or delete a replication configuration // to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request soon after put or delete // can return a wrong result. // // For information about replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This action requires permissions for the s3:GetReplicationConfiguration action. // For more information about permissions, see Using Bucket Policies and User // Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html). // // If you include the Filter element in a replication configuration, you must // also include the DeleteMarkerReplication and Priority elements. The response // also returns those elements. // // For information about GetBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related // error codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ReplicationErrorCodeList) // // The following operations are related to GetBucketReplication: // // - PutBucketReplication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketReplication.html) // // - DeleteBucketReplication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketReplication.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketReplication for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication func (c *S3) GetBucketReplication(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as GetBucketReplication with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketRequestPayment = "GetBucketRequestPayment" // GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the GetBucketRequestPayment // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketRequestPayment, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?requestPayment", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketRequestPaymentInput{} } output = &GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version // of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see // Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html). // // The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment: // // - ListObjects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPayment(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as GetBucketRequestPayment with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketTagging = "GetBucketTagging" // GetBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketTagging operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketTagging for more information on using the GetBucketTagging // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketTaggingRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketTaggingRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingRequest(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketTaggingOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketTagging, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketTaggingInput{} } output = &GetBucketTaggingOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns the tag set associated with the bucket. // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketTagging // action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this // permission to others. // // GetBucketTagging has the following special error: // // - Error code: NoSuchTagSet Description: There is no tag set associated // with the bucket. // // The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging: // // - PutBucketTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketTagging.html) // // - DeleteBucketTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketTagging.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketTagging for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging func (c *S3) GetBucketTagging(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketTagging with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketVersioning = "GetBucketVersioning" // GetBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketVersioning for more information on using the GetBucketVersioning // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketVersioningRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketVersioningRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningRequest(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketVersioningOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketVersioning, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versioning", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketVersioningInput{} } output = &GetBucketVersioningOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns the versioning state of a bucket. // // To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. // // This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning // state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an // authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket. // // The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning: // // - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) // // - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) // // - DeleteObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketVersioning for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioning(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as GetBucketVersioning with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetBucketWebsite = "GetBucketWebsite" // GetBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetBucketWebsite for more information on using the GetBucketWebsite // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetBucketWebsiteRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetBucketWebsite, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website", } if input == nil { input = &GetBucketWebsiteInput{} } output = &GetBucketWebsiteOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon // S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. // For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon // S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html). // // This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, // only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, // bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by // writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. // // The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite: // // - DeleteBucketWebsite (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketWebsite.html) // // - PutBucketWebsite (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketWebsite.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetBucketWebsite for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsite(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as GetBucketWebsite with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetObject = "GetObject" // GetObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetObject operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetObject for more information on using the GetObject // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetObjectRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject func (c *S3) GetObjectRequest(input *GetObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetObject, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", } if input == nil { input = &GetObjectInput{} } output = &GetObjectOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Retrieves an object from Amazon S3. // // In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object. // // General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the // path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, // if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object // key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, // if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named // examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. // For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html#VirtualHostingSpecifyBucket) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For // a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg // in the bucket named examplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3, specify the object key // name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to // this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints // support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions // in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object // (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject // operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For // more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If you include a versionId in your request // header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific // version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this // scenario. If you request the current version of an object without a specific // versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. // The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario. If // the object that you request doesn’t exist, the error that Amazon S3 // returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission. // If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns // an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error. If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket // permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation // on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) // API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant // the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession // API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token // in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After // the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to // generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs // create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service // interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, // see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html). // // # Storage classes // // If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval // storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering // Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, // before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html). // Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information // about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage // class is supported to store newly created objects. Unsupported storage class // values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status // code 400 Bad Request. // // # Encryption // // Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not // be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption // with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with // Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption // with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in // your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, you’ll // get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. // // # Overriding response header values through the request // // There are times when you want to override certain response header values // of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition // response header value through your GetObject request. // // You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response // header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the // HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the // following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that // Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object. // // The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are // Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, // and Expires. // // To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, // you can use the following query parameters in the request. // // - response-cache-control // // - response-content-disposition // // - response-content-encoding // // - response-content-language // // - response-content-type // // - response-expires // // When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either // an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used // with an unsigned (anonymous) request. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to GetObject: // // - ListBuckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html) // // - GetObjectAcl (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAcl.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetObject for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // // - ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" // The specified key does not exist. // // - ErrCodeInvalidObjectState "InvalidObjectState" // Object is archived and inaccessible until restored. // // If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval // storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering // Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, // before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html). // Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information // about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject func (c *S3) GetObject(input *GetObjectInput) (*GetObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetObjectWithContext is the same as GetObject with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetObject for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetObjectAcl = "GetObjectAcl" // GetObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetObjectAcl operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetObjectAcl for more information on using the GetObjectAcl // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectAclRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetObjectAclRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl func (c *S3) GetObjectAclRequest(input *GetObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectAclOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetObjectAcl, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl", } if input == nil { input = &GetObjectAclInput{} } output = &GetObjectAclOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, // you must have s3:GetObjectAcl permissions or READ_ACP access to the object. // For more information, see Mapping of ACL permissions and access policy permissions // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/acl-overview.html#acl-access-policy-permission-mapping) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide // // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. // // By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. // To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource. // // If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, // requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control // ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, // see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl: // // - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) // // - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) // // - DeleteObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html) // // - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetObjectAcl for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // - ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" // The specified key does not exist. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl func (c *S3) GetObjectAcl(input *GetObjectAclInput) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetObjectAclWithContext is the same as GetObjectAcl with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetObjectAttributes = "GetObjectAttributes" // GetObjectAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetObjectAttributes operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetObjectAttributes for more information on using the GetObjectAttributes // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectAttributesRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetObjectAttributesRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAttributes func (c *S3) GetObjectAttributesRequest(input *GetObjectAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectAttributesOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetObjectAttributes, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?attributes", } if input == nil { input = &GetObjectAttributesInput{} } output = &GetObjectAttributesOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetObjectAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Retrieves all the metadata from an object without returning the object itself. // This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata. // // GetObjectAttributes combines the functionality of HeadObject and ListParts. // All of the data returned with each of those individual calls can be returned // with a single call to GetObjectAttributes. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - To use GetObjectAttributes, you // must have READ access to the object. The permissions that you need to // use this operation with depend on whether the bucket is versioned. If // the bucket is versioned, you need both the s3:GetObjectVersion and s3:GetObjectVersionAttributes // permissions for this operation. If the bucket is not versioned, you need // the s3:GetObject and s3:GetObjectAttributes permissions. For more information, // see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object that you request does not exist, // the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket // permission. If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon // S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found ("no such key") error. If // you don't have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP // status code 403 Forbidden ("access denied") error. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation // on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) // API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant // the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession // API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token // in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After // the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to // generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs // create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service // interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, // see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html). // // # Encryption // // Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not // be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with // Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption // with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with // Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption // header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption // method. If you include this header in a GET request for an object that uses // these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because // the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object. // // If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided // encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when // you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers // to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's // metadata. The headers are: // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 // // For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided // Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption // with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. // // # Versioning // // Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory // buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is // supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId // query parameter in the request. // // # Conditional request headers // // Consider the following when using request headers: // // - If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present // in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code // 200 OK and the data requested: If-Match condition evaluates to true. If-Unmodified-Since // condition evaluates to false. For more information about conditional requests, // see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). // // - If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present // in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code // 304 Not Modified: If-None-Match condition evaluates to false. If-Modified-Since // condition evaluates to true. For more information about conditional requests, // see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following actions are related to GetObjectAttributes: // // - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) // // - GetObjectAcl (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAcl.html) // // - GetObjectLegalHold (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectLegalHold.html) // // - GetObjectLockConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectLockConfiguration.html) // // - GetObjectRetention (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectRetention.html) // // - GetObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html) // // - HeadObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_HeadObject.html) // // - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetObjectAttributes for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // - ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" // The specified key does not exist. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAttributes func (c *S3) GetObjectAttributes(input *GetObjectAttributesInput) (*GetObjectAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectAttributesRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetObjectAttributesWithContext is the same as GetObjectAttributes with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetObjectAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetObjectAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectAttributesOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectAttributesRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetObjectLegalHold = "GetObjectLegalHold" // GetObjectLegalHoldRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetObjectLegalHold operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetObjectLegalHold for more information on using the GetObjectLegalHold // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectLegalHoldRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLegalHold func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetObjectLegalHold, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?legal-hold", } if input == nil { input = &GetObjectLegalHoldInput{} } output = &GetObjectLegalHoldOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Gets an object's current legal hold status. For more information, see Locking // Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. // // The following action is related to GetObjectLegalHold: // // - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetObjectLegalHold for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLegalHold func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHold(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetObjectLegalHoldWithContext is the same as GetObjectLegalHold with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetObjectLegalHold for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetObjectLockConfiguration = "GetObjectLockConfiguration" // GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetObjectLockConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetObjectLockConfiguration for more information on using the GetObjectLockConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLockConfiguration func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetObjectLockConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?object-lock", } if input == nil { input = &GetObjectLockConfigurationInput{} } output = &GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the // Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object // placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // // The following action is related to GetObjectLockConfiguration: // // - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetObjectLockConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLockConfiguration func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfiguration(input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetObjectLockConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetObjectLockConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetObjectLockConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetObjectRetention = "GetObjectRetention" // GetObjectRetentionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetObjectRetention operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetObjectRetention for more information on using the GetObjectRetention // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRetentionRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetObjectRetentionRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRetention func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionRequest(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectRetentionOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetObjectRetention, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?retention", } if input == nil { input = &GetObjectRetentionInput{} } output = &GetObjectRetentionOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see Locking // Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. // // The following action is related to GetObjectRetention: // // - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetObjectRetention for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRetention func (c *S3) GetObjectRetention(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (*GetObjectRetentionOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectRetentionRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetObjectRetentionWithContext is the same as GetObjectRetention with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetObjectRetention for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectRetentionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectRetentionOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectRetentionRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetObjectTagging = "GetObjectTagging" // GetObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetObjectTagging operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetObjectTagging for more information on using the GetObjectTagging // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTaggingRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetObjectTaggingRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingRequest(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTaggingOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetObjectTagging, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging", } if input == nil { input = &GetObjectTaggingInput{} } output = &GetObjectTaggingOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging // subresource associated with the object. // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetObjectTagging // action. By default, the GET action returns information about current version // of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an // object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId // query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging // action. // // By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission // to others. // // For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html). // // The following actions are related to GetObjectTagging: // // - DeleteObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObjectTagging.html) // // - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) // // - PutObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObjectTagging.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetObjectTagging for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging func (c *S3) GetObjectTagging(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as GetObjectTagging with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetObjectTorrent = "GetObjectTorrent" // GetObjectTorrentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetObjectTorrent operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetObjectTorrent for more information on using the GetObjectTorrent // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTorrentRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetObjectTorrentRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentRequest(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTorrentOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetObjectTorrent, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?torrent", } if input == nil { input = &GetObjectTorrentInput{} } output = &GetObjectTorrentOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetObjectTorrent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when // you're distributing large files. // // You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and // that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided // encryption key. // // To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. // // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. // // The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent: // // - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetObjectTorrent for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrent(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetObjectTorrentWithContext is the same as GetObjectTorrent with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetObjectTorrent for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTorrentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opGetPublicAccessBlock = "GetPublicAccessBlock" // GetPublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the GetPublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See GetPublicAccessBlock for more information on using the GetPublicAccessBlock // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the GetPublicAccessBlockRequest method. // req, resp := client.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetPublicAccessBlock func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opGetPublicAccessBlock, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock", } if input == nil { input = &GetPublicAccessBlockInput{} } output = &GetPublicAccessBlockOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // GetPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To // use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. // For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions // in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). // // When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket // or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the // bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. // If the PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the // account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level // and account-level settings. // // For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object // public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status). // // The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock: // // - Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) // // - PutPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutPublicAccessBlock.html) // // - GetPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html) // // - DeletePublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation GetPublicAccessBlock for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetPublicAccessBlock func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlock(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // GetPublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as GetPublicAccessBlock with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See GetPublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { req, out := c.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opHeadBucket = "HeadBucket" // HeadBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the HeadBucket operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See HeadBucket for more information on using the HeadBucket // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the HeadBucketRequest method. // req, resp := client.HeadBucketRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket func (c *S3) HeadBucketRequest(input *HeadBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadBucketOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opHeadBucket, HTTPMethod: "HEAD", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", } if input == nil { input = &HeadBucketInput{} } output = &HeadBucketOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // HeadBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // You can use this operation to determine if a bucket exists and if you have // permission to access it. The action returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists // and you have permission to access it. // // If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, // the HEAD request returns a generic 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden or 404 // Not Found code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the // exception beyond these HTTP response codes. // // Directory buckets - You must make requests for this API operation to the // Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in // the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. Path-style // requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional and Zonal // endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Authentication and authorization // // All HeadBucket requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials // (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers // with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For // more information, see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html). // // Directory bucket - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize // your access to the HeadBucket API operation, instead of using the temporary // security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. // // Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization // on your behalf. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - To use this operation, you must // have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner // has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. // For more information about permissions, see Managing access permissions // to your Amazon S3 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateSession // permission in the Action element of a policy. By default, the session // is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can // explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on // the bucket. For more information about example bucket policies, see Example // bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html) // and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based // policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-identity-policies.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation HeadBucket for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // - ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" // The specified bucket does not exist. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket func (c *S3) HeadBucket(input *HeadBucketInput) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) { req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // HeadBucketWithContext is the same as HeadBucket with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See HeadBucket for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) HeadBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) { req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opHeadObject = "HeadObject" // HeadObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the HeadObject operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See HeadObject for more information on using the HeadObject // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the HeadObjectRequest method. // req, resp := client.HeadObjectRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject func (c *S3) HeadObjectRequest(input *HeadObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadObjectOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opHeadObject, HTTPMethod: "HEAD", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", } if input == nil { input = &HeadObjectInput{} } output = &HeadObjectOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // HeadObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the // object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's // metadata. // // A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The // response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response // body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns // a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 // Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not // possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes. // // Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common // Request Headers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTCommonRequestHeaders.html). // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the // s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) // permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, // and condition keys for Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/list_amazons3.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the object you request doesn't exist, // the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the // s3:ListBucket permission. If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on // the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error. // If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation // on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) // API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant // the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession // API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token // in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After // the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to // generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs // create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service // interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, // see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html). // // # Encryption // // Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not // be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with // Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption // with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with // Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption // header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption // method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses // these types of keys, you’ll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because // the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object. // // If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided // encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when // you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers // to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's // metadata. The headers are: // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key // // - x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 // // For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided // Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption // with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. // // Versioning // // - If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves // as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in // the response. // // - If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a // 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response // header. // // - Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported by directory buckets. // // - Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory // buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID // is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId // query parameter in the request. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following actions are related to HeadObject: // // - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) // // - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) // // See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#RESTErrorResponses // for more information on returned errors. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation HeadObject for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject func (c *S3) HeadObject(input *HeadObjectInput) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // HeadObjectWithContext is the same as HeadObject with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See HeadObject for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) HeadObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations = "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations" // ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest method. // req, resp := client.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", } if input == nil { input = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput{} } output = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 // analytics configurations per bucket. // // This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations // at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element in the response. // If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. // If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and // there will be a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken // value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token // in the request to GET the next page. // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics // – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html). // // The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations: // // - GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) // // - DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) // // - PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations = "ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations" // ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsRequest method. // req, resp := client.ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations func (c *S3) ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?intelligent-tiering", } if input == nil { input = &ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput{} } output = &ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Lists the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket. // // The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage // costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access // tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering // delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput // access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed // in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. // // The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data // with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of // object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 // KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects // can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates // in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. // // For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently // and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access). // // Operations related to ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations include: // // - DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) // // - PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) // // - GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations func (c *S3) ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations(input *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opListBucketInventoryConfigurations = "ListBucketInventoryConfigurations" // ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest method. // req, resp := client.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opListBucketInventoryConfigurations, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", } if input == nil { input = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput{} } output = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // ListBucketInventoryConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up // to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. // // This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations // at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there // are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there // are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is // a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value // to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token // in the request to GET the next page. // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html) // // The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations: // // - GetBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) // // - DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) // // - PutBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurations(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketInventoryConfigurations with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opListBucketMetricsConfigurations = "ListBucketMetricsConfigurations" // ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest method. // req, resp := client.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opListBucketMetricsConfigurations, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", } if input == nil { input = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput{} } output = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // ListBucketMetricsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations // are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information // on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket. // // This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations // at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there // are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there // are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is // a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value // to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token // in the request to GET the next page. // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request // metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html). // // The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations: // // - PutBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) // // - GetBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) // // - DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurations(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketMetricsConfigurations with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opListBuckets = "ListBuckets" // ListBucketsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ListBuckets operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See ListBuckets for more information on using the ListBuckets // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the ListBucketsRequest method. // req, resp := client.ListBucketsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets func (c *S3) ListBucketsRequest(input *ListBucketsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opListBuckets, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/", } if input == nil { input = &ListBucketsInput{} } output = &ListBucketsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // ListBuckets API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. // To use this operation, you must have the s3:ListAllMyBuckets permission. // // For information about Amazon S3 buckets, see Creating, configuring, and working // with Amazon S3 buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/creating-buckets-s3.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation ListBuckets for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets func (c *S3) ListBuckets(input *ListBucketsInput) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // ListBucketsWithContext is the same as ListBuckets with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See ListBuckets for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListBucketsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opListDirectoryBuckets = "ListDirectoryBuckets" // ListDirectoryBucketsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ListDirectoryBuckets operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See ListDirectoryBuckets for more information on using the ListDirectoryBuckets // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the ListDirectoryBucketsRequest method. // req, resp := client.ListDirectoryBucketsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListDirectoryBuckets func (c *S3) ListDirectoryBucketsRequest(input *ListDirectoryBucketsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListDirectoryBucketsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opListDirectoryBuckets, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"ContinuationToken"}, OutputTokens: []string{"ContinuationToken"}, LimitToken: "MaxDirectoryBuckets", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &ListDirectoryBucketsInput{} } output = &ListDirectoryBucketsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // ListDirectoryBuckets API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Returns a list of all Amazon S3 directory buckets owned by the authenticated // sender of the request. For more information about directory buckets, see // Directory buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-buckets-overview.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style // requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name // . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see // Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Permissions // // You must have the s3express:ListAllMyDirectoryBuckets permission in an IAM // identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to // this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed // by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information // about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services // Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation ListDirectoryBuckets for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListDirectoryBuckets func (c *S3) ListDirectoryBuckets(input *ListDirectoryBucketsInput) (*ListDirectoryBucketsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListDirectoryBucketsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // ListDirectoryBucketsWithContext is the same as ListDirectoryBuckets with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See ListDirectoryBuckets for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListDirectoryBucketsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDirectoryBucketsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListDirectoryBucketsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListDirectoryBucketsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } // ListDirectoryBucketsPages iterates over the pages of a ListDirectoryBuckets operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See ListDirectoryBuckets method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListDirectoryBuckets operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.ListDirectoryBucketsPages(params, // func(page *s3.ListDirectoryBucketsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) func (c *S3) ListDirectoryBucketsPages(input *ListDirectoryBucketsInput, fn func(*ListDirectoryBucketsOutput, bool) bool) error { return c.ListDirectoryBucketsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) } // ListDirectoryBucketsPagesWithContext same as ListDirectoryBucketsPages except // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListDirectoryBucketsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDirectoryBucketsInput, fn func(*ListDirectoryBucketsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { p := request.Pagination{ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { var inCpy *ListDirectoryBucketsInput if input != nil { tmp := *input inCpy = &tmp } req, _ := c.ListDirectoryBucketsRequest(inCpy) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return req, nil }, } for p.Next() { if !fn(p.Page().(*ListDirectoryBucketsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { break } } return p.Err() } const opListMultipartUploads = "ListMultipartUploads" // ListMultipartUploadsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ListMultipartUploads operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See ListMultipartUploads for more information on using the ListMultipartUploads // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the ListMultipartUploadsRequest method. // req, resp := client.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opListMultipartUploads, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?uploads", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"KeyMarker", "UploadIdMarker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextUploadIdMarker"}, LimitToken: "MaxUploads", TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", }, } if input == nil { input = &ListMultipartUploadsInput{} } output = &ListMultipartUploadsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress // multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload // request, but has not yet been completed or aborted. // // Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, // you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are // aborted or completed. // // The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads // in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default // value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying // the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart // uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns // an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and // a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you // need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, // include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value // of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, // set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the // previous response. // // Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker // element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart // uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker // value from the previous response. // // For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using // Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions // required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation // on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) // API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant // the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession // API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token // in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After // the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to // generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs // create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service // interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, // see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html). // // Sorting of multipart uploads in response // // - General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart // uploads are sorted based on two criteria: Key-based sorting - Multipart // uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object // keys. Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, // they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation // time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first // will appear before the ones that were initiated later. // // - Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart // uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads: // // - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) // // - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) // // - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) // // - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) // // - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploads(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // ListMultipartUploadsWithContext is the same as ListMultipartUploads with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See ListMultipartUploads for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } // ListMultipartUploadsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See ListMultipartUploads method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.ListMultipartUploadsPages(params, // func(page *s3.ListMultipartUploadsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPages(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool) error { return c.ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) } // ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext same as ListMultipartUploadsPages except // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { p := request.Pagination{ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { var inCpy *ListMultipartUploadsInput if input != nil { tmp := *input inCpy = &tmp } req, _ := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(inCpy) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return req, nil }, } for p.Next() { if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { break } } return p.Err() } const opListObjectVersions = "ListObjectVersions" // ListObjectVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ListObjectVersions operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See ListObjectVersions for more information on using the ListObjectVersions // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the ListObjectVersionsRequest method. // req, resp := client.ListObjectVersionsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsRequest(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectVersionsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opListObjectVersions, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versions", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"KeyMarker", "VersionIdMarker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextVersionIdMarker"}, LimitToken: "MaxKeys", TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", }, } if input == nil { input = &ListObjectVersionsInput{} } output = &ListObjectVersionsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // ListObjectVersions API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also // use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset // of all the object versions. // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions // action. Be aware of the name difference. // // A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your // application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. // // To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. // // The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions: // // - ListObjectsV2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html) // // - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) // // - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) // // - DeleteObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation ListObjectVersions for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions func (c *S3) ListObjectVersions(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // ListObjectVersionsWithContext is the same as ListObjectVersions with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See ListObjectVersions for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } // ListObjectVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectVersions operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See ListObjectVersions method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectVersions operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.ListObjectVersionsPages(params, // func(page *s3.ListObjectVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPages(input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error { return c.ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) } // ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectVersionsPages except // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { p := request.Pagination{ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { var inCpy *ListObjectVersionsInput if input != nil { tmp := *input inCpy = &tmp } req, _ := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(inCpy) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return req, nil }, } for p.Next() { if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { break } } return p.Err() } const opListObjects = "ListObjects" // ListObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ListObjects operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See ListObjects for more information on using the ListObjects // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsRequest method. // req, resp := client.ListObjectsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects func (c *S3) ListObjectsRequest(input *ListObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opListObjects, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"NextMarker || Contents[-1].Key"}, LimitToken: "MaxKeys", TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", }, } if input == nil { input = &ListObjectsInput{} } output = &ListObjectsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // ListObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use // the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects // in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure // to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle // it appropriately. // // This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, // ListObjectsV2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html), // when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues // to support ListObjects. // // The following operations are related to ListObjects: // // - ListObjectsV2 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjectsV2.html) // // - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) // // - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) // // - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) // // - ListBuckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation ListObjects for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // - ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" // The specified bucket does not exist. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects func (c *S3) ListObjects(input *ListObjectsInput) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // ListObjectsWithContext is the same as ListObjects with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See ListObjects for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } // ListObjectsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjects operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See ListObjects method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjects operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.ListObjectsPages(params, // func(page *s3.ListObjectsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) func (c *S3) ListObjectsPages(input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool) error { return c.ListObjectsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) } // ListObjectsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectsPages except // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListObjectsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { p := request.Pagination{ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { var inCpy *ListObjectsInput if input != nil { tmp := *input inCpy = &tmp } req, _ := c.ListObjectsRequest(inCpy) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return req, nil }, } for p.Next() { if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { break } } return p.Err() } const opListObjectsV2 = "ListObjectsV2" // ListObjectsV2Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ListObjectsV2 operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See ListObjectsV2 for more information on using the ListObjectsV2 // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsV2Request method. // req, resp := client.ListObjectsV2Request(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2 func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Request(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsV2Output) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opListObjectsV2, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?list-type=2", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"ContinuationToken"}, OutputTokens: []string{"NextContinuationToken"}, LimitToken: "MaxKeys", TruncationToken: "", }, } if input == nil { input = &ListObjectsV2Input{} } output = &ListObjectsV2Output{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // ListObjectsV2 API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket with each request. // You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset // of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid // XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response // and handle it appropriately. For more information about listing objects, // see Listing object keys programmatically (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ListingKeysUsingAPIs.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBuckets.html). // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - To use this operation, you must // have READ access to the bucket. You must have permission to perform the // s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default // and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation // on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) // API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant // the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession // API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token // in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After // the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to // generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs // create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service // interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, // see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html). // // Sorting order of returned objects // // - General purpose bucket - For general purpose buckets, ListObjectsV2 // returns objects in lexicographical order based on their key names. // // - Directory bucket - For directory buckets, ListObjectsV2 does not return // objects in lexicographical order. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // This section describes the latest revision of this action. We recommend that // you use this revised API operation for application development. For backward // compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API // operation, ListObjects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListObjects.html). // // The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2: // // - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) // // - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) // // - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation ListObjectsV2 for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // - ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket" // The specified bucket does not exist. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2 func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) { req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input) return out, req.Send() } // ListObjectsV2WithContext is the same as ListObjectsV2 with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See ListObjectsV2 for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) { req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } // ListObjectsV2Pages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See ListObjectsV2 method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.ListObjectsV2Pages(params, // func(page *s3.ListObjectsV2Output, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Pages(input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool) error { return c.ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) } // ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext same as ListObjectsV2Pages except // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { p := request.Pagination{ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { var inCpy *ListObjectsV2Input if input != nil { tmp := *input inCpy = &tmp } req, _ := c.ListObjectsV2Request(inCpy) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return req, nil }, } for p.Next() { if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsV2Output), !p.HasNextPage()) { break } } return p.Err() } const opListParts = "ListParts" // ListPartsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the ListParts operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See ListParts for more information on using the ListParts // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the ListPartsRequest method. // req, resp := client.ListPartsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts func (c *S3) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPartsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opListParts, HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", Paginator: &request.Paginator{ InputTokens: []string{"PartNumberMarker"}, OutputTokens: []string{"NextPartNumberMarker"}, LimitToken: "MaxParts", TruncationToken: "IsTruncated", }, } if input == nil { input = &ListPartsInput{} } output = &ListPartsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // ListParts API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. // // To use this operation, you must provide the upload ID in the request. You // obtain this uploadID by sending the initiate multipart upload request through // CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html). // // The ListParts request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The limit // of 1,000 parts is also the default value. You can restrict the number of // parts in a response by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your // multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns // an IsTruncated field with the value of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. // To list remaining uploaded parts, in subsequent ListParts requests, include // the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the NextPartNumberMarker // field value from the previous response. // // For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart // Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions // required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. If the upload was created using server-side // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer // server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), you // must have permission to the kms:Decrypt action for the ListParts request // to succeed. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation // on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) // API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant // the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession // API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token // in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After // the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to // generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs // create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service // interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, // see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html). // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to ListParts: // // - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) // // - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) // // - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) // // - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) // // - GetObjectAttributes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAttributes.html) // // - ListMultipartUploads (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation ListParts for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts func (c *S3) ListParts(input *ListPartsInput) (*ListPartsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // ListPartsWithContext is the same as ListParts with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See ListParts for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListPartsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPartsOutput, error) { req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } // ListPartsPages iterates over the pages of a ListParts operation, // calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop // iterating, return false from the fn function. // // See ListParts method for more information on how to use this operation. // // Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. // // // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListParts operation. // pageNum := 0 // err := client.ListPartsPages(params, // func(page *s3.ListPartsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { // pageNum++ // fmt.Println(page) // return pageNum <= 3 // }) func (c *S3) ListPartsPages(input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool) error { return c.ListPartsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) } // ListPartsPagesWithContext same as ListPartsPages except // it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) ListPartsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { p := request.Pagination{ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { var inCpy *ListPartsInput if input != nil { tmp := *input inCpy = &tmp } req, _ := c.ListPartsRequest(inCpy) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return req, nil }, } for p.Next() { if !fn(p.Page().(*ListPartsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { break } } return p.Err() } const opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration" // PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?accelerate", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{} } output = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer // Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster // data transfers to Amazon S3. // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following // two values: // // - Enabled – Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket. // // - Suspended – Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket. // // The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html) // action returns the transfer acceleration state of a bucket. // // After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it // might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket // increase. // // The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant // and must not contain periods ("."). // // For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html). // // The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration: // // - GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration.html) // // - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketAcl = "PutBucketAcl" // PutBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketAcl operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketAcl for more information on using the PutBucketAcl // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAclRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketAclRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl func (c *S3) PutBucketAclRequest(input *PutBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAclOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketAcl, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?acl", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketAclInput{} } output = &PutBucketAclOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). // For more information, see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). // To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have the WRITE_ACP permission. // // You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions: // // - Specify the ACL in the request body // // - Specify permissions using request headers // // You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request // headers. // // Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket // using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an // existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then // you can continue to use that approach. // // If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, // ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies // to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs // or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. // Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling // object ownership (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Permissions // // You can set access permissions by using one of the following methods: // // - Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports // a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a // predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name // as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other // access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, // see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). // // - Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, // x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using // these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon // Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. // If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header // to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that // Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control // List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). // You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of // the following: id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID // of an Amazon Web Services account uri – if you are granting permissions // to a predefined group emailAddress – if the value specified is the email // address of an Amazon Web Services account Using email addresses to specify // a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: // US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific // (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) // South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions // and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For example, the following // x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects // permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon // Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses. x-amz-grant-write: // uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", // id="555566667777" // // You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. // You cannot do both. // // # Grantee Values // // You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights // (using request elements) in the following ways: // // - By the person's ID: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" // xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> // </Grantee> DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request // // - By URI: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" // xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee> // // - By Email address: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" // xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress>&</Grantee> // The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET // Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. Using email addresses // to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services // Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) // Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe // (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported // Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. // // The following operations are related to PutBucketAcl: // // - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) // // - DeleteBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html) // // - GetObjectAcl (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectAcl.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketAcl for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl func (c *S3) PutBucketAcl(input *PutBucketAclInput) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketAclWithContext is the same as PutBucketAcl with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration" // PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{} } output = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics // configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per // bucket. // // You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent // to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. // Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. // When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional // destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to // a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket // must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics // configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage // Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html). // // You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported // file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the // bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory // and Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9). // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration has the following special errors: // // - HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid // argument. // // - HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: // You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached // the 1,000-configuration limit. // // - HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden Code: AccessDenied Cause: You are not // the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration // bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket. // // The following operations are related to PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration: // // - GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) // // - DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration.html) // // - ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketCors = "PutBucketCors" // PutBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketCors operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketCors for more information on using the PutBucketCors // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketCorsRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketCorsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsRequest(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketCorsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketCors, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketCorsInput{} } output = &PutBucketCorsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, // Amazon S3 replaces it. // // To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS // action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it // to others. // // You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin // requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is // http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com // by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. // // To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors // subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which // you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be // executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size. // // When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) // against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses // the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable // a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must // be met: // // - The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements. // // - The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method // header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod // elements. // // - Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request // header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element. // // For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon // S3 User Guide. // // The following operations are related to PutBucketCors: // // - GetBucketCors (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketCors.html) // // - DeleteBucketCors (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketCors.html) // // - RESTOPTIONSobject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTOPTIONSobject.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketCors for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors func (c *S3) PutBucketCors(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketCorsWithContext is the same as PutBucketCors with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketEncryption = "PutBucketEncryption" // PutBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketEncryption for more information on using the PutBucketEncryption // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketEncryptionRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketEncryptionOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketEncryption, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketEncryptionInput{} } output = &PutBucketEncryptionOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // This action uses the encryption subresource to configure default encryption // and Amazon S3 Bucket Keys for an existing bucket. // // By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses // server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). You can optionally // configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption // with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side // encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you specify default // encryption by using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Keys // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html). If you // use PutBucketEncryption to set your default bucket encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) // to SSE-KMS, you should verify that your KMS key ID is correct. Amazon S3 // does not validate the KMS key ID provided in PutBucketEncryption requests. // // This action requires Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. For more information, // see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html). // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // The following operations are related to PutBucketEncryption: // // - GetBucketEncryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketEncryption.html) // // - DeleteBucketEncryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketEncryption.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketEncryption for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryption(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as PutBucketEncryption with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration = "PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration" // PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?intelligent-tiering", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput{} } output = &PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You // can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket. // // The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage // costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access // tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering // delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput // access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed // in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities. // // The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data // with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of // object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 // KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects // can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates // in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. // // For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently // and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access). // // Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include: // // - DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) // // - GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration.html) // // - ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations.html) // // You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically // move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive // Access or Deep Archive Access tier. // // PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration has the following special errors: // // # HTTP 400 Bad Request Error // // Code: InvalidArgument // // Cause: Invalid Argument // // # HTTP 400 Bad Request Error // // Code: TooManyConfigurations // // Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already // reached the 1,000-configuration limit. // // # HTTP 403 Forbidden Error // // Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have // the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration // on the bucket. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration(input *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration = "PutBucketInventoryConfiguration" // PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{} } output = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // PutBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // This implementation of the PUT action adds an inventory configuration (identified // by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations // per bucket. // // Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on // a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The // bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where // the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination // bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. // // When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination // bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate // the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata // to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. // For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions // to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For // an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage // Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9). // // # Permissions // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this // permission to others. // // The s3:PutInventoryConfiguration permission allows a user to create an S3 // Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/storage-inventory.html) // report that includes all object metadata fields available and to specify // the destination bucket to store the inventory. A user with read access to // objects in the destination bucket can also access all object metadata fields // that are available in the inventory report. // // To restrict access to an inventory report, see Restricting access to an Amazon // S3 Inventory report (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-10) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the metadata fields // available in S3 Inventory, see Amazon S3 Inventory lists (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/storage-inventory.html#storage-inventory-contents) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about permissions, see // Permissions related to bucket subresource operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Identity and access management in Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // PutBucketInventoryConfiguration has the following special errors: // // # HTTP 400 Bad Request Error // // Code: InvalidArgument // // Cause: Invalid Argument // // # HTTP 400 Bad Request Error // // Code: TooManyConfigurations // // Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already // reached the 1,000-configuration limit. // // # HTTP 403 Forbidden Error // // Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have // the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration // on the bucket. // // The following operations are related to PutBucketInventoryConfiguration: // // - GetBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) // // - DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration.html) // // - ListBucketInventoryConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketInventoryConfigurations.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketLifecycle = "PutBucketLifecycle" // PutBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketLifecycle for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycle // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle // // Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycle has been deprecated func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleOutput) { if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated") } op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketLifecycle, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketLifecycleInput{} } output = &PutBucketLifecycleOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // For an updated version of this API, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html). // This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will // work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API. // // Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing // lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see // Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related // subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration) // are private. Only the resource owner, the Amazon Web Services account that // created the resource, can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant // access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, // users must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. // // You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes // any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing // or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for // the following actions: // // - s3:DeleteObject // // - s3:DeleteObjectVersion // // - s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration // // For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to // your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA // or ONEZONE_IA, see Examples of Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#lifecycle-configuration-examples). // // The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycle: // // - GetBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycle.html)(Deprecated) // // - GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) // // - RestoreObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html) // // - By default, a resource owner—in this case, a bucket owner, which is // the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket—can perform // any of the operations. A resource owner can also grant others permission // to perform the operation. For more information, see the following topics // in the Amazon S3 User Guide: Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) // Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketLifecycle for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle // // Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycle has been deprecated func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycle(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycle with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. // // Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycleWithContext has been deprecated func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration" // PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{} } output = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing // lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing // lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, // they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information // about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html). // // Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using // an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination // of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous // version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, // which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, // see PutBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycle.html). // // # Rules // // You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle // configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon // S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not // adjustable. Each rule consists of the following: // // - A filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. // The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, object size, // or any combination of these. // // - A status indicating whether the rule is in effect. // // - One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want // Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state // of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can // have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or // more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that // you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions. // // For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) // and Lifecycle Configuration Elements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html). // // # Permissions // // By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, // and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website // configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services // account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can // optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. // For this operation, a user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. // // You can also explicitly deny permissions. An explicit deny also supersedes // any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing // or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for // the following actions: // // - s3:DeleteObject // // - s3:DeleteObjectVersion // // - s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration // // For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to // Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration: // // - Examples of Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-configuration-examples.html) // // - GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) // // - DeleteBucketLifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketLifecycle.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketLogging = "PutBucketLogging" // PutBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketLogging operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketLogging for more information on using the PutBucketLogging // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLoggingRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketLoggingRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingRequest(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLoggingOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketLogging, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?logging", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketLoggingInput{} } output = &PutBucketLoggingOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who // can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets // in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. To set the logging // status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. // // The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use // the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions // request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs. // // If the target bucket for log delivery uses the bucket owner enforced setting // for S3 Object Ownership, you can't use the Grantee request element to grant // access to others. Permissions can only be granted using policies. For more // information, see Permissions for server access log delivery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/enable-server-access-logging.html#grant-log-delivery-permissions-general) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Grantee Values // // You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights // (by using request elements) in the following ways: // // - By the person's ID: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" // xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> // </Grantee> DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request. // // - By Email address: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" // xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress></Grantee> // The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GETObjectAcl // request, appears as the CanonicalUser. // // - By URI: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" // xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee> // // To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. // To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element: // // <BucketLoggingStatus xmlns="http://doc.s3.amazonaws.com/2006-03-01" /> // // For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerLogs.html) in // the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html). // For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see // GetBucketLogging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLogging.html). // // The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging: // // - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) // // - DeleteBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html) // // - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) // // - GetBucketLogging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLogging.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketLogging for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging func (c *S3) PutBucketLogging(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketLogging with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration = "PutBucketMetricsConfiguration" // PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{} } output = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // PutBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) // for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. // If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a // full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include // the elements you want to keep, they are erased. // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner // can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, // see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring // Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html). // // The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration: // // - DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) // // - GetBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketMetricsConfiguration.html) // // - ListBucketMetricsConfigurations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListBucketMetricsConfigurations.html) // // PutBucketMetricsConfiguration has the following special error: // // - Error code: TooManyConfigurations Description: You are attempting to // create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration // limit. HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketNotification = "PutBucketNotification" // PutBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketNotification operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketNotification for more information on using the PutBucketNotification // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification // // Deprecated: PutBucketNotification has been deprecated func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationOutput) { if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil { c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketNotification, has been deprecated") } op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketNotification, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketNotificationInput{} } output = &PutBucketNotificationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // No longer used, see the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketNotificationConfiguration.html) // operation. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketNotification for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification // // Deprecated: PutBucketNotification has been deprecated func (c *S3) PutBucketNotification(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotification with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. // // Deprecated: PutBucketNotificationWithContext has been deprecated func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration = "PutBucketNotificationConfiguration" // PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput{} } output = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) return } // PutBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information // about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). // // Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The // configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon // S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an // event notification when it detects an event of the specified type. // // By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the // notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration. // // <NotificationConfiguration> // // </NotificationConfiguration> // // This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration // you include in the request body. // // After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon // Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon // SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish // to it by sending a test notification. In the case of Lambda destinations, // Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission // to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see // Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). // // You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration // element. // // For more information about the number of event notification configurations // that you can create per bucket, see Amazon S3 service quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/s3.html#limits_s3) // in Amazon Web Services General Reference. // // By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. // However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other // users to set this configuration with the required s3:PutBucketNotification // permission. // // The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification // configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. // When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test // messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will // fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket. // // If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration // specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response // will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message // ID of the test notification sent to the topic. // // The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration: // // - GetBucketNotificationConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketOwnershipControls = "PutBucketOwnershipControls" // PutBucketOwnershipControlsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketOwnershipControls operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketOwnershipControls for more information on using the PutBucketOwnershipControls // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketOwnershipControlsRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketOwnershipControls func (c *S3) PutBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(input *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketOwnershipControls, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?ownershipControls", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput{} } output = &PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketOwnershipControls API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Creates or modifies OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this // operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For // more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions // in a policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/using-with-s3-actions.html). // // For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using object ownership // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/about-object-ownership.html). // // The following operations are related to PutBucketOwnershipControls: // // - GetBucketOwnershipControls // // - DeleteBucketOwnershipControls // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketOwnershipControls for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketOwnershipControls func (c *S3) PutBucketOwnershipControls(input *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) (*PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext is the same as PutBucketOwnershipControls with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketOwnershipControls for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketOwnershipControlsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketOwnershipControlsRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketPolicy = "PutBucketPolicy" // PutBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketPolicy for more information on using the PutBucketPolicy // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketPolicyRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketPolicyRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyRequest(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketPolicyOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketPolicy, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketPolicyInput{} } output = &PutBucketPolicyOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style // requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name // . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information, see // Regional and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Permissions // // If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services // account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy // permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account // in order to use this operation. // // If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access // Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an // identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a // 405 Method Not Allowed error. // // To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their // own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account // can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy // API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's // access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing // these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations // policies. // // - General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission // is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets // bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, // you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based // policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation // isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web // Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory // bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and // Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Example bucket policies // // General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/example-bucket-policies.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for // S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy: // // - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) // // - DeleteBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketPolicy for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicy(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as PutBucketPolicy with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketReplication = "PutBucketReplication" // PutBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketReplication operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketReplication for more information on using the PutBucketReplication // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketReplicationRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketReplicationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationRequest(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketReplicationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketReplication, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketReplicationInput{} } output = &PutBucketReplicationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more // information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication // configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets // where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 // can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. // You can invoke this request for a specific Amazon Web Services Region by // using the aws:RequestedRegion (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_condition-keys.html#condition-keys-requestedregion) // condition key. // // A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain // a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate // by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets // of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. // // To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication // rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter // objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. // When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the // following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority. // // If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon // S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, // see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations). // // For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html). // // # Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects // // By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using // server-side encryption with KMS keys. To replicate Amazon Web Services KMS-encrypted // objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, // Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about // replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using // KMS keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-config-for-kms-objects.html). // // For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related // error codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ReplicationErrorCodeList) // // # Permissions // // To create a PutBucketReplication request, you must have s3:PutReplicationConfiguration // permissions for the bucket. // // By default, a resource owner, in this case the Amazon Web Services account // that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can // also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information // about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have // the iam:PassRole (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_passrole.html) // permission. // // The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication: // // - GetBucketReplication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketReplication.html) // // - DeleteBucketReplication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketReplication.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketReplication for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication func (c *S3) PutBucketReplication(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as PutBucketReplication with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketRequestPayment = "PutBucketRequestPayment" // PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the PutBucketRequestPayment // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketRequestPayment, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?requestPayment", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketRequestPaymentInput{} } output = &PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket // owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables // the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download // will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays // Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html). // // The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment: // // - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) // // - GetBucketRequestPayment (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketRequestPayment.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPayment(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as PutBucketRequestPayment with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketTagging = "PutBucketTagging" // PutBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketTagging operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketTagging for more information on using the PutBucketTagging // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketTaggingRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketTaggingRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingRequest(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketTaggingOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketTagging, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketTaggingInput{} } output = &PutBucketTaggingOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Sets the tags for a bucket. // // Use tags to organize your Amazon Web Services bill to reflect your own cost // structure. To do this, sign up to get your Amazon Web Services account bill // with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, // organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag // key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application // name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of // that application across several services. For more information, see Cost // Allocation and Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html) // and Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/CostAllocTagging.html). // // When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current // tags the bucket already has. You cannot use this operation to add tags to // an existing list of tags. // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this // permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions // Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html). // // PutBucketTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors // see, Error Responses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html). // // - InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur // if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Using // Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/CostAllocTagging.html). // // - MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema. // // - OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in // progress against this resource. Please try again. // // - InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to // the bucket. // // The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging: // // - GetBucketTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketTagging.html) // // - DeleteBucketTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucketTagging.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketTagging for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging func (c *S3) PutBucketTagging(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketTagging with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketVersioning = "PutBucketVersioning" // PutBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketVersioning for more information on using the PutBucketVersioning // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketVersioningRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketVersioningRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningRequest(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketVersioningOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketVersioning, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versioning", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketVersioningInput{} } output = &PutBucketVersioningOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. // // You can set the versioning state with one of the following values: // // Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added // to the bucket receive a unique version ID. // // Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects // added to the bucket receive the version ID null. // // If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning // state; a GetBucketVersioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html) // request does not return a versioning state value. // // In order to enable MFA Delete, you must be the bucket owner. If you are the // bucket owner and want to enable MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, // you must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete // request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket. // // If you have an object expiration lifecycle configuration in your non-versioned // bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you // enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent // expiration lifecycle configuration will manage the deletes of the noncurrent // object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket // maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more // information, see Lifecycle and Versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-and-other-bucket-config). // // The following operations are related to PutBucketVersioning: // // - CreateBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateBucket.html) // // - DeleteBucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteBucket.html) // // - GetBucketVersioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketVersioning for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioning(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as PutBucketVersioning with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutBucketWebsite = "PutBucketWebsite" // PutBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutBucketWebsite for more information on using the PutBucketWebsite // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutBucketWebsiteRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketWebsiteOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutBucketWebsite, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website", } if input == nil { input = &PutBucketWebsiteInput{} } output = &PutBucketWebsiteOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. // To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket // with website configuration information such as the file name of the index // document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites // on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html). // // This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, // only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, // bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing // a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. // // To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you // add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests // are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name // for the bucket. // // - WebsiteConfiguration // // - RedirectAllRequestsTo // // - HostName // // - Protocol // // If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements // to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and // information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration // must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might // not be redirected. // // - WebsiteConfiguration // // - IndexDocument // // - Suffix // // - ErrorDocument // // - Key // // - RoutingRules // // - RoutingRule // // - Condition // // - HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals // // - KeyPrefixEquals // // - Redirect // // - Protocol // // - HostName // // - ReplaceKeyPrefixWith // // - ReplaceKeyWith // // - HttpRedirectCode // // Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. // If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For // more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // The maximum request length is limited to 128 KB. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutBucketWebsite for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsite(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as PutBucketWebsite with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutObject = "PutObject" // PutObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutObject operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutObject for more information on using the PutObject // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutObjectRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject func (c *S3) PutObjectRequest(input *PutObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutObject, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", } if input == nil { input = &PutObjectInput{} } output = &PutObjectOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // PutObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Adds an object to a bucket. // // - Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, // Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. You cannot use PutObject // to only update a single piece of metadata for an existing object. You // must put the entire object with updated metadata if you want to update // some values. // // - If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, // ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. All objects written // to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner. // // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for // this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests // for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object // written. However, Amazon S3 provides features that can modify this behavior: // // - S3 Object Lock - To prevent objects from being deleted or overwritten, // you can use Amazon S3 Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lock.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. This functionality is not supported for directory // buckets. // // - S3 Versioning - When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 // receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it // stores all versions of the objects. For each write request that is made // to the same object, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version // ID of that object being stored in Amazon S3. You can retrieve, replace, // or delete any version of the object. For more information about versioning, // see Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/AddingObjectstoVersioningEnabledBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about returning the versioning // state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html). // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required // in your policies when your PutObject request includes specific headers. // s3:PutObject - To successfully complete the PutObject request, you must // always have the s3:PutObject permission on a bucket to add an object to // it. s3:PutObjectAcl - To successfully change the objects ACL of your PutObject // request, you must have the s3:PutObjectAcl. s3:PutObjectTagging - To successfully // set the tag-set with your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectTagging. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation // on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) // API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant // the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession // API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token // in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After // the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to // generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs // create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service // interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, // see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html). // // Data integrity with Content-MD5 // // - General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing // the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon // S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not // match, Amazon S3 returns an error. Alternatively, when the object's ETag // is its MD5 digest, you can calculate the MD5 while putting the object // to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value. // // - Directory bucket - This functionality is not supported for directory // buckets. // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // For more information about related Amazon S3 APIs, see the following: // // - CopyObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html) // // - DeleteObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObject.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutObject for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject func (c *S3) PutObject(input *PutObjectInput) (*PutObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutObjectWithContext is the same as PutObject with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutObject for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutObjectAcl = "PutObjectAcl" // PutObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutObjectAcl operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutObjectAcl for more information on using the PutObjectAcl // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutObjectAclRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutObjectAclRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl func (c *S3) PutObjectAclRequest(input *PutObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectAclOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutObjectAcl, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl", } if input == nil { input = &PutObjectAclInput{} } output = &PutObjectAclOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions // for a new or existing object in an S3 bucket. You must have the WRITE_ACP // permission to set the ACL of an object. For more information, see What permissions // can I grant? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#permissions) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. // // Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an // object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you // have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request // body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see Access // Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, // ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies // to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs // or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. // Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling // object ownership (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Permissions // // You can set access permissions using one of the following methods: // // - Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports // a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a // predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name // as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other // access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, // see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). // // - Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, // x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using // these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon // Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. // If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header // to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that // Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control // List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). // You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of // the following: id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID // of an Amazon Web Services account uri – if you are granting permissions // to a predefined group emailAddress – if the value specified is the email // address of an Amazon Web Services account Using email addresses to specify // a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: // US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific // (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) // South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions // and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For example, the following // x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects permission to the two Amazon // Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses. x-amz-grant-read: // emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" // // You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. // You cannot do both. // // # Grantee Values // // You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights // (using request elements) in the following ways: // // - By the person's ID: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" // xsi:type="CanonicalUser"><ID><>ID<></ID><DisplayName><>GranteesEmail<></DisplayName> // </Grantee> DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request. // // - By URI: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" // xsi:type="Group"><URI><>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<></URI></Grantee> // // - By Email address: <Grantee xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" // xsi:type="AmazonCustomerByEmail"><EmailAddress><>Grantees@email.com<></EmailAddress>lt;/Grantee> // The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET // Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. Using email addresses // to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services // Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) // Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe // (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported // Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. // // # Versioning // // The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT // sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different // version, use the versionId subresource. // // The following operations are related to PutObjectAcl: // // - CopyObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html) // // - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutObjectAcl for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // - ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey" // The specified key does not exist. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl func (c *S3) PutObjectAcl(input *PutObjectAclInput) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutObjectAclWithContext is the same as PutObjectAcl with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutObjectLegalHold = "PutObjectLegalHold" // PutObjectLegalHoldRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutObjectLegalHold operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutObjectLegalHold for more information on using the PutObjectLegalHold // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutObjectLegalHoldRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLegalHold func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutObjectLegalHold, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?legal-hold", } if input == nil { input = &PutObjectLegalHoldInput{} } output = &PutObjectLegalHoldOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Applies a legal hold configuration to the specified object. For more information, // see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutObjectLegalHold for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLegalHold func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHold(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutObjectLegalHoldWithContext is the same as PutObjectLegalHold with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutObjectLegalHold for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutObjectLockConfiguration = "PutObjectLockConfiguration" // PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutObjectLockConfiguration operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutObjectLockConfiguration for more information on using the PutObjectLockConfiguration // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLockConfiguration func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutObjectLockConfiguration, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?object-lock", } if input == nil { input = &PutObjectLockConfigurationInput{} } output = &PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified // in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new // object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking // Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // // - The DefaultRetention settings require both a mode and a period. // // - The DefaultRetention period can be either Days or Years but you must // select one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time. // // - You can enable Object Lock for new or existing buckets. For more information, // see Configuring Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lock-configure.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutObjectLockConfiguration for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLockConfiguration func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfiguration(input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutObjectLockConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutObjectLockConfiguration with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutObjectLockConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutObjectRetention = "PutObjectRetention" // PutObjectRetentionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutObjectRetention operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutObjectRetention for more information on using the PutObjectRetention // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRetentionRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutObjectRetentionRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRetention func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionRequest(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectRetentionOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutObjectRetention, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?retention", } if input == nil { input = &PutObjectRetentionInput{} } output = &PutObjectRetentionOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Places an Object Retention configuration on an object. For more information, // see Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // Users or accounts require the s3:PutObjectRetention permission in order to // place an Object Retention configuration on objects. Bypassing a Governance // Retention configuration requires the s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission. // // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutObjectRetention for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRetention func (c *S3) PutObjectRetention(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (*PutObjectRetentionOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectRetentionRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutObjectRetentionWithContext is the same as PutObjectRetention with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutObjectRetention for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectRetentionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectRetentionOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectRetentionRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutObjectTagging = "PutObjectTagging" // PutObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutObjectTagging operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutObjectTagging for more information on using the PutObjectTagging // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutObjectTaggingRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutObjectTaggingRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingRequest(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectTaggingOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutObjectTagging, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging", } if input == nil { input = &PutObjectTaggingInput{} } output = &PutObjectTaggingOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket. A // tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-tagging.html). // // You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the // tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve // tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see GetObjectTagging // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html). // // For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see // Tag Restrictions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html). // Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object. // // To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging // action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this // permission to others. // // To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You // also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action. // // PutObjectTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors // see, Error Responses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html). // // - InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur // if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Object // Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-tagging.html). // // - MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema. // // - OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in // progress against this resource. Please try again. // // - InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to // the object. // // The following operations are related to PutObjectTagging: // // - GetObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html) // // - DeleteObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeleteObjectTagging.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutObjectTagging for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging func (c *S3) PutObjectTagging(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as PutObjectTagging with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opPutPublicAccessBlock = "PutPublicAccessBlock" // PutPublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the PutPublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See PutPublicAccessBlock for more information on using the PutPublicAccessBlock // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the PutPublicAccessBlockRequest method. // req, resp := client.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutPublicAccessBlock func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opPutPublicAccessBlock, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock", } if input == nil { input = &PutPublicAccessBlockInput{} } output = &PutPublicAccessBlockOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ Name: "contentMd5Handler", Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler, }) return } // PutPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 // bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock // permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying // Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). // // When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket // or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the // bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. // If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket // and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level // and account-level settings. // // For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object // public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status). // // The following operations are related to PutPublicAccessBlock: // // - GetPublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetPublicAccessBlock.html) // // - DeletePublicAccessBlock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_DeletePublicAccessBlock.html) // // - GetBucketPolicyStatus (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketPolicyStatus.html) // // - Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation PutPublicAccessBlock for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutPublicAccessBlock func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlock(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (*PutPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // PutPublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as PutPublicAccessBlock with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See PutPublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) { req, out := c.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opRestoreObject = "RestoreObject" // RestoreObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the RestoreObject operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See RestoreObject for more information on using the RestoreObject // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the RestoreObjectRequest method. // req, resp := client.RestoreObjectRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject func (c *S3) RestoreObjectRequest(input *RestoreObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreObjectOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opRestoreObject, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?restore", } if input == nil { input = &RestoreObjectInput{} } output = &RestoreObjectOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // RestoreObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // # Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 // // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. // // This action performs the following types of requests: // // - restore an archive - Restore an archived object // // For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the // following: // // - PutObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutObject.html) // // - Managing Access with ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide // // - Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide // // # Permissions // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this // permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions // Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) // and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-access-control.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Restoring objects // // Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval // or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive // or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real // time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval // or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore // request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. // If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon // S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, // you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. // For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, // you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object // is moved into the Frequent Access tier. // // To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you // don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. // // When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data // access tier options in the Tier element of the request body: // // - Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data // stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage // class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests // for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived // objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically // made available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that // retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need // it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for // objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering // Deep Archive tier. // // - Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived // objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval // requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals // typically finish within 3–5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier // Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering // Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored // in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering // Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in // S3 Intelligent-Tiering. // // - Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible // Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to // retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals // typically finish within 5–12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier // Flexible Retrieval Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering // Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option // when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish // within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage // class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. // // For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity // for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to // a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading // the speed of an in-progress restore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html#restoring-objects-upgrade-tier.title.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations // return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration // status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify // you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring // Amazon S3 Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period // by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration // period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there // are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when // Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. // // If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an // expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you // specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy // for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes // the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, // see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) // and Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) // in Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Responses // // A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code. // // - If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 // Accepted in the response. // // - If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the // response. // // - Special errors: Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress Cause: Object restore // is already in progress. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code // Prefix: Client // // - Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable Cause: expedited retrievals // are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient // capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to // Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.) HTTP // Status Code: 503 SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A // // The following operations are related to RestoreObject: // // - PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) // // - GetBucketNotificationConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation RestoreObject for usage and error information. // // Returned Error Codes: // - ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError" // This action is not allowed against this storage tier. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject func (c *S3) RestoreObject(input *RestoreObjectInput) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // RestoreObjectWithContext is the same as RestoreObject with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See RestoreObject for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) RestoreObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) { req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opSelectObjectContent = "SelectObjectContent" // SelectObjectContentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the SelectObjectContent operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See SelectObjectContent for more information on using the SelectObjectContent // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the SelectObjectContentRequest method. // req, resp := client.SelectObjectContentRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentRequest(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (req *request.Request, output *SelectObjectContentOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opSelectObjectContent, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?select&select-type=2", } if input == nil { input = &SelectObjectContentInput{} } output = &SelectObjectContentOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) es := NewSelectObjectContentEventStream() req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(es.setStreamCloser) output.EventStream = es req.Handlers.Send.Swap(client.LogHTTPResponseHandler.Name, client.LogHTTPResponseHeaderHandler) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, rest.UnmarshalHandler) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(es.runOutputStream) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(es.runOnStreamPartClose) return } // SelectObjectContent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple // structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the // SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, // CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse // object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified // SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the // response. // // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. // // For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/selecting-content-from-objects.html) // and SELECT Command (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference-select.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Permissions // // You must have the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select // does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, // see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Object Data Formats // // You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format // properties: // // - CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format. // // - UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports. // // - GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. // GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select // supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression // for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object // compression for Parquet objects. // // - Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects // that are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted // with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and // you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html). // For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided // Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For objects that are encrypted with Amazon // S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) and Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), server-side // encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. // For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and // SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Working with the Response Body // // Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response // as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked // as its value in the response. For more information, see Appendix: SelectObjectContent // Response (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTSelectObjectAppendix.html). // // # GetObject Support // // The SelectObjectContent action does not support the following GetObject functionality. // For more information, see GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html). // // - Range: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select // request (see SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_SelectObjectContent.html#AmazonS3-SelectObjectContent-request-ScanRange) // in the request parameters), you cannot specify the range of bytes of an // object to return. // // - The GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, or // the ARCHIVE_ACCESS and DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING // storage class: You cannot query objects in the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, // or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, nor objects in the ARCHIVE_ACCESS // or DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage // class. For more information about storage classes, see Using Amazon S3 // storage classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/storage-class-intro.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Special Errors // // For a list of special errors for this operation, see List of SELECT Object // Content Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#SelectObjectContentErrorCodeList) // // The following operations are related to SelectObjectContent: // // - GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html) // // - GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) // // - PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation SelectObjectContent for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent func (c *S3) SelectObjectContent(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error) { req, out := c.SelectObjectContentRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // SelectObjectContentWithContext is the same as SelectObjectContent with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See SelectObjectContent for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SelectObjectContentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error) { req, out := c.SelectObjectContentRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } var _ awserr.Error var _ time.Time // SelectObjectContentEventStream provides the event stream handling for the SelectObjectContent. // // For testing and mocking the event stream this type should be initialized via // the NewSelectObjectContentEventStream constructor function. Using the functional options // to pass in nested mock behavior. type SelectObjectContentEventStream struct { // Reader is the EventStream reader for the SelectObjectContentEventStream // events. This value is automatically set by the SDK when the API call is made // Use this member when unit testing your code with the SDK to mock out the // EventStream Reader. // // Must not be nil. Reader SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader outputReader io.ReadCloser // StreamCloser is the io.Closer for the EventStream connection. For HTTP // EventStream this is the response Body. The stream will be closed when // the Close method of the EventStream is called. StreamCloser io.Closer done chan struct{} closeOnce sync.Once err *eventstreamapi.OnceError } // NewSelectObjectContentEventStream initializes an SelectObjectContentEventStream. // This function should only be used for testing and mocking the SelectObjectContentEventStream // stream within your application. // // The Reader member must be set before reading events from the stream. // // The StreamCloser member should be set to the underlying io.Closer, // (e.g. http.Response.Body), that will be closed when the stream Close method // is called. // // es := NewSelectObjectContentEventStream(func(o *SelectObjectContentEventStream){ // es.Reader = myMockStreamReader // es.StreamCloser = myMockStreamCloser // }) func NewSelectObjectContentEventStream(opts ...func(*SelectObjectContentEventStream)) *SelectObjectContentEventStream { es := &SelectObjectContentEventStream{ done: make(chan struct{}), err: eventstreamapi.NewOnceError(), } for _, fn := range opts { fn(es) } return es } func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) setStreamCloser(r *request.Request) { es.StreamCloser = r.HTTPResponse.Body } func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) runOnStreamPartClose(r *request.Request) { if es.done == nil { return } go es.waitStreamPartClose() } func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) waitStreamPartClose() { var outputErrCh <-chan struct{} if v, ok := es.Reader.(interface{ ErrorSet() <-chan struct{} }); ok { outputErrCh = v.ErrorSet() } var outputClosedCh <-chan struct{} if v, ok := es.Reader.(interface{ Closed() <-chan struct{} }); ok { outputClosedCh = v.Closed() } select { case <-es.done: case <-outputErrCh: es.err.SetError(es.Reader.Err()) es.Close() case <-outputClosedCh: if err := es.Reader.Err(); err != nil { es.err.SetError(es.Reader.Err()) } es.Close() } } // Events returns a channel to read events from. // // These events are: // // - ContinuationEvent // - EndEvent // - ProgressEvent // - RecordsEvent // - StatsEvent // - SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent { return es.Reader.Events() } func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) runOutputStream(r *request.Request) { var opts []func(*eventstream.Decoder) if r.Config.Logger != nil && r.Config.LogLevel.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithEventStreamBody) { opts = append(opts, eventstream.DecodeWithLogger(r.Config.Logger)) } unmarshalerForEvent := unmarshalerForSelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent{ metadata: protocol.ResponseMetadata{ StatusCode: r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, RequestID: r.RequestID, }, }.UnmarshalerForEventName decoder := eventstream.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body, opts...) eventReader := eventstreamapi.NewEventReader(decoder, protocol.HandlerPayloadUnmarshal{ Unmarshalers: r.Handlers.UnmarshalStream, }, unmarshalerForEvent, ) es.outputReader = r.HTTPResponse.Body es.Reader = newReadSelectObjectContentEventStream(eventReader) } // Close closes the stream. This will also cause the stream to be closed. // Close must be called when done using the stream API. Not calling Close // may result in resource leaks. // // You can use the closing of the Reader's Events channel to terminate your // application's read from the API's stream. func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() (err error) { es.closeOnce.Do(es.safeClose) return es.Err() } func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) safeClose() { if es.done != nil { close(es.done) } es.Reader.Close() if es.outputReader != nil { es.outputReader.Close() } es.StreamCloser.Close() } // Err returns any error that occurred while reading or writing EventStream // Events from the service API's response. Returns nil if there were no errors. func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error { if err := es.err.Err(); err != nil { return err } if err := es.Reader.Err(); err != nil { return err } return nil } const opUploadPart = "UploadPart" // UploadPartRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the UploadPart operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See UploadPart for more information on using the UploadPart // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the UploadPartRequest method. // req, resp := client.UploadPartRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart func (c *S3) UploadPartRequest(input *UploadPartInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opUploadPart, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", } if input == nil { input = &UploadPartInput{} } output = &UploadPartOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // UploadPart API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Uploads a part in a multipart upload. // // In this operation, you provide new data as a part of an object in your request. // However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as // a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing // object, you use the UploadPartCopy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPartCopy.html) // operation. // // You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html)) // before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon // S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your // upload part request. // // Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number // uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object // being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was // used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. // // For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart // upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/qfacts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must // either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged // for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort // multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging // you for the parts storage. // // For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html) in the // Amazon S3 User Guide . // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Permissions // // - General purpose bucket permissions - For information on the permissions // required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation // on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html) // API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant // the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession // API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token // in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After // the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to // generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs // create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service // interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, // see CreateSession (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateSession.html). // // # Data integrity // // General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing // the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon // S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, // Amazon S3 returns an error. If the upload request is signed with Signature // Version 4, then Amazon Web Services S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 header // as a checksum instead of Content-MD5. For more information see Authenticating // Requests: Using the Authorization Header (Amazon Web Services Signature Version // 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-auth-using-authorization-header.html). // // Directory buckets - MD5 is not supported by directory buckets. You can use // checksum algorithms to check object integrity. // // Encryption // // - General purpose bucket - Server-side encryption is for data encryption // at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its // data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You have mutually exclusive // options to protect data using server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending // on how you choose to manage the encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption // key options are Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS // keys (SSE-KMS), and Customer-Provided Keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts // data with server-side encryption using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) // by default. You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest // using server-side encryption with other key options. The option you use // depends on whether you want to use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or provide your // own encryption key (SSE-C). Server-side encryption is supported by the // S3 Multipart Upload operations. Unless you are using a customer-provided // encryption key (SSE-C), you don't need to specify the encryption parameters // in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side // encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more // information, see CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html). // If you request server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption // key (SSE-C) in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide // identical encryption information in each part upload using the following // request headers. x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key // x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 // // - Directory bucket - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption // with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. // // For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Special errors // // - Error Code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload // does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload // might have been aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to UploadPart: // // - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) // // - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) // // - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) // // - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) // // - ListMultipartUploads (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation UploadPart for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart func (c *S3) UploadPart(input *UploadPartInput) (*UploadPartOutput, error) { req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // UploadPartWithContext is the same as UploadPart with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See UploadPart for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) UploadPartWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartOutput, error) { req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opUploadPartCopy = "UploadPartCopy" // UploadPartCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the UploadPartCopy operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See UploadPartCopy for more information on using the UploadPartCopy // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the UploadPartCopyRequest method. // req, resp := client.UploadPartCopyRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyRequest(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartCopyOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opUploadPartCopy, HTTPMethod: "PUT", HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}", } if input == nil { input = &UploadPartCopyInput{} } output = &UploadPartCopyOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) return } // UploadPartCopy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To // specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in // your request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source-range // in your request. // // For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart // upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/qfacts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use // the UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) // action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request. // // You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response // to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier // that you must include in your upload part request. // // For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects // Using Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using // a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectOperations.html) in // the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this // API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style // requests in the format https://bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com/key-name // . Path-style requests are not supported. For more information, see Regional // and Zonal endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-Regions-and-Zones.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // # Authentication and authorization // // All UploadPartCopy requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM // credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). // All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be // signed. For more information, see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html). // // Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize // your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary // security credentials through the CreateSession API operation. // // Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization // on your behalf. // // # Permissions // // You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to the destination // bucket. // // - General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in // a policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination // bucket in an UploadPartCopy operation. If the source object is in a general // purpose bucket, you must have the s3:GetObject permission to read the // source object that is being copied. If the destination bucket is a general // purpose bucket, you must have the s3:PutObject permission to write the // object copy to the destination bucket. For information about permissions // required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload API and // permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/mpuoverview.html#mpuAndPermissions) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // - Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket // policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination // bucket types in an UploadPartCopy operation. If the source object that // you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession // permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, // the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, // you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly // on the copy source bucket. If the copy destination is a directory bucket, // you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element // of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode // condition key cannot be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination. For example // policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-example-bucket-policies.html) // and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based // policies for S3 Express One Zone (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/s3-express-security-iam-identity-policies.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Encryption // // - General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side encryption // with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, // see CopyObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CopyObject.html) // and UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html). // // - Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only server-side encryption // with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. // // Special errors // // - Error Code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload // does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload // might have been aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found // // - Error Code: InvalidRequest Description: The specified copy source is // not supported as a byte-range copy source. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request // // # HTTP Host header syntax // // Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // // The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy: // // - CreateMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CreateMultipartUpload.html) // // - UploadPart (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_UploadPart.html) // // - CompleteMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_CompleteMultipartUpload.html) // // - AbortMultipartUpload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_AbortMultipartUpload.html) // // - ListParts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListParts.html) // // - ListMultipartUploads (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_ListMultipartUploads.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation UploadPartCopy for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy func (c *S3) UploadPartCopy(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) { req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // UploadPartCopyWithContext is the same as UploadPartCopy with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See UploadPartCopy for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartCopyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) { req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } const opWriteGetObjectResponse = "WriteGetObjectResponse" // WriteGetObjectResponseRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the // client's request for the WriteGetObjectResponse operation. The "output" return // value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes // successfully. // // Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. // the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. // // See WriteGetObjectResponse for more information on using the WriteGetObjectResponse // API call, and error handling. // // This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration // into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. // // // Example sending a request using the WriteGetObjectResponseRequest method. // req, resp := client.WriteGetObjectResponseRequest(params) // // err := req.Send() // if err == nil { // resp is now filled // fmt.Println(resp) // } // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/WriteGetObjectResponse func (c *S3) WriteGetObjectResponseRequest(input *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) (req *request.Request, output *WriteGetObjectResponseOutput) { op := &request.Operation{ Name: opWriteGetObjectResponse, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/WriteGetObjectResponse", } if input == nil { input = &WriteGetObjectResponseInput{} } output = &WriteGetObjectResponseOutput{} req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) req.Handlers.Sign.Remove(v4.SignRequestHandler) handler := v4.BuildNamedHandler("v4.CustomSignerHandler", v4.WithUnsignedPayload) req.Handlers.Sign.PushFrontNamed(handler) req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(protocol.NewHostPrefixHandler("{RequestRoute}.", input.hostLabels)) req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(protocol.ValidateEndpointHostHandler) return } // WriteGetObjectResponse API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is not supported by directory buckets. // // Passes transformed objects to a GetObject operation when using Object Lambda // access points. For information about Object Lambda access points, see Transforming // objects with Object Lambda access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/transforming-objects.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This operation supports metadata that can be returned by GetObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObject.html), // in addition to RequestRoute, RequestToken, StatusCode, ErrorCode, and ErrorMessage. // The GetObject response metadata is supported so that the WriteGetObjectResponse // caller, typically an Lambda function, can provide the same metadata when // it internally invokes GetObject. When WriteGetObjectResponse is called by // a customer-owned Lambda function, the metadata returned to the end user GetObject // call might differ from what Amazon S3 would normally return. // // You can include any number of metadata headers. When including a metadata // header, it should be prefaced with x-amz-meta. For example, x-amz-meta-my-custom-header: // MyCustomValue. The primary use case for this is to forward GetObject metadata. // // Amazon Web Services provides some prebuilt Lambda functions that you can // use with S3 Object Lambda to detect and redact personally identifiable information // (PII) and decompress S3 objects. These Lambda functions are available in // the Amazon Web Services Serverless Application Repository, and can be selected // through the Amazon Web Services Management Console when you create your Object // Lambda access point. // // Example 1: PII Access Control - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, // a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find // insights and relationships in text. It automatically detects personally identifiable // information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and // social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket. // // Example 2: PII Redaction - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a // natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find // insights and relationships in text. It automatically redacts personally identifiable // information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and // social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket. // // Example 3: Decompression - The Lambda function S3ObjectLambdaDecompression, // is equipped to decompress objects stored in S3 in one of six compressed file // formats including bzip2, gzip, snappy, zlib, zstandard and ZIP. // // For information on how to view and use these functions, see Using Amazon // Web Services built Lambda functions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/olap-examples.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. // // See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's // API operation WriteGetObjectResponse for usage and error information. // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/WriteGetObjectResponse func (c *S3) WriteGetObjectResponse(input *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) (*WriteGetObjectResponseOutput, error) { req, out := c.WriteGetObjectResponseRequest(input) return out, req.Send() } // WriteGetObjectResponseWithContext is the same as WriteGetObjectResponse with the addition of // the ability to pass a context and additional request options. // // See WriteGetObjectResponse for details on how to use this API operation. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. func (c *S3) WriteGetObjectResponseWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *WriteGetObjectResponseInput, opts ...request.Option) (*WriteGetObjectResponseOutput, error) { req, out := c.WriteGetObjectResponseRequest(input) req.SetContext(ctx) req.ApplyOptions(opts...) return out, req.Send() } // Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload // that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. // For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket // Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. type AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart // upload. DaysAfterInitiation *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDaysAfterInitiation sets the DaysAfterInitiation field's value. func (s *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) SetDaysAfterInitiation(v int64) *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload { s.DaysAfterInitiation = &v return s } type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"AbortMultipartUploadRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name to which the upload was taking place. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload. // // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AbortMultipartUploadInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if s.UploadId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput { s.UploadId = &v return s } func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type AbortMultipartUploadOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // Configures the transfer acceleration state for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more // information, see Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. type AccelerateConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the transfer acceleration status of the bucket. Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AccelerateConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AccelerateConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *AccelerateConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *AccelerateConfiguration { s.Status = &v return s } // Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee. type AccessControlPolicy struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of grants. Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` // Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AccessControlPolicy) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AccessControlPolicy) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *AccessControlPolicy) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlPolicy"} if s.Grants != nil { for i, v := range s.Grants { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Grants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetGrants sets the Grants field's value. func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *AccessControlPolicy { s.Grants = v return s } // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetOwner(v *Owner) *AccessControlPolicy { s.Owner = v return s } // A container for information about access control for replicas. type AccessControlTranslation struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the replica ownership. For default and valid values, see PUT bucket // replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html) // in the Amazon S3 API Reference. // // Owner is a required field Owner *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"OwnerOverride"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AccessControlTranslation) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AccessControlTranslation) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *AccessControlTranslation) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlTranslation"} if s.Owner == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Owner")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. func (s *AccessControlTranslation) SetOwner(v string) *AccessControlTranslation { s.Owner = &v return s } // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a // metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates in any combination, // and an object must match all of the predicates for the filter to apply. type AnalyticsAndOperator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The prefix to use when evaluating an AND predicate: The prefix that an object // must have to be included in the metrics results. Prefix *string `type:"string"` // The list of tags to use when evaluating an AND predicate. Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsAndOperator"} if s.Tags != nil { for i, v := range s.Tags { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsAndOperator { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AnalyticsAndOperator { s.Tags = v return s } // Specifies the configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter of // an Amazon S3 bucket. type AnalyticsConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must // have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). // If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis. Filter *AnalyticsFilter `type:"structure"` // The ID that identifies the analytics configuration. // // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Contains data related to access patterns to be collected and made available // to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes. // // StorageClassAnalysis is a required field StorageClassAnalysis *StorageClassAnalysis `type:"structure" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsConfiguration"} if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if s.StorageClassAnalysis == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StorageClassAnalysis")) } if s.Filter != nil { if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.StorageClassAnalysis != nil { if err := s.StorageClassAnalysis.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("StorageClassAnalysis", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *AnalyticsFilter) *AnalyticsConfiguration { s.Filter = v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *AnalyticsConfiguration { s.Id = &v return s } // SetStorageClassAnalysis sets the StorageClassAnalysis field's value. func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetStorageClassAnalysis(v *StorageClassAnalysis) *AnalyticsConfiguration { s.StorageClassAnalysis = v return s } // Where to publish the analytics results. type AnalyticsExportDestination struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A destination signifying output to an S3 bucket. // // S3BucketDestination is a required field S3BucketDestination *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsExportDestination"} if s.S3BucketDestination == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination")) } if s.S3BucketDestination != nil { if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value. func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) *AnalyticsExportDestination { s.S3BucketDestination = v return s } // The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must // have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). // If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis. type AnalyticsFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating an // analytics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates. And *AnalyticsAndOperator `type:"structure"` // The prefix to use when evaluating an analytics filter. Prefix *string `type:"string"` // The tag to use when evaluating an analytics filter. Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AnalyticsFilter) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AnalyticsFilter) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *AnalyticsFilter) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsFilter"} if s.And != nil { if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.Tag != nil { if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAnd sets the And field's value. func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetAnd(v *AnalyticsAndOperator) *AnalyticsFilter { s.And = v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsFilter { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetTag sets the Tag field's value. func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *AnalyticsFilter { s.Tag = v return s } // Contains information about where to publish the analytics results. type AnalyticsS3BucketDestination struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket to which data is exported. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided, // the owner is not validated before exporting data. // // Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to // help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes. BucketAccountId *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3. // // Format is a required field Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat"` // The prefix to use when exporting data. The prefix is prepended to all results. Prefix *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsS3BucketDestination"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Format == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetBucketAccountId sets the BucketAccountId field's value. func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucketAccountId(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { s.BucketAccountId = &v return s } // SetFormat sets the Format field's value. func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { s.Format = &v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination { s.Prefix = &v return s } // In terms of implementation, a Bucket is a resource. type Bucket struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Date the bucket was created. This date can change when making changes to // your bucket, such as editing its bucket policy. CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name of the bucket. Name *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Bucket) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Bucket) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value. func (s *Bucket) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *Bucket { s.CreationDate = &v return s } // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *Bucket) SetName(v string) *Bucket { s.Name = &v return s } // Specifies the information about the bucket that will be created. For more // information about directory buckets, see Directory buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-buckets-overview.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. type BucketInfo struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The number of Availability Zone that's used for redundancy for the bucket. DataRedundancy *string `type:"string" enum:"DataRedundancy"` // The type of bucket. Type *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketType"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s BucketInfo) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s BucketInfo) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDataRedundancy sets the DataRedundancy field's value. func (s *BucketInfo) SetDataRedundancy(v string) *BucketInfo { s.DataRedundancy = &v return s } // SetType sets the Type field's value. func (s *BucketInfo) SetType(v string) *BucketInfo { s.Type = &v return s } // Specifies the lifecycle configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. // For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. type BucketLifecycleConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. // // Rules is a required field Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLifecycleConfiguration"} if s.Rules == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) } if s.Rules != nil { for i, v := range s.Rules { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *BucketLifecycleConfiguration { s.Rules = v return s } // Container for logging status information. type BucketLoggingStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to // all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html) // in the Amazon S3 API Reference. LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s BucketLoggingStatus) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s BucketLoggingStatus) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLoggingStatus"} if s.LoggingEnabled != nil { if err := s.LoggingEnabled.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("LoggingEnabled", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value. func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *BucketLoggingStatus { s.LoggingEnabled = v return s } // Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon // S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon // S3 User Guide. type CORSConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow). // You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration. // // CORSRules is a required field CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CORSConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CORSConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CORSConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSConfiguration"} if s.CORSRules == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSRules")) } if s.CORSRules != nil { for i, v := range s.CORSRules { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CORSRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value. func (s *CORSConfiguration) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *CORSConfiguration { s.CORSRules = v return s } // Specifies a cross-origin access rule for an Amazon S3 bucket. type CORSRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Headers that are specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers header. // These headers are allowed in a preflight OPTIONS request. In response to // any preflight OPTIONS request, Amazon S3 returns any requested headers that // are allowed. AllowedHeaders []*string `locationName:"AllowedHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // An HTTP method that you allow the origin to execute. Valid values are GET, // PUT, HEAD, POST, and DELETE. // // AllowedMethods is a required field AllowedMethods []*string `locationName:"AllowedMethod" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from. // // AllowedOrigins is a required field AllowedOrigins []*string `locationName:"AllowedOrigin" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to // access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest // object). ExposeHeaders []*string `locationName:"ExposeHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters. ID *string `type:"string"` // The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response // for the specified resource. MaxAgeSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CORSRule) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CORSRule) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CORSRule) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSRule"} if s.AllowedMethods == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedMethods")) } if s.AllowedOrigins == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedOrigins")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAllowedHeaders sets the AllowedHeaders field's value. func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule { s.AllowedHeaders = v return s } // SetAllowedMethods sets the AllowedMethods field's value. func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedMethods(v []*string) *CORSRule { s.AllowedMethods = v return s } // SetAllowedOrigins sets the AllowedOrigins field's value. func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedOrigins(v []*string) *CORSRule { s.AllowedOrigins = v return s } // SetExposeHeaders sets the ExposeHeaders field's value. func (s *CORSRule) SetExposeHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule { s.ExposeHeaders = v return s } // SetID sets the ID field's value. func (s *CORSRule) SetID(v string) *CORSRule { s.ID = &v return s } // SetMaxAgeSeconds sets the MaxAgeSeconds field's value. func (s *CORSRule) SetMaxAgeSeconds(v int64) *CORSRule { s.MaxAgeSeconds = &v return s } // Describes how an uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV)-formatted input // object is formatted. type CSVInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies that CSV field values may contain quoted record delimiters and // such records should be allowed. Default value is FALSE. Setting this value // to TRUE may lower performance. AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter *bool `type:"boolean"` // A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the // character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character // to indicate a comment line. The default character is #. // // Default: # Comments *string `type:"string"` // A single character used to separate individual fields in a record. You can // specify an arbitrary delimiter. FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"` // Describes the first line of input. Valid values are: // // * NONE: First line is not a header. // // * IGNORE: First line is a header, but you can't use the header values // to indicate the column in an expression. You can use column position (such // as _1, _2, …) to indicate the column (SELECT s._1 FROM OBJECT s). // // * Use: First line is a header, and you can use the header value to identify // a column in an expression (SELECT "name" FROM OBJECT). FileHeaderInfo *string `type:"string" enum:"FileHeaderInfo"` // A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of // the value. For example, if the value is a, b, Amazon S3 wraps this field // value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b ". // // Type: String // // Default: " // // Ancestors: CSV QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"` // A single character used for escaping the quotation mark character inside // an already escaped value. For example, the value """ a , b """ is parsed // as " a , b ". QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"` // A single character used to separate individual records in the input. Instead // of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter. RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CSVInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CSVInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter sets the AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter field's value. func (s *CSVInput) SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter(v bool) *CSVInput { s.AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter = &v return s } // SetComments sets the Comments field's value. func (s *CSVInput) SetComments(v string) *CSVInput { s.Comments = &v return s } // SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value. func (s *CSVInput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput { s.FieldDelimiter = &v return s } // SetFileHeaderInfo sets the FileHeaderInfo field's value. func (s *CSVInput) SetFileHeaderInfo(v string) *CSVInput { s.FileHeaderInfo = &v return s } // SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value. func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVInput { s.QuoteCharacter = &v return s } // SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value. func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVInput { s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v return s } // SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value. func (s *CSVInput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput { s.RecordDelimiter = &v return s } // Describes how uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV)-formatted results // are formatted. type CSVOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify // an arbitrary delimiter. FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"` // A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of // the value. For example, if the value is a, b, Amazon S3 wraps this field // value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b ". QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"` // The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already // escaped value. QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"` // Indicates whether to use quotation marks around output fields. // // * ALWAYS: Always use quotation marks for output fields. // // * ASNEEDED: Use quotation marks for output fields when needed. QuoteFields *string `type:"string" enum:"QuoteFields"` // A single character used to separate individual records in the output. Instead // of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter. RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CSVOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CSVOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value. func (s *CSVOutput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput { s.FieldDelimiter = &v return s } // SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value. func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput { s.QuoteCharacter = &v return s } // SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value. func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput { s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v return s } // SetQuoteFields sets the QuoteFields field's value. func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteFields(v string) *CSVOutput { s.QuoteFields = &v return s } // SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value. func (s *CSVOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput { s.RecordDelimiter = &v return s } // Contains all the possible checksum or digest values for an object. type Checksum struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use the API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Checksum) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Checksum) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *Checksum) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *Checksum { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *Checksum) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *Checksum { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *Checksum) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *Checksum { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *Checksum) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *Checksum { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // Container for specifying the Lambda notification configuration. type CloudFunctionConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Lambda cloud function ARN that Amazon S3 can invoke when it detects events // of the specified type. CloudFunction *string `type:"string"` // The bucket event for which to send notifications. // // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` // Bucket events for which to send notifications. Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" enum:"Event"` // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. Id *string `type:"string"` // The role supporting the invocation of the Lambda function InvocationRole *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCloudFunction sets the CloudFunction field's value. func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetCloudFunction(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { s.CloudFunction = &v return s } // SetEvent sets the Event field's value. func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvent(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { s.Event = &v return s } // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { s.Events = v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { s.Id = &v return s } // SetInvocationRole sets the InvocationRole field's value. func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetInvocationRole(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration { s.InvocationRole = &v return s } // Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence // of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act // like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if // the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, // the common prefix is notes/summer/. type CommonPrefix struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Container for the specified common prefix. Prefix *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CommonPrefix) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CommonPrefix) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *CommonPrefix) SetPrefix(v string) *CommonPrefix { s.Prefix = &v return s } type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUploadRequest" type:"structure" payload:"MultipartUpload"` // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32" type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32c" type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha1" type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha256" type:"string"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The container for the multipart upload request information. MultipartUpload *CompletedMultipartUpload `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUpload" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // The server-side encryption (SSE) algorithm used to encrypt the object. This // parameter is required only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm // or if your bucket policy requires the use of SSE-C. For more information, // see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html#ssec-require-condition-key) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // The server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter is // needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more // information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSECustomerKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CompleteMultipartUploadInput's // String and GoString methods. SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The MD5 server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter // is needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For // more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // ID for the initiated multipart upload. // // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CompleteMultipartUploadInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if s.UploadId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetMultipartUpload sets the MultipartUpload field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetMultipartUpload(v *CompletedMultipartUpload) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { s.MultipartUpload = v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { s.SSECustomerKey = &v return s } func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { return v } return *s.SSECustomerKey } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput { s.UploadId = &v return s } func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket that contains the newly created object. Does not return // the access point ARN or access point alias if used. // // Access points are not supported by directory buckets. Bucket *string `type:"string"` // Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use the API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `type:"string"` // Entity tag that identifies the newly created object's data. Objects with // different object data will have different entity tags. The entity tag is // an opaque string. The entity tag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object // data. If the entity tag is not an MD5 digest of the object data, it will // contain one or more nonhexadecimal characters and/or will consist of less // than 32 or more than 32 hexadecimal digits. For more information about how // the entity tag is calculated, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ETag *string `type:"string"` // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL-encoded. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` // The object key of the newly created object. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The URI that identifies the newly created object. Location *string `type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSKeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CompleteMultipartUploadOutput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon // S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). // // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed // keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` // Version ID of the newly created object, in case the bucket has versioning // turned on. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.BucketKeyEnabled = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetETag(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.ETag = &v return s } // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.Expiration = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetLocation sets the Location field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.Location = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v return s } // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.ServerSideEncryption = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput { s.VersionId = &v return s } // The container for the completed multipart upload details. type CompletedMultipartUpload struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Array of CompletedPart data types. // // If you do not supply a valid Part with your request, the service sends back // an HTTP 400 response. Parts []*CompletedPart `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetParts sets the Parts field's value. func (s *CompletedMultipartUpload) SetParts(v []*CompletedPart) *CompletedMultipartUpload { s.Parts = v return s } // Details of the parts that were uploaded. type CompletedPart struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use the API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `type:"string"` // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded. ETag *string `type:"string"` // Part number that identifies the part. This is a positive integer between // 1 and 10,000. // // * General purpose buckets - In CompleteMultipartUpload, when a additional // checksum (including x-amz-checksum-crc32, x-amz-checksum-crc32c, x-amz-checksum-sha1, // or x-amz-checksum-sha256) is applied to each part, the PartNumber must // start at 1 and the part numbers must be consecutive. Otherwise, Amazon // S3 generates an HTTP 400 Bad Request status code and an InvalidPartOrder // error code. // // * Directory buckets - In CompleteMultipartUpload, the PartNumber must // start at 1 and the part numbers must be consecutive. PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CompletedPart) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CompletedPart) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *CompletedPart) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *CompletedPart { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *CompletedPart) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *CompletedPart { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *CompletedPart) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *CompletedPart { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *CompletedPart) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *CompletedPart { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. func (s *CompletedPart) SetETag(v string) *CompletedPart { s.ETag = &v return s } // SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. func (s *CompletedPart) SetPartNumber(v int64) *CompletedPart { s.PartNumber = &v return s } // A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified // redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, // redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, // redirect request to another host where you might process the error. type Condition struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error, // if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied. // Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals // is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect // to be applied. HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals *string `type:"string"` // The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to // redirect requests for ExamplePage.html, the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html. // To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/, the key prefix will // be /docs, which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when // the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals // is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for // the redirect to be applied. // // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such // as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML // related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints). KeyPrefixEquals *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Condition) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Condition) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals sets the HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals field's value. func (s *Condition) SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals(v string) *Condition { s.HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals = &v return s } // SetKeyPrefixEquals sets the KeyPrefixEquals field's value. func (s *Condition) SetKeyPrefixEquals(v string) *Condition { s.KeyPrefixEquals = &v return s } type ContinuationEvent struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ContinuationEvent" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ContinuationEvent) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ContinuationEvent) GoString() string { return s.String() } // The ContinuationEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. func (s *ContinuationEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} // UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ContinuationEvent value. // This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. func (s *ContinuationEvent) UnmarshalEvent( payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, msg eventstream.Message, ) error { return nil } // MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method // should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. func (s *ContinuationEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) { msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType)) return msg, err } type CopyObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"CopyObjectRequest" type:"structure"` // The canned access control list (ACL) to apply to the object. // // When you copy an object, the ACL metadata is not preserved and is set to // private by default. Only the owner has full access control. To override the // default ACL setting, specify a new ACL when you generate a copy request. // For more information, see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). // // If the destination bucket that you're copying objects to uses the bucket // owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no // longer affect permissions. Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT // requests that don't specify an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner // full control ACLs, such as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an // equivalent form of this ACL expressed in the XML format. For more information, // see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // * If your destination bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for // Object Ownership, all objects written to the bucket by any account will // be owned by the bucket owner. // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` // The name of the destination bucket. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption // with server-side encryption using Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // If a target object uses SSE-KMS, you can enable an S3 Bucket Key for the // object. // // Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for // object encryption with SSE-KMS. Specifying this header with a COPY action // doesn’t affect bucket-level settings for S3 Bucket Key. // // For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory // bucket. BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"` // Specifies the caching behavior along the request/reply chain. CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` // Indicates the algorithm that you want Amazon S3 to use to create the checksum // for the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // When you copy an object, if the source object has a checksum, that checksum // value will be copied to the new object by default. If the CopyObject request // does not include this x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, the checksum algorithm // will be copied from the source object to the destination object (if it's // present on the source object). You can optionally specify a different checksum // algorithm to use with the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header. Unrecognized or // unsupported values will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. // // For directory buckets, when you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, CRC32 is the // default checksum algorithm that's used for performance. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // Specifies presentational information for the object. Indicates whether an // object should be displayed in a web browser or downloaded as a file. It allows // specifying the desired filename for the downloaded file. ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced // by the Content-Type header field. // // For directory buckets, only the aws-chunked value is supported in this header // field. ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` // The language the content is in. ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` // A standard MIME type that describes the format of the object data. ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` // Specifies the source object for the copy operation. The source object can // be up to 5 GB. If the source object is an object that was uploaded by using // a multipart upload, the object copy will be a single part object after the // source object is copied to the destination bucket. // // You specify the value of the copy source in one of two formats, depending // on whether you want to access the source object through an access point (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-points.html): // // * For objects not accessed through an access point, specify the name of // the source bucket and the key of the source object, separated by a slash // (/). For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf from the general // purpose bucket awsexamplebucket, use awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf. // The value must be URL-encoded. To copy the object reports/january.pdf // from the directory bucket awsexamplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3, use awsexamplebucket--use1-az5--x-s3/reports/january.pdf. // The value must be URL-encoded. // // * For objects accessed through access points, specify the Amazon Resource // Name (ARN) of the object as accessed through the access point, in the // format arn:aws:s3:<Region>:<account-id>:accesspoint/<access-point-name>/object/<key>. // For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf through access point // my-access-point owned by account 123456789012 in Region us-west-2, use // the URL encoding of arn:aws:s3:us-west-2:123456789012:accesspoint/my-access-point/object/reports/january.pdf. // The value must be URL encoded. Amazon S3 supports copy operations using // Access points only when the source and destination buckets are in the // same Amazon Web Services Region. Access points are not supported by directory // buckets. Alternatively, for objects accessed through Amazon S3 on Outposts, // specify the ARN of the object as accessed in the format arn:aws:s3-outposts:<Region>:<account-id>:outpost/<outpost-id>/object/<key>. // For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf through outpost my-outpost // owned by account 123456789012 in Region us-west-2, use the URL encoding // of arn:aws:s3-outposts:us-west-2:123456789012:outpost/my-outpost/object/reports/january.pdf. // The value must be URL-encoded. // // If your source bucket versioning is enabled, the x-amz-copy-source header // by default identifies the current version of an object to copy. If the current // version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted. // To copy a different version, use the versionId query parameter. Specifically, // append ?versionId=<version-id> to the value (for example, awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf?versionId=QUpfdndhfd8438MNFDN93jdnJFkdmqnh893). // If you don't specify a version ID, Amazon S3 copies the latest version of // the source object. // // If you enable versioning on the destination bucket, Amazon S3 generates a // unique version ID for the copied object. This version ID is different from // the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of // the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response. // // If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the destination bucket, // the version ID that Amazon S3 generates in the x-amz-version-id response // header is always null. // // Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory // buckets. // // CopySource is a required field CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"` // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. // // If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since // headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns // 200 OK and copies the data: // // * x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true // // * x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"` // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time. // // If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since // headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns // the 412 Precondition Failed response code: // // * x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false // // * x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"` // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified // ETag. // // If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since // headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns // the 412 Precondition Failed response code: // // * x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false // // * x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"` // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time. // // If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since // headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns // 200 OK and copies the data: // // * x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true // // * x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"` // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (for example, // AES256). // // If the source object for the copy is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, you // must provide the necessary encryption information in your request so that // Amazon S3 can decrypt the object for copying. // // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory // bucket. CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be the // same one that was used when the source object was created. // // If the source object for the copy is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, you // must provide the necessary encryption information in your request so that // Amazon S3 can decrypt the object for copying. // // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory // bucket. // // CopySourceSSECustomerKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CopyObjectInput's // String and GoString methods. CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the // encryption key was transmitted without error. // // If the source object for the copy is stored in Amazon S3 using SSE-C, you // must provide the necessary encryption information in your request so that // Amazon S3 can decrypt the object for copying. // // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory // bucket. CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // The account ID of the expected destination bucket owner. If the account ID // that you provide does not match the actual owner of the destination bucket, // the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The account ID of the expected source bucket owner. If the account ID that // you provide does not match the actual owner of the source bucket, the request // fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedSourceBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-source-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"` // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata. // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to read the object ACL. // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` // The key of the destination object. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` // Specifies whether the metadata is copied from the source object or replaced // with metadata that's provided in the request. When copying an object, you // can preserve all metadata (the default) or specify new metadata. If this // header isn’t specified, COPY is the default behavior. // // General purpose bucket - For general purpose buckets, when you grant permissions, // you can use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain // metadata behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Amazon // S3 condition key examples (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/amazon-s3-policy-keys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // x-amz-website-redirect-location is unique to each object and is not copied // when using the x-amz-metadata-directive header. To copy the value, you must // specify x-amz-website-redirect-location in the request header. MetadataDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-metadata-directive" type:"string" enum:"MetadataDirective"` // Specifies whether you want to apply a legal hold to the object copy. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the object copy. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` // The date and time when you want the Object Lock of the object copy to expire. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). // // When you perform a CopyObject operation, if you want to use a different type // of encryption setting for the target object, you can specify appropriate // encryption-related headers to encrypt the target object with an Amazon S3 // managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key. If the encryption setting // in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of // the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. // // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory // bucket. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded. Amazon // S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use // with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm // header. // // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory // bucket. // // SSECustomerKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CopyObjectInput's // String and GoString methods. SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the // encryption key was transmitted without error. // // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory // bucket. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object // encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding // JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This value must be explicitly // added to specify encryption context for CopyObject requests. // // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory // bucket. // // SSEKMSEncryptionContext is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CopyObjectInput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // Specifies the KMS ID (Key ID, Key ARN, or Key Alias) to use for object encryption. // All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS will fail if they're // not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring any of // the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services // CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory // bucket. // // SSEKMSKeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CopyObjectInput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon // S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms, aws:kms:dsse). Unrecognized or unsupported // values won’t write a destination object and will receive a 400 Bad Request // response. // // Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are copied to an S3 // bucket. When copying an object, if you don't specify encryption information // in your copy request, the encryption setting of the target object is set // to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, // all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side // encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket // has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with // Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption // with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with // customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding // KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the target object copy. // // When you perform a CopyObject operation, if you want to use a different type // of encryption setting for the target object, you can specify appropriate // encryption-related headers to encrypt the target object with an Amazon S3 // managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key. If the encryption setting // in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of // the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. // // With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes your // data to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it. // For more information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side // Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed // keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` // If the x-amz-storage-class header is not used, the copied object will be // stored in the STANDARD Storage Class by default. The STANDARD storage class // provides high durability and high availability. Depending on performance // needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. // // * Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone // storage class is supported to store newly created objects. Unsupported // storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond // with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. // // * Amazon S3 on Outposts - S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage // Class. // // You can use the CopyObject action to change the storage class of an object // that is already stored in Amazon S3 by using the x-amz-storage-class header. // For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Before using an object as a source object for the copy operation, you must // restore a copy of it if it meets any of the following conditions: // // * The storage class of the source object is GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE. // // * The storage class of the source object is INTELLIGENT_TIERING and it's // S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tier (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/intelligent-tiering-overview.html#intel-tiering-tier-definition) // is Archive Access or Deep Archive Access. // // For more information, see RestoreObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html) // and Copying Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjectsExamples.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // The tag-set for the object copy in the destination bucket. This value must // be used in conjunction with the x-amz-tagging-directive if you choose REPLACE // for the x-amz-tagging-directive. If you choose COPY for the x-amz-tagging-directive, // you don't need to set the x-amz-tagging header, because the tag-set will // be copied from the source object directly. The tag-set must be encoded as // URL Query parameters. // // The default value is the empty value. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets in a CopyObject operation, only // the empty tag-set is supported. Any requests that attempt to write non-empty // tags into directory buckets will receive a 501 Not Implemented status code. // When the destination bucket is a directory bucket, you will receive a 501 // Not Implemented response in any of the following situations: // // * When you attempt to COPY the tag-set from an S3 source object that has // non-empty tags. // // * When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a source object and set a // non-empty value to x-amz-tagging. // // * When you don't set the x-amz-tagging-directive header and the source // object has non-empty tags. This is because the default value of x-amz-tagging-directive // is COPY. // // Because only the empty tag-set is supported for directory buckets in a CopyObject // operation, the following situations are allowed: // // * When you attempt to COPY the tag-set from a directory bucket source // object that has no tags to a general purpose bucket. It copies an empty // tag-set to the destination object. // // * When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a directory bucket source // object and set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination // object to empty. // // * When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a general purpose bucket // source object that has non-empty tags and set the x-amz-tagging value // of the directory bucket destination object to empty. // // * When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a directory bucket source // object and don't set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination // object. This is because the default value of x-amz-tagging is the empty // value. Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"` // Specifies whether the object tag-set is copied from the source object or // replaced with the tag-set that's provided in the request. // // The default value is COPY. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets in a CopyObject operation, only // the empty tag-set is supported. Any requests that attempt to write non-empty // tags into directory buckets will receive a 501 Not Implemented status code. // When the destination bucket is a directory bucket, you will receive a 501 // Not Implemented response in any of the following situations: // // * When you attempt to COPY the tag-set from an S3 source object that has // non-empty tags. // // * When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a source object and set a // non-empty value to x-amz-tagging. // // * When you don't set the x-amz-tagging-directive header and the source // object has non-empty tags. This is because the default value of x-amz-tagging-directive // is COPY. // // Because only the empty tag-set is supported for directory buckets in a CopyObject // operation, the following situations are allowed: // // * When you attempt to COPY the tag-set from a directory bucket source // object that has no tags to a general purpose bucket. It copies an empty // tag-set to the destination object. // // * When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a directory bucket source // object and set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination // object to empty. // // * When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a general purpose bucket // source object that has non-empty tags and set the x-amz-tagging value // of the directory bucket destination object to empty. // // * When you attempt to REPLACE the tag-set of a directory bucket source // object and don't set the x-amz-tagging value of the directory bucket destination // object. This is because the default value of x-amz-tagging is the empty // value. TaggingDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-directive" type:"string" enum:"TaggingDirective"` // If the destination bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests // for this object copy to another object in the same bucket or to an external // URL. Amazon S3 stores the value of this header in the object metadata. This // value is unique to each object and is not copied when using the x-amz-metadata-directive // header. Instead, you may opt to provide this header in combination with the // x-amz-metadata-directive header. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CopyObjectInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CopyObjectInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CopyObjectInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyObjectInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.CopySource == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource")) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetACL sets the ACL field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.ACL = &v return s } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *CopyObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *CopyObjectInput { s.BucketKeyEnabled = &v return s } // SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.CacheControl = &v return s } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.ContentDisposition = &v return s } // SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.ContentEncoding = &v return s } // SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.ContentLanguage = &v return s } // SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.ContentType = &v return s } // SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySource(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.CopySource = &v return s } // SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v return s } // SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v return s } // SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v return s } // SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v return s } // SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v return s } func (s *CopyObjectInput) getCopySourceSSECustomerKey() (v string) { if s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey == nil { return v } return *s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey } // SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetExpectedSourceBucketOwner sets the ExpectedSourceBucketOwner field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetExpectedSourceBucketOwner(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.ExpectedSourceBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { s.Expires = &v return s } // SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.GrantFullControl = &v return s } // SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.GrantRead = &v return s } // SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.GrantReadACP = &v return s } // SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.GrantWriteACP = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CopyObjectInput { s.Metadata = v return s } // SetMetadataDirective sets the MetadataDirective field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadataDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.MetadataDirective = &v return s } // SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v return s } // SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.ObjectLockMode = &v return s } // SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput { s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.SSECustomerKey = &v return s } func (s *CopyObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { return v } return *s.SSECustomerKey } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v return s } // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.ServerSideEncryption = &v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.Tagging = &v return s } // SetTaggingDirective sets the TaggingDirective field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTaggingDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.TaggingDirective = &v return s } // SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CopyObjectInput { s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v return s } func (s *CopyObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *CopyObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s CopyObjectInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type CopyObjectOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyObjectResult"` // Indicates whether the copied object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"` // Container for all response elements. CopyObjectResult *CopyObjectResult `type:"structure"` // Version ID of the source object that was copied. // // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory // bucket. CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"` // If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to confirm the encryption algorithm // that's used. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to provide the round-trip message integrity // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // If present, indicates the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use // for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 // string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSEncryptionContext is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CopyObjectOutput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSKeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CopyObjectOutput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon // S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms, aws:kms:dsse). // // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed // keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` // Version ID of the newly created copy. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CopyObjectOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CopyObjectOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value. func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *CopyObjectOutput { s.BucketKeyEnabled = &v return s } // SetCopyObjectResult sets the CopyObjectResult field's value. func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopyObjectResult(v *CopyObjectResult) *CopyObjectOutput { s.CopyObjectResult = v return s } // SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value. func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { s.CopySourceVersionId = &v return s } // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { s.Expiration = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value. func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v return s } // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { s.ServerSideEncryption = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { s.VersionId = &v return s } // Container for all response elements. type CopyObjectResult struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking // object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking // object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `type:"string"` // Returns the ETag of the new object. The ETag reflects only changes to the // contents of an object, not its metadata. ETag *string `type:"string"` // Creation date of the object. LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CopyObjectResult) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CopyObjectResult) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *CopyObjectResult { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *CopyObjectResult { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *CopyObjectResult { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *CopyObjectResult { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyObjectResult { s.ETag = &v return s } // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyObjectResult { s.LastModified = &v return s } // Container for all response elements. type CopyPartResult struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use the API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `type:"string"` // Entity tag of the object. ETag *string `type:"string"` // Date and time at which the object was uploaded. LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CopyPartResult) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CopyPartResult) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *CopyPartResult) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *CopyPartResult { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *CopyPartResult) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *CopyPartResult { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *CopyPartResult) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *CopyPartResult { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *CopyPartResult) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *CopyPartResult { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. func (s *CopyPartResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyPartResult { s.ETag = &v return s } // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. func (s *CopyPartResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyPartResult { s.LastModified = &v return s } // The configuration information for the bucket. type CreateBucketConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the information about the bucket that will be created. // // This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. Bucket *BucketInfo `type:"structure"` // Specifies the location where the bucket will be created. // // For directory buckets, the location type is Availability Zone. // // This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. Location *LocationInfo `type:"structure"` // Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. You might choose a // Region to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. // For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous // to create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see // Accessing a bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you don't specify a Region, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) // Region (us-east-1) by default. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *CreateBucketConfiguration) SetBucket(v *BucketInfo) *CreateBucketConfiguration { s.Bucket = v return s } func (s *CreateBucketConfiguration) getBucket() (v *BucketInfo) { return s.Bucket } // SetLocation sets the Location field's value. func (s *CreateBucketConfiguration) SetLocation(v *LocationInfo) *CreateBucketConfiguration { s.Location = v return s } // SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value. func (s *CreateBucketConfiguration) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *CreateBucketConfiguration { s.LocationConstraint = &v return s } type CreateBucketInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"CreateBucketRequest" type:"structure" payload:"CreateBucketConfiguration"` // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"` // The name of the bucket to create. // // General purpose buckets - For information about bucket naming restrictions, // see Bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/bucketnamingrules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name // . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names // must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow // the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). // For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming // rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The configuration information for the bucket. CreateBucketConfiguration *CreateBucketConfiguration `locationName:"CreateBucketConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the // bucket. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket. // // For the bucket and object owners of existing objects, also allows deletions // and overwrites of those objects. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` // Specifies whether you want S3 Object Lock to be enabled for the new bucket. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockEnabledForBucket *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled" type:"boolean"` // The container element for object ownership for a bucket's ownership controls. // // BucketOwnerPreferred - Objects uploaded to the bucket change ownership to // the bucket owner if the objects are uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control // canned ACL. // // ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the object is // uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL. // // BucketOwnerEnforced - Access control lists (ACLs) are disabled and no longer // affect permissions. The bucket owner automatically owns and has full control // over every object in the bucket. The bucket only accepts PUT requests that // don't specify an ACL or specify bucket owner full control ACLs (such as the // predefined bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or a custom ACL in XML format // that grants the same permissions). // // By default, ObjectOwnership is set to BucketOwnerEnforced and ACLs are disabled. // We recommend keeping ACLs disabled, except in uncommon use cases where you // must control access for each object individually. For more information about // S3 Object Ownership, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs // for your bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Directory buckets // use the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership. ObjectOwnership *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-ownership" type:"string" enum:"ObjectOwnership"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateBucketInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateBucketInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateBucketInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBucketInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetACL sets the ACL field's value. func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateBucketInput { s.ACL = &v return s } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateBucketInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *CreateBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetCreateBucketConfiguration sets the CreateBucketConfiguration field's value. func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetCreateBucketConfiguration(v *CreateBucketConfiguration) *CreateBucketInput { s.CreateBucketConfiguration = v return s } // SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateBucketInput { s.GrantFullControl = &v return s } // SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateBucketInput { s.GrantRead = &v return s } // SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput { s.GrantReadACP = &v return s } // SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value. func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *CreateBucketInput { s.GrantWrite = &v return s } // SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput { s.GrantWriteACP = &v return s } // SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket sets the ObjectLockEnabledForBucket field's value. func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket(v bool) *CreateBucketInput { s.ObjectLockEnabledForBucket = &v return s } // SetObjectOwnership sets the ObjectOwnership field's value. func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetObjectOwnership(v string) *CreateBucketInput { s.ObjectOwnership = &v return s } type CreateBucketOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A forward slash followed by the name of the bucket. Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateBucketOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateBucketOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetLocation sets the Location field's value. func (s *CreateBucketOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CreateBucketOutput { s.Location = &v return s } type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"CreateMultipartUploadRequest" type:"structure"` // The canned ACL to apply to the object. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined // ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees // and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. // When uploading an object, you can grant access permissions to individual // Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. // These permissions are then added to the access control list (ACL) on the // new object. For more information, see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). // One way to grant the permissions using the request headers is to specify // a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` // The name of the bucket where the multipart upload is initiated and where // the object is uploaded. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption // with server-side encryption using Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for // object encryption with SSE-KMS. // // Specifying this header with an object action doesn’t affect bucket-level // settings for S3 Bucket Key. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"` // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` // Indicates the algorithm that you want Amazon S3 to use to create the checksum // for the object. For more information, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // Specifies presentational information for the object. ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced // by the Content-Type header field. // // For directory buckets, only the aws-chunked value is supported in this header // field. ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` // The language that the content is in. ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"` // Specify access permissions explicitly to give the grantee READ, READ_ACP, // and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. // // By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. // When uploading an object, you can use this header to explicitly grant access // permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups. This header // maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more // information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the // following: // // * id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon // Web Services account // // * uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group // // * emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon // Web Services account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only // supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) // US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia // Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São // Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, // see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. // // For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web // Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data // and its metadata: // // x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666" // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` // Specify access permissions explicitly to allow grantee to read the object // data and its metadata. // // By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. // When uploading an object, you can use this header to explicitly grant access // permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups. This header // maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more // information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the // following: // // * id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon // Web Services account // // * uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group // // * emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon // Web Services account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only // supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) // US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia // Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São // Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, // see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. // // For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web // Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data // and its metadata: // // x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666" // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` // Specify access permissions explicitly to allows grantee to read the object // ACL. // // By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. // When uploading an object, you can use this header to explicitly grant access // permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups. This header // maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more // information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the // following: // // * id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon // Web Services account // // * uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group // // * emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon // Web Services account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only // supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) // US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia // Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São // Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, // see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. // // For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web // Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data // and its metadata: // // x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666" // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` // Specify access permissions explicitly to allows grantee to allow grantee // to write the ACL for the applicable object. // // By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. // When uploading an object, you can use this header to explicitly grant access // permissions to specific Amazon Web Services accounts or groups. This header // maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more // information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the // following: // // * id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon // Web Services account // // * uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group // // * emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon // Web Services account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only // supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) // US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia // Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São // Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, // see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. // // For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the Amazon Web // Services accounts identified by account IDs permissions to read object data // and its metadata: // // x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333", id="444455556666" // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` // Object key for which the multipart upload is to be initiated. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` // Specifies whether you want to apply a legal hold to the uploaded object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` // Specifies the Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` // Specifies the date and time when you want the Object Lock to expire. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon // S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use // with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm // header. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSECustomerKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CreateMultipartUploadInput's // String and GoString methods. SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the customer-provided encryption key // according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity // check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object // encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding // JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSEncryptionContext is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CreateMultipartUploadInput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // Specifies the ID (Key ID, Key ARN, or Key Alias) of the symmetric encryption // customer managed key to use for object encryption. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSKeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CreateMultipartUploadInput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon // S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). // // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed // keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` // By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created // objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. // Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. // For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // * For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is // supported to store newly created objects. // // * Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"` // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores // the value of this header in the object metadata. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultipartUploadInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetACL sets the ACL field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.ACL = &v return s } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.BucketKeyEnabled = &v return s } // SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.CacheControl = &v return s } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.ContentDisposition = &v return s } // SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.ContentEncoding = &v return s } // SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.ContentLanguage = &v return s } // SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentType(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.ContentType = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.Expires = &v return s } // SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.GrantFullControl = &v return s } // SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.GrantRead = &v return s } // SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.GrantReadACP = &v return s } // SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.GrantWriteACP = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.Metadata = v return s } // SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v return s } // SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.ObjectLockMode = &v return s } // SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.SSECustomerKey = &v return s } func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { return v } return *s.SSECustomerKey } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v return s } // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.ServerSideEncryption = &v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetTagging(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.Tagging = &v return s } // SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput { s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v return s } func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete // multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object // name in the request, the response includes this header. The header indicates // when the initiated multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort operation. // For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket // Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // The response also includes the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that provides the // ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines the abort action. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"` // This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies // the applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort // incomplete multipart uploads. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"` // The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Does // not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used. // // Access points are not supported by directory buckets. Bucket *string `locationName:"Bucket" type:"string"` // Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"` // The algorithm that was used to create a checksum of the object. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to confirm the encryption algorithm // that's used. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to provide the round-trip message integrity // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // If present, indicates the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use // for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 // string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSEncryptionContext is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CreateMultipartUploadOutput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSKeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by CreateMultipartUploadOutput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon // S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). // // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed // keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` // ID for the initiated multipart upload. UploadId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { s.AbortDate = &v return s } // SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { s.AbortRuleId = &v return s } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { s.BucketKeyEnabled = &v return s } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v return s } // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { s.ServerSideEncryption = &v return s } // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput { s.UploadId = &v return s } type CreateSessionInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"CreateSessionRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket that you create a session for. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the mode of the session that will be created, either ReadWrite // or ReadOnly. By default, a ReadWrite session is created. A ReadWrite session // is capable of executing all the Zonal endpoint APIs on a directory bucket. // A ReadOnly session is constrained to execute the following Zonal endpoint // APIs: GetObject, HeadObject, ListObjectsV2, GetObjectAttributes, ListParts, // and ListMultipartUploads. SessionMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-create-session-mode" type:"string" enum:"SessionMode"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateSessionInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateSessionInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *CreateSessionInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateSessionInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *CreateSessionInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateSessionInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *CreateSessionInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetSessionMode sets the SessionMode field's value. func (s *CreateSessionInput) SetSessionMode(v string) *CreateSessionInput { s.SessionMode = &v return s } func (s *CreateSessionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *CreateSessionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s CreateSessionInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type CreateSessionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The established temporary security credentials for the created session. // // Credentials is a required field Credentials *SessionCredentials `locationName:"Credentials" type:"structure" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateSessionOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s CreateSessionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value. func (s *CreateSessionOutput) SetCredentials(v *SessionCredentials) *CreateSessionOutput { s.Credentials = v return s } // The container element for specifying the default Object Lock retention settings // for new objects placed in the specified bucket. // // - The DefaultRetention settings require both a mode and a period. // // - The DefaultRetention period can be either Days or Years but you must // select one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time. type DefaultRetention struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The number of days that you want to specify for the default retention period. // Must be used with Mode. Days *int64 `type:"integer"` // The default Object Lock retention mode you want to apply to new objects placed // in the specified bucket. Must be used with either Days or Years. Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"` // The number of years that you want to specify for the default retention period. // Must be used with Mode. Years *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DefaultRetention) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DefaultRetention) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDays sets the Days field's value. func (s *DefaultRetention) SetDays(v int64) *DefaultRetention { s.Days = &v return s } // SetMode sets the Mode field's value. func (s *DefaultRetention) SetMode(v string) *DefaultRetention { s.Mode = &v return s } // SetYears sets the Years field's value. func (s *DefaultRetention) SetYears(v int64) *DefaultRetention { s.Years = &v return s } // Container for the objects to delete. type Delete struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The object to delete. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, an object that's composed entirely // of whitespace characters is not supported by the DeleteObjects API operation. // The request will receive a 400 Bad Request error and none of the objects // in the request will be deleted. // // Objects is a required field Objects []*ObjectIdentifier `locationName:"Object" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` // Element to enable quiet mode for the request. When you add this element, // you must set its value to true. Quiet *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Delete) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Delete) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *Delete) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Delete"} if s.Objects == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Objects")) } if s.Objects != nil { for i, v := range s.Objects { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Objects", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetObjects sets the Objects field's value. func (s *Delete) SetObjects(v []*ObjectIdentifier) *Delete { s.Objects = v return s } // SetQuiet sets the Quiet field's value. func (s *Delete) SetQuiet(v bool) *Delete { s.Quiet = &v return s } type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is deleted. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The ID that identifies the analytics configuration. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { s.Id = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteBucketCorsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure"` // Specifies the bucket whose cors configuration is being deleted. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketCorsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketCorsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketCorsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteBucketCorsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteBucketEncryptionInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket containing the server-side encryption configuration // to delete. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketEncryptionInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteBucketInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketRequest" type:"structure"` // Specifies the bucket being deleted. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name // . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names // must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow // the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). // For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming // rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). // // For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. // If you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 // Not Implemented. ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteBucketInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteBucketInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteBucketInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or // retrieve. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput { s.Id = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to delete. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { s.Id = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteBucketLifecycleInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name of the lifecycle to delete. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketLifecycleInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to delete. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character // limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { s.Id = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteBucketOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsRequest" type:"structure"` // The Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to delete. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteBucketPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name // . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names // must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow // the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). // For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming // rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). // // For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. // If you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 // Not Implemented. ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketPolicyInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketPolicyInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketPolicyInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteBucketPolicyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteBucketReplicationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketReplicationRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketReplicationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketReplicationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketReplicationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteBucketReplicationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteBucketTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket that has the tag set to be removed. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketTaggingInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketTaggingInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketTaggingInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteBucketTaggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type DeleteBucketWebsiteInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name for which you want to remove the website configuration. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketWebsiteInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Information about the delete marker. type DeleteMarkerEntry struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version // of an object. IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"` // The object key. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Date and time when the object was last modified. LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The account that created the delete marker.> Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // Version ID of an object. VersionId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value. func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetIsLatest(v bool) *DeleteMarkerEntry { s.IsLatest = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetKey(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry { s.Key = &v return s } // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *DeleteMarkerEntry { s.LastModified = &v return s } // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetOwner(v *Owner) *DeleteMarkerEntry { s.Owner = v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry { s.VersionId = &v return s } // Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates delete markers. If you specify a Filter // in your replication configuration, you must also include a DeleteMarkerReplication // element. If your Filter includes a Tag element, the DeleteMarkerReplication // Status must be set to Disabled, because Amazon S3 does not support replicating // delete markers for tag-based rules. For an example configuration, see Basic // Rule Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config). // // For more information about delete marker replication, see Basic Rule Configuration // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/delete-marker-replication.html). // // If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon // S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, // see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations). type DeleteMarkerReplication struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether to replicate delete markers. // // Indicates whether to replicate delete markers. Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteMarkerReplication) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteMarkerReplication) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *DeleteMarkerReplication) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteMarkerReplication { s.Status = &v return s } type DeleteObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name of the bucket containing the object. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates whether S3 Object Lock should bypass Governance-mode restrictions // to process this operation. To use this header, you must have the s3:BypassGovernanceRetention // permission. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Key name of the object to delete. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to // permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA // delete enabled. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. // // For directory buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version // ID is supported. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteObjectInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteObjectInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteObjectInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *DeleteObjectInput { s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetMFA sets the MFA field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { s.MFA = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *DeleteObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteObjectInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteObjectOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether the specified object version that was permanently deleted // was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker before deletion. In a simple // DELETE, this header indicates whether (true) or not (false) the current version // of the object is a delete marker. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE // operation. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteObjectOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteObjectOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeleteObjectOutput { s.DeleteMarker = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput { s.VersionId = &v return s } type DeleteObjectTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name containing the objects from which to remove the tags. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The key that identifies the object in the bucket from which to remove all // tags. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be removed from. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectTaggingInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteObjectTaggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The versionId of the object the tag-set was removed from. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput { s.VersionId = &v return s } type DeleteObjectsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectsRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Delete"` // The bucket name containing the objects to delete. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether you want to delete this object even if it has a Governance-type // Object Lock in place. To use this header, you must have the s3:BypassGovernanceRetention // permission. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum-algorithm or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon // S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. // // For the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the supported // algorithm from the following list: // // * CRC32 // // * CRC32C // // * SHA1 // // * SHA256 // // For more information, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If the individual checksum value you provide through x-amz-checksum-algorithm // doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set through x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm, // Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter and uses the checksum // algorithm that matches the provided value in x-amz-checksum-algorithm . // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // Container for the request. // // Delete is a required field Delete *Delete `locationName:"Delete" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to // permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA // delete enabled. // // When performing the DeleteObjects operation on an MFA delete enabled bucket, // which attempts to delete the specified versioned objects, you must include // an MFA token. If you don't provide an MFA token, the entire request will // fail, even if there are non-versioned objects that you are trying to delete. // If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned object keys // in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. // For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteObjectsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteObjectsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Delete == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Delete")) } if s.Delete != nil { if err := s.Delete.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Delete", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *DeleteObjectsInput { s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v return s } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetDelete sets the Delete field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetDelete(v *Delete) *DeleteObjectsInput { s.Delete = v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetMFA sets the MFA field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { s.MFA = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeleteObjectsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeleteObjectsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Container element for a successful delete. It identifies the object that // was successfully deleted. Deleted []*DeletedObject `type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Container for a failed delete action that describes the object that Amazon // S3 attempted to delete and the error it encountered. Errors []*Error `locationName:"Error" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDeleted sets the Deleted field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetDeleted(v []*DeletedObject) *DeleteObjectsOutput { s.Deleted = v return s } // SetErrors sets the Errors field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetErrors(v []*Error) *DeleteObjectsOutput { s.Errors = v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectsOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } type DeletePublicAccessBlockInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest" type:"structure"` // The Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you want to delete. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePublicAccessBlockInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Information about the deleted object. type DeletedObject struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether the specified object version that was permanently deleted // was (true) or was not (false) a delete marker before deletion. In a simple // DELETE, this header indicates whether (true) or not (false) the current version // of the object is a delete marker. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"` // The version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation. // If you delete a specific object version, the value returned by this header // is the version ID of the object version deleted. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DeleteMarkerVersionId *string `type:"string"` // The name of the deleted object. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The version ID of the deleted object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeletedObject) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s DeletedObject) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeletedObject { s.DeleteMarker = &v return s } // SetDeleteMarkerVersionId sets the DeleteMarkerVersionId field's value. func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarkerVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject { s.DeleteMarkerVersionId = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *DeletedObject) SetKey(v string) *DeletedObject { s.Key = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *DeletedObject) SetVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject { s.VersionId = &v return s } // Specifies information about where to publish analysis or configuration results // for an Amazon S3 bucket and S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC). type Destination struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specify this only in a cross-account scenario (where source and destination // bucket owners are not the same), and you want to change replica ownership // to the Amazon Web Services account that owns the destination bucket. If this // is not specified in the replication configuration, the replicas are owned // by same Amazon Web Services account that owns the source object. AccessControlTranslation *AccessControlTranslation `type:"structure"` // Destination bucket owner account ID. In a cross-account scenario, if you // direct Amazon S3 to change replica ownership to the Amazon Web Services account // that owns the destination bucket by specifying the AccessControlTranslation // property, this is the account ID of the destination bucket owner. For more // information, see Replication Additional Configuration: Changing the Replica // Owner (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-change-owner.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Account *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to // store the results. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A container that provides information about encryption. If SourceSelectionCriteria // is specified, you must specify this element. EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"` // A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling replication // metrics and events. Metrics *Metrics `type:"structure"` // A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC), including whether // S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations on objects // must be replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics block. ReplicationTime *ReplicationTime `type:"structure"` // The storage class to use when replicating objects, such as S3 Standard or // reduced redundancy. By default, Amazon S3 uses the storage class of the source // object to create the object replica. // // For valid values, see the StorageClass element of the PUT Bucket replication // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html) // action in the Amazon S3 API Reference. StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Destination) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Destination) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *Destination) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Destination"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.AccessControlTranslation != nil { if err := s.AccessControlTranslation.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlTranslation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.Metrics != nil { if err := s.Metrics.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Metrics", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.ReplicationTime != nil { if err := s.ReplicationTime.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicationTime", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAccessControlTranslation sets the AccessControlTranslation field's value. func (s *Destination) SetAccessControlTranslation(v *AccessControlTranslation) *Destination { s.AccessControlTranslation = v return s } // SetAccount sets the Account field's value. func (s *Destination) SetAccount(v string) *Destination { s.Account = &v return s } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *Destination) SetBucket(v string) *Destination { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *Destination) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetEncryptionConfiguration sets the EncryptionConfiguration field's value. func (s *Destination) SetEncryptionConfiguration(v *EncryptionConfiguration) *Destination { s.EncryptionConfiguration = v return s } // SetMetrics sets the Metrics field's value. func (s *Destination) SetMetrics(v *Metrics) *Destination { s.Metrics = v return s } // SetReplicationTime sets the ReplicationTime field's value. func (s *Destination) SetReplicationTime(v *ReplicationTime) *Destination { s.ReplicationTime = v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *Destination) SetStorageClass(v string) *Destination { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // Contains the type of server-side encryption used. type Encryption struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing job results in Amazon // S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). // // EncryptionType is a required field EncryptionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` // If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value can be used to specify // the encryption context for the restore results. KMSContext *string `type:"string"` // If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value specifies the ID of // the symmetric encryption customer managed key to use for encryption of job // results. Amazon S3 only supports symmetric encryption KMS keys. For more // information, see Asymmetric keys in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide. // // KMSKeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by Encryption's // String and GoString methods. KMSKeyId *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Encryption) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Encryption) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *Encryption) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Encryption"} if s.EncryptionType == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncryptionType")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value. func (s *Encryption) SetEncryptionType(v string) *Encryption { s.EncryptionType = &v return s } // SetKMSContext sets the KMSContext field's value. func (s *Encryption) SetKMSContext(v string) *Encryption { s.KMSContext = &v return s } // SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value. func (s *Encryption) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *Encryption { s.KMSKeyId = &v return s } // Specifies encryption-related information for an Amazon S3 bucket that is // a destination for replicated objects. type EncryptionConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the ID (Key ARN or Alias ARN) of the customer managed Amazon Web // Services KMS key stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (KMS) // for the destination bucket. Amazon S3 uses this key to encrypt replica objects. // Amazon S3 only supports symmetric encryption KMS keys. For more information, // see Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide. ReplicaKmsKeyID *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s EncryptionConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s EncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetReplicaKmsKeyID sets the ReplicaKmsKeyID field's value. func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetReplicaKmsKeyID(v string) *EncryptionConfiguration { s.ReplicaKmsKeyID = &v return s } // A message that indicates the request is complete and no more messages will // be sent. You should not assume that the request is complete until the client // receives an EndEvent. type EndEvent struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"EndEvent" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s EndEvent) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s EndEvent) GoString() string { return s.String() } // The EndEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. func (s *EndEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} // UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the EndEvent value. // This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. func (s *EndEvent) UnmarshalEvent( payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, msg eventstream.Message, ) error { return nil } // MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method // should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. func (s *EndEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) { msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType)) return msg, err } // Container for all error elements. type Error struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It // is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors // by type. The following is a list of Amazon S3 error codes. For more information, // see Error responses (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html). // // * Code: AccessDenied Description: Access Denied HTTP Status Code: 403 // Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: AccountProblem Description: There is a problem with your Amazon // Web Services account that prevents the action from completing successfully. // Contact Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance. HTTP Status // Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: AllAccessDisabled Description: All access to this Amazon S3 resource // has been disabled. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance. // HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: AmbiguousGrantByEmailAddress Description: The email address you // provided is associated with more than one account. HTTP Status Code: 400 // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: AuthorizationHeaderMalformed Description: The authorization header // you provided is invalid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request HTTP Status // Code: N/A // // * Code: BadDigest Description: The Content-MD5 you specified did not match // what we received. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: // Client // // * Code: BucketAlreadyExists Description: The requested bucket name is // not available. The bucket namespace is shared by all users of the system. // Please select a different name and try again. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou Description: The bucket you tried to create // already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 returns this error in all Amazon // Web Services Regions except in the North Virginia Region. For legacy compatibility, // if you re-create an existing bucket that you already own in the North // Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the bucket access // control lists (ACLs). Code: 409 Conflict (in all Regions except the North // Virginia Region) SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: BucketNotEmpty Description: The bucket you tried to delete is // not empty. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: CredentialsNotSupported Description: This request does not support // credentials. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: // Client // // * Code: CrossLocationLoggingProhibited Description: Cross-location logging // not allowed. Buckets in one geographic location cannot log information // to a bucket in another location. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP // Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: EntityTooSmall Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than // the minimum allowed object size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP // Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: EntityTooLarge Description: Your proposed upload exceeds the maximum // allowed object size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code // Prefix: Client // // * Code: ExpiredToken Description: The provided token has expired. HTTP // Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: IllegalVersioningConfigurationException Description: Indicates // that the versioning configuration specified in the request is invalid. // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: IncompleteBody Description: You did not provide the number of // bytes specified by the Content-Length HTTP header HTTP Status Code: 400 // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: IncorrectNumberOfFilesInPostRequest Description: POST requires // exactly one file upload per request. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InlineDataTooLarge Description: Inline data exceeds the maximum // allowed size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: // Client // // * Code: InternalError Description: We encountered an internal error. Please // try again. HTTP Status Code: 500 Internal Server Error SOAP Fault Code // Prefix: Server // // * Code: InvalidAccessKeyId Description: The Amazon Web Services access // key ID you provided does not exist in our records. HTTP Status Code: 403 // Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidAddressingHeader Description: You must specify the Anonymous // role. HTTP Status Code: N/A SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidArgument Description: Invalid Argument HTTP Status Code: // 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidBucketName Description: The specified bucket is not valid. // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidBucketState Description: The request is not valid with // the current state of the bucket. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault // Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidDigest Description: The Content-MD5 you specified is not // valid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidEncryptionAlgorithmError Description: The encryption request // you specified is not valid. The valid value is AES256. HTTP Status Code: // 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidLocationConstraint Description: The specified location // constraint is not valid. For more information about Regions, see How to // Select a Region for Your Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro). // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidObjectState Description: The action is not valid for the // current state of the object. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault // Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidPart Description: One or more of the specified parts could // not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified // entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag. HTTP Status Code: // 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidPartOrder Description: The list of parts was not in ascending // order. Parts list must be specified in order by part number. HTTP Status // Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidPayer Description: All access to this object has been disabled. // Please contact Amazon Web Services Support for further assistance. HTTP // Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidPolicyDocument Description: The content of the form does // not meet the conditions specified in the policy document. HTTP Status // Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidRange Description: The requested range cannot be satisfied. // HTTP Status Code: 416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable SOAP Fault Code // Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Please use AWS4-HMAC-SHA256. HTTP // Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A // // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: SOAP requests must be made over an // HTTPS connection. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: // Client // // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is // not supported for buckets with non-DNS compliant names. HTTP Status Code: // 400 Bad Request Code: N/A // // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is // not supported for buckets with periods (.) in their names. HTTP Status // Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A // // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate endpoint // only supports virtual style requests. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request // Code: N/A // // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is not // configured on this bucket. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A // // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is disabled // on this bucket. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A // // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is // not supported on this bucket. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for // more information. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A // // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration cannot // be enabled on this bucket. Contact Amazon Web Services Support for more // information. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A // // * Code: InvalidSecurity Description: The provided security credentials // are not valid. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: // Client // // * Code: InvalidSOAPRequest Description: The SOAP request body is invalid. // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidStorageClass Description: The storage class you specified // is not valid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: // Client // // * Code: InvalidTargetBucketForLogging Description: The target bucket for // logging does not exist, is not owned by you, or does not have the appropriate // grants for the log-delivery group. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP // Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidToken Description: The provided token is malformed or otherwise // invalid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: InvalidURI Description: Couldn't parse the specified URI. HTTP // Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: KeyTooLongError Description: Your key is too long. HTTP Status // Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: MalformedACLError Description: The XML you provided was not well-formed // or did not validate against our published schema. HTTP Status Code: 400 // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: MalformedPOSTRequest Description: The body of your POST request // is not well-formed multipart/form-data. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: MalformedXML Description: This happens when the user sends malformed // XML (XML that doesn't conform to the published XSD) for the configuration. // The error message is, "The XML you provided was not well-formed or did // not validate against our published schema." HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad // Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: MaxMessageLengthExceeded Description: Your request was too big. // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: MaxPostPreDataLengthExceededError Description: Your POST request // fields preceding the upload file were too large. HTTP Status Code: 400 // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: MetadataTooLarge Description: Your metadata headers exceed the // maximum allowed metadata size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP // Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: MethodNotAllowed Description: The specified method is not allowed // against this resource. HTTP Status Code: 405 Method Not Allowed SOAP Fault // Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: MissingAttachment Description: A SOAP attachment was expected, // but none were found. HTTP Status Code: N/A SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: MissingContentLength Description: You must provide the Content-Length // HTTP header. HTTP Status Code: 411 Length Required SOAP Fault Code Prefix: // Client // // * Code: MissingRequestBodyError Description: This happens when the user // sends an empty XML document as a request. The error message is, "Request // body is empty." HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: // Client // // * Code: MissingSecurityElement Description: The SOAP 1.1 request is missing // a security element. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code // Prefix: Client // // * Code: MissingSecurityHeader Description: Your request is missing a required // header. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: NoLoggingStatusForKey Description: There is no such thing as a // logging status subresource for a key. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: NoSuchBucket Description: The specified bucket does not exist. // HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: NoSuchBucketPolicy Description: The specified bucket does not // have a bucket policy. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code // Prefix: Client // // * Code: NoSuchKey Description: The specified key does not exist. HTTP // Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle configuration // does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: // Client // // * Code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload does // not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might // have been aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault // Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: NoSuchVersion Description: Indicates that the version ID specified // in the request does not match an existing version. HTTP Status Code: 404 // Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: NotImplemented Description: A header you provided implies functionality // that is not implemented. HTTP Status Code: 501 Not Implemented SOAP Fault // Code Prefix: Server // // * Code: NotSignedUp Description: Your account is not signed up for the // Amazon S3 service. You must sign up before you can use Amazon S3. You // can sign up at the following URL: Amazon S3 (http://aws.amazon.com/s3) // HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: OperationAborted Description: A conflicting conditional action // is currently in progress against this resource. Try again. HTTP Status // Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: PermanentRedirect Description: The bucket you are attempting to // access must be addressed using the specified endpoint. Send all future // requests to this endpoint. HTTP Status Code: 301 Moved Permanently SOAP // Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: PreconditionFailed Description: At least one of the preconditions // you specified did not hold. HTTP Status Code: 412 Precondition Failed // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: Redirect Description: Temporary redirect. HTTP Status Code: 307 // Moved Temporarily SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress Description: Object restore is already // in progress. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: RequestIsNotMultiPartContent Description: Bucket POST must be // of the enclosure-type multipart/form-data. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: RequestTimeout Description: Your socket connection to the server // was not read from or written to within the timeout period. HTTP Status // Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: RequestTimeTooSkewed Description: The difference between the request // time and the server's time is too large. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: RequestTorrentOfBucketError Description: Requesting the torrent // file of a bucket is not permitted. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP // Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: SignatureDoesNotMatch Description: The request signature we calculated // does not match the signature you provided. Check your Amazon Web Services // secret access key and signing method. For more information, see REST Authentication // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html) // and SOAP Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/SOAPAuthentication.html) // for details. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: ServiceUnavailable Description: Service is unable to handle request. // HTTP Status Code: 503 Service Unavailable SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server // // * Code: SlowDown Description: Reduce your request rate. HTTP Status Code: // 503 Slow Down SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server // // * Code: TemporaryRedirect Description: You are being redirected to the // bucket while DNS updates. HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily SOAP // Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: TokenRefreshRequired Description: The provided token must be refreshed. // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: TooManyBuckets Description: You have attempted to create more // buckets than allowed. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code // Prefix: Client // // * Code: UnexpectedContent Description: This request does not support content. // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: UnresolvableGrantByEmailAddress Description: The email address // you provided does not match any account on record. HTTP Status Code: 400 // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client // // * Code: UserKeyMustBeSpecified Description: The bucket POST must contain // the specified field name. If it is specified, check the order of the fields. // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client Code *string `type:"string"` // The error key. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The error message contains a generic description of the error condition in // English. It is intended for a human audience. Simple programs display the // message directly to the end user if they encounter an error condition they // don't know how or don't care to handle. Sophisticated programs with more // exhaustive error handling and proper internationalization are more likely // to ignore the error message. Message *string `type:"string"` // The version ID of the error. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Error) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Error) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCode sets the Code field's value. func (s *Error) SetCode(v string) *Error { s.Code = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *Error) SetKey(v string) *Error { s.Key = &v return s } // SetMessage sets the Message field's value. func (s *Error) SetMessage(v string) *Error { s.Message = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *Error) SetVersionId(v string) *Error { s.VersionId = &v return s } // The error information. type ErrorDocument struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs. // // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such // as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML // related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints). // // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ErrorDocument) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ErrorDocument) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ErrorDocument) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ErrorDocument"} if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *ErrorDocument) SetKey(v string) *ErrorDocument { s.Key = &v return s } // A container for specifying the configuration for Amazon EventBridge. type EventBridgeConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s EventBridgeConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s EventBridgeConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more // information, see Replicating Existing Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. type ExistingObjectReplication struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates existing source bucket objects. // // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExistingObjectReplicationStatus"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ExistingObjectReplication) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ExistingObjectReplication) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ExistingObjectReplication) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ExistingObjectReplication"} if s.Status == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *ExistingObjectReplication) SetStatus(v string) *ExistingObjectReplication { s.Status = &v return s } // Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on. An object key name // is the name assigned to an object in your Amazon S3 bucket. You specify whether // to filter on the suffix or prefix of the object key name. A prefix is a specific // string of characters at the beginning of an object key name, which you can // use to organize objects. For example, you can start the key names of related // objects with a prefix, such as 2023- or engineering/. Then, you can use FilterRule // to find objects in a bucket with key names that have the same prefix. A suffix // is similar to a prefix, but it is at the end of the object key name instead // of at the beginning. type FilterRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which // the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping // prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring // Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Name *string `type:"string" enum:"FilterRuleName"` // The value that the filter searches for in object key names. Value *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s FilterRule) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s FilterRule) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *FilterRule) SetName(v string) *FilterRule { s.Name = &v return s } // SetValue sets the Value field's value. func (s *FilterRule) SetValue(v string) *FilterRule { s.Value = &v return s } type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // The accelerate configuration of the bucket. Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput { s.Status = &v return s } type GetBucketAclInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketAclRequest" type:"structure"` // Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested. // // When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of // the access point in place of the bucket name. // // When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide // the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. // If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error // code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about // InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList). // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketAclInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketAclInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketAclInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAclInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAclInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketAclInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketAclInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketAclInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketAclInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketAclInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketAclInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketAclOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of grants. Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` // Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketAclOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketAclOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetGrants sets the Grants field's value. func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetBucketAclOutput { s.Grants = v return s } // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetBucketAclOutput { s.Owner = v return s } type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is retrieved. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The ID that identifies the analytics configuration. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { s.Id = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"` // The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter. AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value. func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput { s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v return s } type GetBucketCorsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration. // // When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of // the access point in place of the bucket name. // // When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide // the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. // If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error // code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about // InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList). // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketCorsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketCorsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketCorsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketCorsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketCorsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketCorsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketCorsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow). // You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration. CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value. func (s *GetBucketCorsOutput) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *GetBucketCorsOutput { s.CORSRules = v return s } type GetBucketEncryptionInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketEncryptionRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket from which the server-side encryption configuration // is retrieved. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketEncryptionInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketEncryptionInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketEncryptionInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketEncryptionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"` // Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration. ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value. func (s *GetBucketEncryptionOutput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *GetBucketEncryptionOutput { s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration = v return s } type GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or // retrieve. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput { s.Id = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"IntelligentTieringConfiguration"` // Container for S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration. IntelligentTieringConfiguration *IntelligentTieringConfiguration `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetIntelligentTieringConfiguration sets the IntelligentTieringConfiguration field's value. func (s *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) SetIntelligentTieringConfiguration(v *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) *GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput { s.IntelligentTieringConfiguration = v return s } type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to retrieve. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { s.Id = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"` // Specifies the inventory configuration. InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value. func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput { s.InventoryConfiguration = v return s } type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Container for a lifecycle rule. Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput { s.Rules = v return s } type GetBucketLifecycleInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLifecycleRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketLifecycleOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Container for a lifecycle rule. Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. func (s *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *GetBucketLifecycleOutput { s.Rules = v return s } type GetBucketLocationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLocationRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket for which to get the location. // // When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of // the access point in place of the bucket name. // // When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide // the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. // If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error // code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about // InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList). // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLocationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLocationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLocationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLocationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketLocationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketLocationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketLocationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the Region where the bucket resides. For a list of all the Amazon // S3 supported location constraints by Region, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region). // Buckets in Region us-east-1 have a LocationConstraint of null. LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value. func (s *GetBucketLocationOutput) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *GetBucketLocationOutput { s.LocationConstraint = &v return s } type GetBucketLoggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLoggingRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name for which to get the logging information. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLoggingInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLoggingInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketLoggingInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketLoggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to // all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html) // in the Amazon S3 API Reference. LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value. func (s *GetBucketLoggingOutput) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *GetBucketLoggingOutput { s.LoggingEnabled = v return s } type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to retrieve. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character // limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { s.Id = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"` // Specifies the metrics configuration. MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value. func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput { s.MetricsConfiguration = v return s } type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration. // // When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of // the access point in place of the bucket name. // // When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide // the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. // If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error // code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about // InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList). // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketOwnershipControlsRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to retrieve. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketOwnershipControlsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"OwnershipControls"` // The OwnershipControls (BucketOwnerEnforced, BucketOwnerPreferred, or ObjectWriter) // currently in effect for this Amazon S3 bucket. OwnershipControls *OwnershipControls `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetOwnershipControls sets the OwnershipControls field's value. func (s *GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) SetOwnershipControls(v *OwnershipControls) *GetBucketOwnershipControlsOutput { s.OwnershipControls = v return s } type GetBucketPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name to get the bucket policy for. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name // . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names // must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow // the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). // For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming // rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide // // Access points - When you use this API operation with an access point, provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name. // // Object Lambda access points - When you use this API operation with an Object // Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point // in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a // request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. // For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error // Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList). // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). // // For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. // If you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 // Not Implemented. ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketPolicyInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketPolicyInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketPolicyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"` // The bucket policy as a JSON document. Policy *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. func (s *GetBucketPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetBucketPolicyOutput { s.Policy = &v return s } type GetBucketPolicyStatusInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose policy status you want to retrieve. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketPolicyStatusInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"PolicyStatus"` // The policy status for the specified bucket. PolicyStatus *PolicyStatus `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetPolicyStatus sets the PolicyStatus field's value. func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) SetPolicyStatus(v *PolicyStatus) *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput { s.PolicyStatus = v return s } type GetBucketReplicationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketReplicationRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name for which to get the replication information. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketReplicationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketReplicationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketReplicationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketReplicationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"` // A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum // size of a replication configuration is 2 MB. ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value. func (s *GetBucketReplicationOutput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *GetBucketReplicationOutput { s.ReplicationConfiguration = v return s } type GetBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket for which to get the payment request configuration // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketRequestPaymentInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies who pays for the download and request fees. Payer *string `type:"string" enum:"Payer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetPayer sets the Payer field's value. func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) SetPayer(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput { s.Payer = &v return s } type GetBucketTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket for which to get the tagging information. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketTaggingInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketTaggingInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketTaggingInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketTaggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the tag set. // // TagSet is a required field TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value. func (s *GetBucketTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetBucketTaggingOutput { s.TagSet = v return s } type GetBucketVersioningInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketVersioningRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket for which to get the versioning information. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketVersioningInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketVersioningInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketVersioningInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketVersioningOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. // This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA // delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned. MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADeleteStatus"` // The versioning state of the bucket. Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value. func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetMFADelete(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput { s.MFADelete = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput { s.Status = &v return s } type GetBucketWebsiteInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name for which to get the website configuration. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketWebsiteInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketWebsiteInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetBucketWebsiteInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetBucketWebsiteOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The object key name of the website error document to use for 4XX class errors. ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"` // The name of the index document for the website (for example index.html). IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"` // Specifies the redirect behavior of all requests to a website endpoint of // an Amazon S3 bucket. RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"` // Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior. RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value. func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { s.ErrorDocument = v return s } // SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value. func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { s.IndexDocument = v return s } // SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value. func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v return s } // SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value. func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput { s.RoutingRules = v return s } type GetObjectAclInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectAclRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name that contains the object for which to get the ACL information. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The key of the object for which to get the ACL information. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectAclInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectAclInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetObjectAclInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectAclInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectAclInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectAclInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectAclInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetObjectAclInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetObjectAclInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetObjectAclOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of grants. Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` // Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectAclOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectAclOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetGrants sets the Grants field's value. func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetObjectAclOutput { s.Grants = v return s } // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetObjectAclOutput { s.Owner = v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectAclOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } type GetObjectAttributesInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectAttributesRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket that contains the object. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The object key. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Sets the maximum number of parts to return. MaxParts *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-max-parts" type:"integer"` // Specifies the fields at the root level that you want returned in the response. // Fields that you do not specify are not returned. // // ObjectAttributes is a required field ObjectAttributes []*string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-attributes" type:"list" required:"true" enum:"ObjectAttributes"` // Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher // part numbers will be listed. PartNumberMarker *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-part-number-marker" type:"integer"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon // S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use // with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm // header. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSECustomerKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by GetObjectAttributesInput's // String and GoString methods. SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the // encryption key was transmitted without error. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // The version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. // // S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this // API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory // buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the // request. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectAttributesInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectAttributesInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectAttributesInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if s.ObjectAttributes == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ObjectAttributes")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectAttributesInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectAttributesInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectAttributesInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *GetObjectAttributesInput { s.MaxParts = &v return s } // SetObjectAttributes sets the ObjectAttributes field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) SetObjectAttributes(v []*string) *GetObjectAttributesInput { s.ObjectAttributes = v return s } // SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *GetObjectAttributesInput { s.PartNumberMarker = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectAttributesInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectAttributesInput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *GetObjectAttributesInput { s.SSECustomerKey = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { return v } return *s.SSECustomerKey } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectAttributesInput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectAttributesInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetObjectAttributesInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetObjectAttributesInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetObjectAttributesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The checksum or digest of the object. Checksum *Checksum `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a delete // marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` // An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version // of a resource found at a URL. ETag *string `type:"string"` // The creation date of the object. LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"` // A collection of parts associated with a multipart upload. ObjectParts *GetObjectAttributesParts `type:"structure"` // The size of the object in bytes. ObjectSize *int64 `type:"long"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // Provides the storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this // header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. // // For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html). // // Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported // by directory buckets to store objects. StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // The version ID of the object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectAttributesOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectAttributesOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetChecksum sets the Checksum field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesOutput) SetChecksum(v *Checksum) *GetObjectAttributesOutput { s.Checksum = v return s } // SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *GetObjectAttributesOutput { s.DeleteMarker = &v return s } // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesOutput) SetETag(v string) *GetObjectAttributesOutput { s.ETag = &v return s } // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *GetObjectAttributesOutput { s.LastModified = &v return s } // SetObjectParts sets the ObjectParts field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesOutput) SetObjectParts(v *GetObjectAttributesParts) *GetObjectAttributesOutput { s.ObjectParts = v return s } // SetObjectSize sets the ObjectSize field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesOutput) SetObjectSize(v int64) *GetObjectAttributesOutput { s.ObjectSize = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectAttributesOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *GetObjectAttributesOutput { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectAttributesOutput { s.VersionId = &v return s } // A collection of parts associated with a multipart upload. type GetObjectAttributesParts struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A value of true // indicates that the list was truncated. A list can be truncated if the number // of parts exceeds the limit returned in the MaxParts element. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // The maximum number of parts allowed in the response. MaxParts *int64 `type:"integer"` // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, // as well as the value to use for the PartNumberMarker request parameter in // a subsequent request. NextPartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` // The marker for the current part. PartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` // A container for elements related to a particular part. A response can contain // zero or more Parts elements. // // * General purpose buckets - For GetObjectAttributes, if a additional checksum // (including x-amz-checksum-crc32, x-amz-checksum-crc32c, x-amz-checksum-sha1, // or x-amz-checksum-sha256) isn't applied to the object specified in the // request, the response doesn't return Part. // // * Directory buckets - For GetObjectAttributes, no matter whether a additional // checksum is applied to the object specified in the request, the response // returns Part. Parts []*ObjectPart `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // The total number of parts. TotalPartsCount *int64 `locationName:"PartsCount" type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectAttributesParts) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectAttributesParts) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesParts) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *GetObjectAttributesParts { s.IsTruncated = &v return s } // SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesParts) SetMaxParts(v int64) *GetObjectAttributesParts { s.MaxParts = &v return s } // SetNextPartNumberMarker sets the NextPartNumberMarker field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesParts) SetNextPartNumberMarker(v int64) *GetObjectAttributesParts { s.NextPartNumberMarker = &v return s } // SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesParts) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *GetObjectAttributesParts { s.PartNumberMarker = &v return s } // SetParts sets the Parts field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesParts) SetParts(v []*ObjectPart) *GetObjectAttributesParts { s.Parts = v return s } // SetTotalPartsCount sets the TotalPartsCount field's value. func (s *GetObjectAttributesParts) SetTotalPartsCount(v int64) *GetObjectAttributesParts { s.TotalPartsCount = &v return s } type GetObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name containing the object. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Object Lambda access points - When you use this action with an Object Lambda // access point, you must direct requests to the Object Lambda access point // hostname. The Object Lambda access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-object-lambda.Region.amazonaws.com. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // To retrieve the checksum, this mode must be enabled. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic response payload checksum // validation. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. ChecksumMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-mode" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumMode"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified // in this header; otherwise, return a 412 Precondition Failed error. // // If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the // request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since // condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. // // For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"` // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time; // otherwise, return a 304 Not Modified error. // // If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in // the request as follows:If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since // condition evaluates to true; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified status code. // // For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"` // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one // specified in this header; otherwise, return a 304 Not Modified error. // // If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in // the request as follows:If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since // condition evaluates to true; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified HTTP status // code. // // For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"` // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time; // otherwise, return a 412 Precondition Failed error. // // If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the // request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since // condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. // // For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"` // Key of the object to get. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between // 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' GET request for the part specified. // Useful for downloading just a part of an object. PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"` // Downloads the specified byte range of an object. For more information about // the HTTP Range header, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-range // (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-range). // // Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request. Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Sets the Cache-Control header of the response. ResponseCacheControl *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-cache-control" type:"string"` // Sets the Content-Disposition header of the response. ResponseContentDisposition *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-disposition" type:"string"` // Sets the Content-Encoding header of the response. ResponseContentEncoding *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-encoding" type:"string"` // Sets the Content-Language header of the response. ResponseContentLanguage *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-language" type:"string"` // Sets the Content-Type header of the response. ResponseContentType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-type" type:"string"` // Sets the Expires header of the response. ResponseExpires *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-expires" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the object (for example, AES256). // // If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided // encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when // you GET the object, you must use the following headers: // // * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm // // * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key // // * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 // // For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided // Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key that you originally provided // for Amazon S3 to encrypt the data before storing it. This value is used to // decrypt the object when recovering it and must match the one used when storing // the data. The key must be appropriate for use with the algorithm specified // in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm header. // // If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided // encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when // you GET the object, you must use the following headers: // // * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm // // * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key // // * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 // // For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided // Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSECustomerKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by GetObjectInput's // String and GoString methods. SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the customer-provided encryption key // according to RFC 1321. Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity // check to ensure that the encryption key was transmitted without error. // // If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided // encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when // you GET the object, you must use the following headers: // // * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm // // * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key // // * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 // // For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided // Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. // // By default, the GetObject operation returns the current version of an object. // To return a different version, use the versionId subresource. // // * If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the // s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. // The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario. // // * If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId // in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The // s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario. // // * Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory // buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID // is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId // query parameter in the request. // // For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketVersioning.html). VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetObjectInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumMode sets the ChecksumMode field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetChecksumMode(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.ChecksumMode = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.IfMatch = &v return s } // SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput { s.IfModifiedSince = &v return s } // SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.IfNoneMatch = &v return s } // SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput { s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *GetObjectInput { s.PartNumber = &v return s } // SetRange sets the Range field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.Range = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetResponseCacheControl sets the ResponseCacheControl field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.ResponseCacheControl = &v return s } // SetResponseContentDisposition sets the ResponseContentDisposition field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.ResponseContentDisposition = &v return s } // SetResponseContentEncoding sets the ResponseContentEncoding field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.ResponseContentEncoding = &v return s } // SetResponseContentLanguage sets the ResponseContentLanguage field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.ResponseContentLanguage = &v return s } // SetResponseContentType sets the ResponseContentType field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentType(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.ResponseContentType = &v return s } // SetResponseExpires sets the ResponseExpires field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseExpires(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput { s.ResponseExpires = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.SSECustomerKey = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { return v } return *s.SSECustomerKey } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *GetObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetObjectInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetObjectLegalHoldInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectLegalHoldRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name containing the object whose legal hold status you want to // retrieve. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The key name for the object whose legal hold status you want to retrieve. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // The version ID of the object whose legal hold status you want to retrieve. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectLegalHoldInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectLegalHoldInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetObjectLegalHoldInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetObjectLegalHoldOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LegalHold"` // The current legal hold status for the specified object. LegalHold *ObjectLockLegalHold `locationName:"LegalHold" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetLegalHold sets the LegalHold field's value. func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput { s.LegalHold = v return s } type GetObjectLockConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectLockConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"` // The specified bucket's Object Lock configuration. ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetObjectLockConfiguration sets the ObjectLockConfiguration field's value. func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectLockConfiguration) *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput { s.ObjectLockConfiguration = v return s } type GetObjectOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` // Indicates that a range of bytes was specified in the request. AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"` // Object data. Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"` // Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption // with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"` // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking // object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32c" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see Checking // object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha1" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. For more information, see // Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha256" type:"string"` // Specifies presentational information for the object. ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` // Indicates what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced // by the Content-Type header field. ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` // The language the content is in. ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` // Size of the body in bytes. ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` // The portion of the object returned in the response. ContentRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Range" type:"string"` // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` // Indicates whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. // // * If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves // as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in // the response. // // * If the specified version in the request is a delete marker, the response // returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp // response header. DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` // An entity tag (ETag) is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to // a specific version of a resource found at a URL. ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` // If the object expiration is configured (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html)), // the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id // key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the // rule-id is URL-encoded. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"` // Date and time when the object was last modified. // // General purpose buckets - When you specify a versionId of the object in your // request, if the specified version in the request is a delete marker, the // response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp // response header. LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"` // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. // // By default unmarshaled keys are written as a map keys in following canonicalized format: // the first letter and any letter following a hyphen will be capitalized, and the rest as lowercase. // Set `aws.Config.LowerCaseHeaderMaps` to `true` to write unmarshaled keys to the map as lowercase. Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` // This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in the headers // that are prefixed with x-amz-meta-. This can happen if you create metadata // using an API like SOAP that supports more flexible metadata than the REST // API. For example, using SOAP, you can create metadata whose values are not // legal HTTP headers. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"` // Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only // returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` // The Object Lock mode that's currently in place for this object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` // The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The count of parts this object has. This value is only returned if you specify // partNumber in your request and the object was uploaded as a multipart upload. PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"` // Amazon S3 can return this if your request involves a bucket that is either // a source or destination in a replication rule. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // Provides information about object restoration action and expiration time // of the restored object copy. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express // One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to confirm the encryption algorithm // that's used. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to provide the round-trip message integrity // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSKeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by GetObjectOutput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon // S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms, aws:kms:dsse). // // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed // keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` // Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this // header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. // // Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported // by directory buckets to store objects. StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // The number of tags, if any, on the object, when you have the relevant permission // to read object tags. // // You can use GetObjectTagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetObjectTagging.html) // to retrieve the tag set associated with an object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. TagCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-count" type:"integer"` // Version ID of the object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores // the value of this header in the object metadata. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.AcceptRanges = &v return s } // SetBody sets the Body field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectOutput { s.Body = v return s } // SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *GetObjectOutput { s.BucketKeyEnabled = &v return s } // SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.CacheControl = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ContentDisposition = &v return s } // SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ContentEncoding = &v return s } // SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ContentLanguage = &v return s } // SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { s.ContentLength = &v return s } // SetContentRange sets the ContentRange field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentRange(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ContentRange = &v return s } // SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ContentType = &v return s } // SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *GetObjectOutput { s.DeleteMarker = &v return s } // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ETag = &v return s } // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.Expiration = &v return s } // SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.Expires = &v return s } // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput { s.LastModified = &v return s } // SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *GetObjectOutput { s.Metadata = v return s } // SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { s.MissingMeta = &v return s } // SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v return s } // SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ObjectLockMode = &v return s } // SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput { s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v return s } // SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { s.PartsCount = &v return s } // SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ReplicationStatus = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetRestore sets the Restore field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.Restore = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v return s } // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.ServerSideEncryption = &v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // SetTagCount sets the TagCount field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetTagCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { s.TagCount = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.VersionId = &v return s } // SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *GetObjectOutput { s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v return s } type GetObjectRetentionInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectRetentionRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name containing the object whose retention settings you want to // retrieve. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The key name for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // The version ID for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectRetentionInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectRetentionInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectRetentionInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetObjectRetentionInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetObjectRetentionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Retention"` // The container element for an object's retention settings. Retention *ObjectLockRetention `locationName:"Retention" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectRetentionOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectRetentionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetRetention sets the Retention field's value. func (s *GetObjectRetentionOutput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *GetObjectRetentionOutput { s.Retention = v return s } type GetObjectTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Object key for which to get the tagging information. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // The versionId of the object for which to get the tagging information. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTaggingInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetObjectTaggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the tag set. // // TagSet is a required field TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` // The versionId of the object for which you got the tagging information. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value. func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetObjectTaggingOutput { s.TagSet = v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingOutput { s.VersionId = &v return s } type GetObjectTorrentInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectTorrentRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket containing the object for which to get the torrent // files. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The object key for which to get the information. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTorrentInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetObjectTorrentOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` // A Bencoded dictionary as defined by the BitTorrent specification Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetBody sets the Body field's value. func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectTorrentOutput { s.Body = v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectTorrentOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } type GetPublicAccessBlockInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetPublicAccessBlockRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you // want to retrieve. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetPublicAccessBlockInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPublicAccessBlockInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetPublicAccessBlockInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *GetPublicAccessBlockInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s GetPublicAccessBlockInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type GetPublicAccessBlockOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration"` // The PublicAccessBlock configuration currently in effect for this Amazon S3 // bucket. PublicAccessBlockConfiguration *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration sets the PublicAccessBlockConfiguration field's value. func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput { s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration = v return s } // Container for S3 Glacier job parameters. type GlacierJobParameters struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed. // // Tier is a required field Tier *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Tier"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GlacierJobParameters) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s GlacierJobParameters) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *GlacierJobParameters) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlacierJobParameters"} if s.Tier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tier")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetTier sets the Tier field's value. func (s *GlacierJobParameters) SetTier(v string) *GlacierJobParameters { s.Tier = &v return s } // Container for grant information. type Grant struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The person being granted permissions. Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` // Specifies the permission given to the grantee. Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"Permission"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Grant) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Grant) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *Grant) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grant"} if s.Grantee != nil { if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value. func (s *Grant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *Grant { s.Grantee = v return s } // SetPermission sets the Permission field's value. func (s *Grant) SetPermission(v string) *Grant { s.Permission = &v return s } // Container for the person being granted permissions. type Grantee struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` // Screen name of the grantee. DisplayName *string `type:"string"` // Email address of the grantee. // // Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following // Amazon Web Services Regions: // // * US East (N. Virginia) // // * US West (N. California) // // * US West (Oregon) // // * Asia Pacific (Singapore) // // * Asia Pacific (Sydney) // // * Asia Pacific (Tokyo) // // * Europe (Ireland) // // * South America (São Paulo) // // For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions // and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. EmailAddress *string `type:"string"` // The canonical user ID of the grantee. ID *string `type:"string"` // Type of grantee // // Type is a required field Type *string `locationName:"xsi:type" type:"string" xmlAttribute:"true" required:"true" enum:"Type"` // URI of the grantee group. URI *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Grantee) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Grantee) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *Grantee) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grantee"} if s.Type == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value. func (s *Grantee) SetDisplayName(v string) *Grantee { s.DisplayName = &v return s } // SetEmailAddress sets the EmailAddress field's value. func (s *Grantee) SetEmailAddress(v string) *Grantee { s.EmailAddress = &v return s } // SetID sets the ID field's value. func (s *Grantee) SetID(v string) *Grantee { s.ID = &v return s } // SetType sets the Type field's value. func (s *Grantee) SetType(v string) *Grantee { s.Type = &v return s } // SetURI sets the URI field's value. func (s *Grantee) SetURI(v string) *Grantee { s.URI = &v return s } type HeadBucketInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"HeadBucketRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Object Lambda access points - When you use this API operation with an Object // Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point // in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a // request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. // For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error // Codes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#ErrorCodeList). // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s HeadBucketInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s HeadBucketInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *HeadBucketInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadBucketInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *HeadBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadBucketInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *HeadBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *HeadBucketInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *HeadBucketInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *HeadBucketInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *HeadBucketInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s HeadBucketInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type HeadBucketOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether the bucket name used in the request is an access point // alias. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. AccessPointAlias *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-access-point-alias" type:"boolean"` // The name of the location where the bucket will be created. // // For directory buckets, the AZ ID of the Availability Zone where the bucket // is created. An example AZ ID value is usw2-az1. // // This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. BucketLocationName *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-location-name" type:"string"` // The type of location where the bucket is created. // // This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. BucketLocationType *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-location-type" type:"string" enum:"LocationType"` // The Region that the bucket is located. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketRegion *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-region" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s HeadBucketOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s HeadBucketOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAccessPointAlias sets the AccessPointAlias field's value. func (s *HeadBucketOutput) SetAccessPointAlias(v bool) *HeadBucketOutput { s.AccessPointAlias = &v return s } // SetBucketLocationName sets the BucketLocationName field's value. func (s *HeadBucketOutput) SetBucketLocationName(v string) *HeadBucketOutput { s.BucketLocationName = &v return s } // SetBucketLocationType sets the BucketLocationType field's value. func (s *HeadBucketOutput) SetBucketLocationType(v string) *HeadBucketOutput { s.BucketLocationType = &v return s } // SetBucketRegion sets the BucketRegion field's value. func (s *HeadBucketOutput) SetBucketRegion(v string) *HeadBucketOutput { s.BucketRegion = &v return s } type HeadObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"HeadObjectRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket that contains the object. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // To retrieve the checksum, this parameter must be enabled. // // In addition, if you enable ChecksumMode and the object is encrypted with // Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS), you // must have permission to use the kms:Decrypt action for the request to succeed. ChecksumMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-mode" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumMode"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified; // otherwise, return a 412 (precondition failed) error. // // If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the // request as follows: // // * If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; // // * If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; // // Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. // // For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"` // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time; // otherwise, return a 304 (not modified) error. // // If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in // the request as follows: // // * If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; // // * If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true; // // Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code. // // For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"` // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one // specified; otherwise, return a 304 (not modified) error. // // If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in // the request as follows: // // * If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; // // * If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true; // // Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code. // // For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"` // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time; // otherwise, return a 412 (precondition failed) error. // // If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the // request as follows: // // * If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; // // * If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; // // Then Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. // // For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"` // The object key. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between // 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' HEAD request for the part specified. // Useful querying about the size of the part and the number of parts in this // object. PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"` // HeadObject returns only the metadata for an object. If the Range is satisfiable, // only the ContentLength is affected in the response. If the Range is not satisfiable, // S3 returns a 416 - Requested Range Not Satisfiable error. Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Sets the Cache-Control header of the response. ResponseCacheControl *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-cache-control" type:"string"` // Sets the Content-Disposition header of the response. ResponseContentDisposition *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-disposition" type:"string"` // Sets the Content-Encoding header of the response. ResponseContentEncoding *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-encoding" type:"string"` // Sets the Content-Language header of the response. ResponseContentLanguage *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-language" type:"string"` // Sets the Content-Type header of the response. ResponseContentType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-type" type:"string"` // Sets the Expires header of the response. ResponseExpires *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-expires" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon // S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use // with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm // header. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSECustomerKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by HeadObjectInput's // String and GoString methods. SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the // encryption key was transmitted without error. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. // // For directory buckets in this API operation, only the null value of the version // ID is supported. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s HeadObjectInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s HeadObjectInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *HeadObjectInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadObjectInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *HeadObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumMode sets the ChecksumMode field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetChecksumMode(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.ChecksumMode = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.IfMatch = &v return s } // SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput { s.IfModifiedSince = &v return s } // SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.IfNoneMatch = &v return s } // SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput { s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *HeadObjectInput { s.PartNumber = &v return s } // SetRange sets the Range field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.Range = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetResponseCacheControl sets the ResponseCacheControl field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetResponseCacheControl(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.ResponseCacheControl = &v return s } // SetResponseContentDisposition sets the ResponseContentDisposition field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetResponseContentDisposition(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.ResponseContentDisposition = &v return s } // SetResponseContentEncoding sets the ResponseContentEncoding field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetResponseContentEncoding(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.ResponseContentEncoding = &v return s } // SetResponseContentLanguage sets the ResponseContentLanguage field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetResponseContentLanguage(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.ResponseContentLanguage = &v return s } // SetResponseContentType sets the ResponseContentType field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetResponseContentType(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.ResponseContentType = &v return s } // SetResponseExpires sets the ResponseExpires field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetResponseExpires(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput { s.ResponseExpires = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.SSECustomerKey = &v return s } func (s *HeadObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { return v } return *s.SSECustomerKey } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *HeadObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *HeadObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s HeadObjectInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type HeadObjectOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates that a range of bytes was specified. AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"` // The archive state of the head object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ArchiveStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-archive-status" type:"string" enum:"ArchiveStatus"` // Indicates whether the object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side encryption // with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"` // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32c" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use the API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha1" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha256" type:"string"` // Specifies presentational information for the object. ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` // Indicates what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced // by the Content-Type header field. ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` // The language the content is in. ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` // Size of the body in bytes. ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` // Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` // An entity tag (ETag) is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to // a specific version of a resource found at a URL. ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` // If the object expiration is configured (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html)), // the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id // key-value pairs providing object expiration information. The value of the // rule-id is URL-encoded. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"` // Date and time when the object was last modified. LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"` // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. // // By default unmarshaled keys are written as a map keys in following canonicalized format: // the first letter and any letter following a hyphen will be capitalized, and the rest as lowercase. // Set `aws.Config.LowerCaseHeaderMaps` to `true` to write unmarshaled keys to the map as lowercase. Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` // This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta // headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that // supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, // you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"` // Specifies whether a legal hold is in effect for this object. This header // is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectLegalHold permission. // This header is not returned if the specified version of this object has never // had a legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see // Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` // The Object Lock mode, if any, that's in effect for this object. This header // is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. // For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` // The date and time when the Object Lock retention period expires. This header // is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The count of parts this object has. This value is only returned if you specify // partNumber in your request and the object was uploaded as a multipart upload. PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"` // Amazon S3 can return this header if your request involves a bucket that is // either a source or a destination in a replication rule. // // In replication, you have a source bucket on which you configure replication // and destination bucket or buckets where Amazon S3 stores object replicas. // When you request an object (GetObject) or object metadata (HeadObject) from // these buckets, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header // in the response as follows: // // * If requesting an object from the source bucket, Amazon S3 will return // the x-amz-replication-status header if the object in your request is eligible // for replication. For example, suppose that in your replication configuration, // you specify object prefix TaxDocs requesting Amazon S3 to replicate objects // with key prefix TaxDocs. Any objects you upload with this key name prefix, // for example TaxDocs/document1.pdf, are eligible for replication. For any // object request with this key name prefix, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status // header with value PENDING, COMPLETED or FAILED indicating object replication // status. // // * If requesting an object from a destination bucket, Amazon S3 will return // the x-amz-replication-status header with value REPLICA if the object in // your request is a replica that Amazon S3 created and there is no replica // modification replication in progress. // // * When replicating objects to multiple destination buckets, the x-amz-replication-status // header acts differently. The header of the source object will only return // a value of COMPLETED when replication is successful to all destinations. // The header will remain at value PENDING until replication has completed // for all destinations. If one or more destinations fails replication the // header will return FAILED. // // For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // If the object is an archived object (an object whose storage class is GLACIER), // the response includes this header if either the archive restoration is in // progress (see RestoreObject (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_RestoreObject.html) // or an archive copy is already restored. // // If an archive copy is already restored, the header value indicates when Amazon // S3 is scheduled to delete the object copy. For example: // // x-amz-restore: ongoing-request="false", expiry-date="Fri, 21 Dec 2012 00:00:00 // GMT" // // If the object restoration is in progress, the header returns the value ongoing-request="true". // // For more information about archiving objects, see Transitioning Objects: // General Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-transition-general-considerations). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express // One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to confirm the encryption algorithm // that's used. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to provide the round-trip message integrity // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSKeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by HeadObjectOutput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon // S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms, aws:kms:dsse). // // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed // keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` // Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this // header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. // // For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html). // // Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported // by directory buckets to store objects. StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // Version ID of the object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores // the value of this header in the object metadata. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s HeadObjectOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s HeadObjectOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.AcceptRanges = &v return s } // SetArchiveStatus sets the ArchiveStatus field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetArchiveStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ArchiveStatus = &v return s } // SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *HeadObjectOutput { s.BucketKeyEnabled = &v return s } // SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.CacheControl = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ContentDisposition = &v return s } // SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ContentEncoding = &v return s } // SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ContentLanguage = &v return s } // SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ContentLength = &v return s } // SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ContentType = &v return s } // SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *HeadObjectOutput { s.DeleteMarker = &v return s } // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ETag = &v return s } // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.Expiration = &v return s } // SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.Expires = &v return s } // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput { s.LastModified = &v return s } // SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.Metadata = v return s } // SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput { s.MissingMeta = &v return s } // SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v return s } // SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ObjectLockMode = &v return s } // SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v return s } // SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput { s.PartsCount = &v return s } // SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ReplicationStatus = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetRestore sets the Restore field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.Restore = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v return s } // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.ServerSideEncryption = &v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.VersionId = &v return s } // SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *HeadObjectOutput { s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v return s } // Container for the Suffix element. type IndexDocument struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website // endpoint. (For example, if the suffix is index.html and you make a request // to samplebucket/images/, the data that is returned will be for the object // with the key name images/index.html.) The suffix must not be empty and must // not include a slash character. // // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such // as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML // related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints). // // Suffix is a required field Suffix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s IndexDocument) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s IndexDocument) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *IndexDocument) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IndexDocument"} if s.Suffix == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Suffix")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetSuffix sets the Suffix field's value. func (s *IndexDocument) SetSuffix(v string) *IndexDocument { s.Suffix = &v return s } // Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload. type Initiator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Name of the Principal. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DisplayName *string `type:"string"` // If the principal is an Amazon Web Services account, it provides the Canonical // User ID. If the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value. // // Directory buckets - If the principal is an Amazon Web Services account, it // provides the Amazon Web Services account ID. If the principal is an IAM User, // it provides a user ARN value. ID *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Initiator) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Initiator) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value. func (s *Initiator) SetDisplayName(v string) *Initiator { s.DisplayName = &v return s } // SetID sets the ID field's value. func (s *Initiator) SetID(v string) *Initiator { s.ID = &v return s } // Describes the serialization format of the object. type InputSerialization struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Describes the serialization of a CSV-encoded object. CSV *CSVInput `type:"structure"` // Specifies object's compression format. Valid values: NONE, GZIP, BZIP2. Default // Value: NONE. CompressionType *string `type:"string" enum:"CompressionType"` // Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format. JSON *JSONInput `type:"structure"` // Specifies Parquet as object's input serialization format. Parquet *ParquetInput `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InputSerialization) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InputSerialization) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCSV sets the CSV field's value. func (s *InputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVInput) *InputSerialization { s.CSV = v return s } // SetCompressionType sets the CompressionType field's value. func (s *InputSerialization) SetCompressionType(v string) *InputSerialization { s.CompressionType = &v return s } // SetJSON sets the JSON field's value. func (s *InputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONInput) *InputSerialization { s.JSON = v return s } // SetParquet sets the Parquet field's value. func (s *InputSerialization) SetParquet(v *ParquetInput) *InputSerialization { s.Parquet = v return s } // A container for specifying S3 Intelligent-Tiering filters. The filters determine // the subset of objects to which the rule applies. type IntelligentTieringAndOperator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which // the configuration applies. Prefix *string `type:"string"` // All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the configuration // to apply. Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s IntelligentTieringAndOperator) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s IntelligentTieringAndOperator) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *IntelligentTieringAndOperator) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IntelligentTieringAndOperator"} if s.Tags != nil { for i, v := range s.Tags { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *IntelligentTieringAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *IntelligentTieringAndOperator { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *IntelligentTieringAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *IntelligentTieringAndOperator { s.Tags = v return s } // Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. // // For information about the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class, see Storage // class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access). type IntelligentTieringConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies a bucket filter. The configuration only includes objects that meet // the filter's criteria. Filter *IntelligentTieringFilter `type:"structure"` // The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration. // // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the status of the configuration. // // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IntelligentTieringStatus"` // Specifies the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class tier of the configuration. // // Tierings is a required field Tierings []*Tiering `locationName:"Tiering" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s IntelligentTieringConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s IntelligentTieringConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IntelligentTieringConfiguration"} if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if s.Status == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) } if s.Tierings == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tierings")) } if s.Filter != nil { if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.Tierings != nil { for i, v := range s.Tierings { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tierings", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. func (s *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) SetFilter(v *IntelligentTieringFilter) *IntelligentTieringConfiguration { s.Filter = v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) SetId(v string) *IntelligentTieringConfiguration { s.Id = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *IntelligentTieringConfiguration { s.Status = &v return s } // SetTierings sets the Tierings field's value. func (s *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) SetTierings(v []*Tiering) *IntelligentTieringConfiguration { s.Tierings = v return s } // The Filter is used to identify objects that the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration // applies to. type IntelligentTieringFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a // metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object // must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply. And *IntelligentTieringAndOperator `type:"structure"` // An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which // the rule applies. // // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such // as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML // related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints). Prefix *string `type:"string"` // A container of a key value name pair. Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s IntelligentTieringFilter) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s IntelligentTieringFilter) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *IntelligentTieringFilter) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IntelligentTieringFilter"} if s.And != nil { if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.Tag != nil { if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAnd sets the And field's value. func (s *IntelligentTieringFilter) SetAnd(v *IntelligentTieringAndOperator) *IntelligentTieringFilter { s.And = v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *IntelligentTieringFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *IntelligentTieringFilter { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetTag sets the Tag field's value. func (s *IntelligentTieringFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *IntelligentTieringFilter { s.Tag = v return s } // Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, // see GET Bucket inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETInventoryConfig.html) // in the Amazon S3 API Reference. type InventoryConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains information about where to publish the inventory results. // // Destination is a required field Destination *InventoryDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet // the filter's criteria. Filter *InventoryFilter `type:"structure"` // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. // // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Object versions to include in the inventory list. If set to All, the list // includes all the object versions, which adds the version-related fields VersionId, // IsLatest, and DeleteMarker to the list. If set to Current, the list does // not contain these version-related fields. // // IncludedObjectVersions is a required field IncludedObjectVersions *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryIncludedObjectVersions"` // Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled. If set to True, an // inventory list is generated. If set to False, no inventory list is generated. // // IsEnabled is a required field IsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // Contains the optional fields that are included in the inventory results. OptionalFields []*string `locationNameList:"Field" type:"list" enum:"InventoryOptionalField"` // Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results. // // Schedule is a required field Schedule *InventorySchedule `type:"structure" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InventoryConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InventoryConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *InventoryConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryConfiguration"} if s.Destination == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) } if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if s.IncludedObjectVersions == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IncludedObjectVersions")) } if s.IsEnabled == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IsEnabled")) } if s.Schedule == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Schedule")) } if s.Destination != nil { if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.Filter != nil { if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.Schedule != nil { if err := s.Schedule.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Schedule", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetDestination(v *InventoryDestination) *InventoryConfiguration { s.Destination = v return s } // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetFilter(v *InventoryFilter) *InventoryConfiguration { s.Filter = v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetId(v string) *InventoryConfiguration { s.Id = &v return s } // SetIncludedObjectVersions sets the IncludedObjectVersions field's value. func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIncludedObjectVersions(v string) *InventoryConfiguration { s.IncludedObjectVersions = &v return s } // SetIsEnabled sets the IsEnabled field's value. func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIsEnabled(v bool) *InventoryConfiguration { s.IsEnabled = &v return s } // SetOptionalFields sets the OptionalFields field's value. func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetOptionalFields(v []*string) *InventoryConfiguration { s.OptionalFields = v return s } // SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value. func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetSchedule(v *InventorySchedule) *InventoryConfiguration { s.Schedule = v return s } // Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. type InventoryDestination struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix // (optional) where inventory results are published. // // S3BucketDestination is a required field S3BucketDestination *InventoryS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InventoryDestination) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InventoryDestination) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *InventoryDestination) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryDestination"} if s.S3BucketDestination == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination")) } if s.S3BucketDestination != nil { if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value. func (s *InventoryDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *InventoryS3BucketDestination) *InventoryDestination { s.S3BucketDestination = v return s } // Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory // results. type InventoryEncryption struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered inventory reports. SSEKMS *SSEKMS `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"` // Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered inventory reports. SSES3 *SSES3 `locationName:"SSE-S3" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InventoryEncryption) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InventoryEncryption) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *InventoryEncryption) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryEncryption"} if s.SSEKMS != nil { if err := s.SSEKMS.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("SSEKMS", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetSSEKMS sets the SSEKMS field's value. func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSEKMS(v *SSEKMS) *InventoryEncryption { s.SSEKMS = v return s } // SetSSES3 sets the SSES3 field's value. func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSES3(v *SSES3) *InventoryEncryption { s.SSES3 = v return s } // Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet // the filter's criteria. type InventoryFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The prefix that an object must have to be included in the inventory results. // // Prefix is a required field Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InventoryFilter) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InventoryFilter) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *InventoryFilter) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryFilter"} if s.Prefix == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *InventoryFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryFilter { s.Prefix = &v return s } // Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix // (optional) where inventory results are published. type InventoryS3BucketDestination struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided, // the owner is not validated before exporting data. // // Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to // help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes. AccountId *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where inventory results will // be published. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory // results. Encryption *InventoryEncryption `type:"structure"` // Specifies the output format of the inventory results. // // Format is a required field Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFormat"` // The prefix that is prepended to all inventory results. Prefix *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryS3BucketDestination"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Format == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format")) } if s.Encryption != nil { if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value. func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetAccountId(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { s.AccountId = &v return s } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetEncryption(v *InventoryEncryption) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { s.Encryption = v return s } // SetFormat sets the Format field's value. func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { s.Format = &v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination { s.Prefix = &v return s } // Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results. type InventorySchedule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies how frequently inventory results are produced. // // Frequency is a required field Frequency *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFrequency"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InventorySchedule) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s InventorySchedule) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *InventorySchedule) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventorySchedule"} if s.Frequency == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Frequency")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetFrequency sets the Frequency field's value. func (s *InventorySchedule) SetFrequency(v string) *InventorySchedule { s.Frequency = &v return s } // Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format. type JSONInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The type of JSON. Valid values: Document, Lines. Type *string `type:"string" enum:"JSONType"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s JSONInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s JSONInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetType sets the Type field's value. func (s *JSONInput) SetType(v string) *JSONInput { s.Type = &v return s } // Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format. type JSONOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The value used to separate individual records in the output. If no value // is specified, Amazon S3 uses a newline character ('\n'). RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s JSONOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s JSONOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value. func (s *JSONOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *JSONOutput { s.RecordDelimiter = &v return s } // A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules. type KeyFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for // the filter rule. FilterRules []*FilterRule `locationName:"FilterRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s KeyFilter) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s KeyFilter) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetFilterRules sets the FilterRules field's value. func (s *KeyFilter) SetFilterRules(v []*FilterRule) *KeyFilter { s.FilterRules = v return s } // A container for specifying the configuration for Lambda notifications. type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon S3 bucket event for which to invoke the Lambda function. For more // information, see Supported Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Events is a required field Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true" enum:"Event"` // Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name // filtering, see Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/notification-how-to-filtering.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"` // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. Id *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Lambda function that Amazon S3 invokes // when the specified event type occurs. // // LambdaFunctionArn is a required field LambdaFunctionArn *string `locationName:"CloudFunction" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LambdaFunctionConfiguration"} if s.Events == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events")) } if s.LambdaFunctionArn == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LambdaFunctionArn")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { s.Events = v return s } // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { s.Filter = v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { s.Id = &v return s } // SetLambdaFunctionArn sets the LambdaFunctionArn field's value. func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionArn(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration { s.LambdaFunctionArn = &v return s } // Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1000 rules. // // For more information see, Managing your storage lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. type LifecycleConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies lifecycle configuration rules for an Amazon S3 bucket. // // Rules is a required field Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LifecycleConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleConfiguration"} if s.Rules == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) } if s.Rules != nil { for i, v := range s.Rules { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*Rule) *LifecycleConfiguration { s.Rules = v return s } // Container for the expiration for the lifecycle of the object. // // For more information see, Managing your storage lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. type LifecycleExpiration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. The date value // must conform to the ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC. Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule. // The value must be a non-zero positive integer. Days *int64 `type:"integer"` // Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent // versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false // the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in // a Lifecycle Expiration Policy. ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LifecycleExpiration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LifecycleExpiration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDate sets the Date field's value. func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDate(v time.Time) *LifecycleExpiration { s.Date = &v return s } // SetDays sets the Days field's value. func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDays(v int64) *LifecycleExpiration { s.Days = &v return s } // SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker sets the ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker field's value. func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker(v bool) *LifecycleExpiration { s.ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker = &v return s } // A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. // // For more information see, Managing your storage lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. type LifecycleRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload // that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. // For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket // Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"` // Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object in the form of date, // days and, whether the object has a delete marker. Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"` // The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. // A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified. Filter is // required if the LifecycleRule does not contain a Prefix element. Filter *LifecycleRuleFilter `type:"structure"` // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters. ID *string `type:"string"` // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific // period in the object's lifetime. NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"` // Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when // noncurrent objects transition to a specific storage class. If your bucket // is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action // to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to a specific // storage class at a set period in the object's lifetime. NoncurrentVersionTransitions []*NoncurrentVersionTransition `locationName:"NoncurrentVersionTransition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is // no longer used; use Filter instead. // // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such // as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML // related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints). // // Deprecated: Prefix has been deprecated Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"` // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule // is not currently being applied. // // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"` // Specifies when an Amazon S3 object transitions to a specified storage class. Transitions []*Transition `locationName:"Transition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LifecycleRule) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LifecycleRule) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *LifecycleRule) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRule"} if s.Status == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) } if s.Filter != nil { if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value. func (s *LifecycleRule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *LifecycleRule { s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v return s } // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. func (s *LifecycleRule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *LifecycleRule { s.Expiration = v return s } // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. func (s *LifecycleRule) SetFilter(v *LifecycleRuleFilter) *LifecycleRule { s.Filter = v return s } // SetID sets the ID field's value. func (s *LifecycleRule) SetID(v string) *LifecycleRule { s.ID = &v return s } // SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value. func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *LifecycleRule { s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v return s } // SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions sets the NoncurrentVersionTransitions field's value. func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions(v []*NoncurrentVersionTransition) *LifecycleRule { s.NoncurrentVersionTransitions = v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *LifecycleRule) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRule { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *LifecycleRule) SetStatus(v string) *LifecycleRule { s.Status = &v return s } // SetTransitions sets the Transitions field's value. func (s *LifecycleRule) SetTransitions(v []*Transition) *LifecycleRule { s.Transitions = v return s } // This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or // more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all // of the predicates configured inside the And operator. type LifecycleRuleAndOperator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Minimum object size to which the rule applies. ObjectSizeGreaterThan *int64 `type:"long"` // Maximum object size to which the rule applies. ObjectSizeLessThan *int64 `type:"long"` // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. Prefix *string `type:"string"` // All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule // to apply. Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleAndOperator"} if s.Tags != nil { for i, v := range s.Tags { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetObjectSizeGreaterThan sets the ObjectSizeGreaterThan field's value. func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetObjectSizeGreaterThan(v int64) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator { s.ObjectSizeGreaterThan = &v return s } // SetObjectSizeLessThan sets the ObjectSizeLessThan field's value. func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetObjectSizeLessThan(v int64) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator { s.ObjectSizeLessThan = &v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator { s.Tags = v return s } // The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. // A Filter can have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, ObjectSizeGreaterThan, ObjectSizeLessThan, // or And specified. If the Filter element is left empty, the Lifecycle Rule // applies to all objects in the bucket. type LifecycleRuleFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or // more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all // of the predicates configured inside the And operator. And *LifecycleRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"` // Minimum object size to which the rule applies. ObjectSizeGreaterThan *int64 `type:"long"` // Maximum object size to which the rule applies. ObjectSizeLessThan *int64 `type:"long"` // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. // // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such // as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML // related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints). Prefix *string `type:"string"` // This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply. Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleFilter"} if s.And != nil { if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.Tag != nil { if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAnd sets the And field's value. func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) *LifecycleRuleFilter { s.And = v return s } // SetObjectSizeGreaterThan sets the ObjectSizeGreaterThan field's value. func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetObjectSizeGreaterThan(v int64) *LifecycleRuleFilter { s.ObjectSizeGreaterThan = &v return s } // SetObjectSizeLessThan sets the ObjectSizeLessThan field's value. func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetObjectSizeLessThan(v int64) *LifecycleRuleFilter { s.ObjectSizeLessThan = &v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleFilter { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetTag sets the Tag field's value. func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *LifecycleRuleFilter { s.Tag = v return s } type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket from which analytics configurations are retrieved. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request // should begin. ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput { s.ContinuationToken = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The list of analytics configurations for a bucket. AnalyticsConfigurationList []*AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // The marker that is used as a starting point for this analytics configuration // list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request. ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` // Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken // will be provided for a subsequent request. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which indicates that // there are more analytics configurations to list. The next request must include // this NextContinuationToken. The token is obfuscated and is not a usable value. NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAnalyticsConfigurationList sets the AnalyticsConfigurationList field's value. func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetAnalyticsConfigurationList(v []*AnalyticsConfiguration) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { s.AnalyticsConfigurationList = v return s } // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { s.ContinuationToken = &v return s } // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { s.IsTruncated = &v return s } // SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput { s.NextContinuationToken = &v return s } type ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or // retrieve. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request // should begin. ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput { s.ContinuationToken = &v return s } func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request // should begin. ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` // The list of S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations for a bucket. IntelligentTieringConfigurationList []*IntelligentTieringConfiguration `locationName:"IntelligentTieringConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken // will be provided for a subsequent request. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the // NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent // request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands. NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput { s.ContinuationToken = &v return s } // SetIntelligentTieringConfigurationList sets the IntelligentTieringConfigurationList field's value. func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) SetIntelligentTieringConfigurationList(v []*IntelligentTieringConfiguration) *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput { s.IntelligentTieringConfigurationList = v return s } // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput { s.IsTruncated = &v return s } // SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationsOutput { s.NextContinuationToken = &v return s } type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configurations to retrieve. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The marker used to continue an inventory configuration listing that has been // truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list // response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value // that Amazon S3 understands. ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput { s.ContinuationToken = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If sent in the request, the marker that is used as a starting point for this // inventory configuration list response. ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` // The list of inventory configurations for a bucket. InventoryConfigurationList []*InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Tells whether the returned list of inventory configurations is complete. // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken // is provided for a subsequent request. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the // NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent // request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands. NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { s.ContinuationToken = &v return s } // SetInventoryConfigurationList sets the InventoryConfigurationList field's value. func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetInventoryConfigurationList(v []*InventoryConfiguration) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { s.InventoryConfigurationList = v return s } // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { s.IsTruncated = &v return s } // SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput { s.NextContinuationToken = &v return s } type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configurations to retrieve. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that // has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated // list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque // value that Amazon S3 understands. ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput { s.ContinuationToken = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The marker that is used as a starting point for this metrics configuration // list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request. ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` // Indicates whether the returned list of metrics configurations is complete. // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken // will be provided for a subsequent request. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // The list of metrics configurations for a bucket. MetricsConfigurationList []*MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // The marker used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been // truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list // response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value // that Amazon S3 understands. NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { s.ContinuationToken = &v return s } // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { s.IsTruncated = &v return s } // SetMetricsConfigurationList sets the MetricsConfigurationList field's value. func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetMetricsConfigurationList(v []*MetricsConfiguration) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { s.MetricsConfigurationList = v return s } // SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput { s.NextContinuationToken = &v return s } type ListBucketsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type ListBucketsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The list of buckets owned by the requester. Buckets []*Bucket `locationNameList:"Bucket" type:"list"` // The owner of the buckets listed. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListBucketsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetBuckets sets the Buckets field's value. func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetBuckets(v []*Bucket) *ListBucketsOutput { s.Buckets = v return s } // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListBucketsOutput { s.Owner = v return s } type ListDirectoryBucketsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListDirectoryBucketsRequest" type:"structure"` // ContinuationToken indicates to Amazon S3 that the list is being continued // on this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a // real key. You can use this ContinuationToken for pagination of the list results. ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` // Maximum number of buckets to be returned in response. When the number is // more than the count of buckets that are owned by an Amazon Web Services account, // return all the buckets in response. MaxDirectoryBuckets *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-directory-buckets" type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListDirectoryBucketsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListDirectoryBucketsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListDirectoryBucketsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListDirectoryBucketsInput { s.ContinuationToken = &v return s } // SetMaxDirectoryBuckets sets the MaxDirectoryBuckets field's value. func (s *ListDirectoryBucketsInput) SetMaxDirectoryBuckets(v int64) *ListDirectoryBucketsInput { s.MaxDirectoryBuckets = &v return s } type ListDirectoryBucketsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The list of buckets owned by the requester. Buckets []*Bucket `locationNameList:"Bucket" type:"list"` // If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response. // You can use the returned ContinuationToken for pagination of the list response. ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListDirectoryBucketsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListDirectoryBucketsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetBuckets sets the Buckets field's value. func (s *ListDirectoryBucketsOutput) SetBuckets(v []*Bucket) *ListDirectoryBucketsOutput { s.Buckets = v return s } // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListDirectoryBucketsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListDirectoryBucketsOutput { s.ContinuationToken = &v return s } type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListMultipartUploadsRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Character you use to group keys. // // All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and // the first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under // a single result element, CommonPrefixes. If you don't specify the prefix // parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys // that are grouped under CommonPrefixes result element are not returned elsewhere // in the response. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter. Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies // the encoding method to use. An object key can contain any Unicode character; // however, the XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the // keys in the response. EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Specifies the multipart upload after which listing should begin. // // * General purpose buckets - For general purpose buckets, key-marker is // an object key. Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies // the multipart upload after which listing should begin. If upload-id-marker // is not specified, only the keys lexicographically greater than the specified // key-marker will be included in the list. If upload-id-marker is specified, // any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker might also be // included, provided those multipart uploads have upload IDs lexicographically // greater than the specified upload-id-marker. // // * Directory buckets - For directory buckets, key-marker is obfuscated // and isn't a real object key. The upload-id-marker parameter isn't supported // by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only // need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the // previous response. In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart // uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys. KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"` // Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return // in the response body. 1,000 is the maximum number of uploads that can be // returned in a response. MaxUploads *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-uploads" type:"integer"` // Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified // prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different grouping // of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way that // you'd use a folder in a file system.) // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter // (/) are supported. Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing // should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter // is ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker // might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically // greater than the specified upload-id-marker. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. UploadIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"upload-id-marker" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultipartUploadsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { s.Delimiter = &v return s } // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { s.EncodingType = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { s.KeyMarker = &v return s } // SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { s.MaxUploads = &v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput { s.UploadIdMarker = &v return s } func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Does // not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used. Bucket *string `type:"string"` // If you specify a delimiter in the request, then the result returns each distinct // key prefix containing the delimiter in a CommonPrefixes element. The distinct // key prefixes are returned in the Prefix child element. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter // (/) are supported. CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Contains the delimiter you specified in the request. If you don't specify // a delimiter in your request, this element is absent from the response. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter. Delimiter *string `type:"string"` // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. // // If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this // element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following // response elements: // // Delimiter, KeyMarker, Prefix, NextKeyMarker, Key. EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` // Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A // value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated // if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified // by max uploads. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // The key at or after which the listing began. KeyMarker *string `type:"string"` // Maximum number of multipart uploads that could have been included in the // response. MaxUploads *int64 `type:"integer"` // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be // used for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"` // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be // used for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. NextUploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"` // When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified // prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter // (/) are supported. Prefix *string `type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing // should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter // is ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker // might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically // greater than the specified upload-id-marker. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. UploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"` // Container for elements related to a particular multipart upload. A response // can contain zero or more Upload elements. Uploads []*MultipartUpload `locationName:"Upload" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { s.CommonPrefixes = v return s } // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { s.Delimiter = &v return s } // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { s.EncodingType = &v return s } // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { s.IsTruncated = &v return s } // SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { s.KeyMarker = &v return s } // SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { s.MaxUploads = &v return s } // SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { s.NextKeyMarker = &v return s } // SetNextUploadIdMarker sets the NextUploadIdMarker field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { s.NextUploadIdMarker = &v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { s.UploadIdMarker = &v return s } // SetUploads sets the Uploads field's value. func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploads(v []*MultipartUpload) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput { s.Uploads = v return s } type ListObjectVersionsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListObjectVersionsRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name that contains the objects. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that // contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the // delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes. These // groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys // are not returned elsewhere in the response. Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies // the encoding method to use. An object key can contain any Unicode character; // however, the XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the // keys in the response. EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket. KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"` // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default, the // action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys // but will never contain more. If additional keys satisfy the search criteria, // but were not returned because max-keys was exceeded, the response contains // <isTruncated>true</isTruncated>. To return the additional keys, see key-marker // and version-id-marker. MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` // Specifies the optional fields that you want returned in the response. Fields // that you do not specify are not returned. OptionalObjectAttributes []*string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-optional-object-attributes" type:"list" enum:"OptionalObjectAttributes"` // Use this parameter to select only those keys that begin with the specified // prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different groupings // of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way that // you'd use a folder in a file system.) You can use prefix with delimiter to // roll up numerous objects into a single result under CommonPrefixes. Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Specifies the object version you want to start listing from. VersionIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"version-id-marker" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectVersionsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { s.Delimiter = &v return s } // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { s.EncodingType = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { s.KeyMarker = &v return s } // SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsInput { s.MaxKeys = &v return s } // SetOptionalObjectAttributes sets the OptionalObjectAttributes field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetOptionalObjectAttributes(v []*string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { s.OptionalObjectAttributes = v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput { s.VersionIdMarker = &v return s } func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // All of the keys rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when // calculating the number of returns. CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Container for an object that is a delete marker. DeleteMarkers []*DeleteMarkerEntry `locationName:"DeleteMarker" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // The delimiter grouping the included keys. A delimiter is a character that // you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between // the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a // single result element in CommonPrefixes. These groups are counted as one // result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere // in the response. Delimiter *string `type:"string"` // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response. // // If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this // element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following // response elements: // // KeyMarker, NextKeyMarker, Prefix, Key, and Delimiter. EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` // A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that // satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can make // a follow-up paginated request by using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker // response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the // rest of the results. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // Marks the last key returned in a truncated response. KeyMarker *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the maximum number of objects to return. MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` // The bucket name. Name *string `type:"string"` // When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextKeyMarker // specifies the first key not returned that satisfies the search criteria. // Use this value for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"` // When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextVersionIdMarker // specifies the first object version not returned that satisfies the search // criteria. Use this value for the version-id-marker request parameter in a // subsequent request. NextVersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"` // Selects objects that start with the value supplied by this parameter. Prefix *string `type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // Marks the last version of the key returned in a truncated response. VersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"` // Container for version information. Versions []*ObjectVersion `locationName:"Version" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.CommonPrefixes = v return s } // SetDeleteMarkers sets the DeleteMarkers field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDeleteMarkers(v []*DeleteMarkerEntry) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.DeleteMarkers = v return s } // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.Delimiter = &v return s } // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.EncodingType = &v return s } // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.IsTruncated = &v return s } // SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.KeyMarker = &v return s } // SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.MaxKeys = &v return s } // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.Name = &v return s } // SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.NextKeyMarker = &v return s } // SetNextVersionIdMarker sets the NextVersionIdMarker field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.NextVersionIdMarker = &v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.VersionIdMarker = &v return s } // SetVersions sets the Versions field's value. func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersions(v []*ObjectVersion) *ListObjectVersionsOutput { s.Versions = v return s } type ListObjectsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListObjectsRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket containing the objects. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // A delimiter is a character that you use to group keys. Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies // the encoding method to use. An object key can contain any Unicode character; // however, the XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the // keys in the response. EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Marker is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts // listing after this specified key. Marker can be any key in the bucket. Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"` // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default, the // action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys // but will never contain more. MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` // Specifies the optional fields that you want returned in the response. Fields // that you do not specify are not returned. OptionalObjectAttributes []*string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-optional-object-attributes" type:"list" enum:"OptionalObjectAttributes"` // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the // list objects request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their // requests. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListObjectsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListObjectsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ListObjectsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *ListObjectsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsInput { s.Delimiter = &v return s } // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsInput { s.EncodingType = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListObjectsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsInput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsInput { s.MaxKeys = &v return s } // SetOptionalObjectAttributes sets the OptionalObjectAttributes field's value. func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetOptionalObjectAttributes(v []*string) *ListObjectsInput { s.OptionalObjectAttributes = v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsInput { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } func (s *ListObjectsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *ListObjectsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s ListObjectsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type ListObjectsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // All of the keys (up to 1,000) rolled up in a common prefix count as a single // return when calculating the number of returns. // // A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter. // // CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the // next occurrence of the string specified by the delimiter. // // CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified // by Prefix. // // For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/), as // in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys // that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating // the number of returns. CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Metadata about each object returned. Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first // occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element // in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere // in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against // the MaxKeys value. Delimiter *string `type:"string"` // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. If // using url, non-ASCII characters used in an object's key name will be URL // encoded. For example, the object test_file(3).png will appear as test_file%283%29.png. EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` // A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that // satisfied the search criteria. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicates where in the bucket listing begins. Marker is included in the response // if it was sent with the request. Marker *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of keys returned in the response body. MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` // The bucket name. Name *string `type:"string"` // When the response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response // is true), you can use the key name in this field as the marker parameter // in the subsequent request to get the next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists // objects in alphabetical order. // // This element is returned only if you have the delimiter request parameter // specified. If the response does not include the NextMarker element and it // is truncated, you can use the value of the last Key element in the response // as the marker parameter in the subsequent request to get the next set of // object keys. NextMarker *string `type:"string"` // Keys that begin with the indicated prefix. Prefix *string `type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListObjectsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListObjectsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsOutput { s.CommonPrefixes = v return s } // SetContents sets the Contents field's value. func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsOutput { s.Contents = v return s } // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { s.Delimiter = &v return s } // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { s.EncodingType = &v return s } // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsOutput { s.IsTruncated = &v return s } // SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { s.Marker = &v return s } // SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsOutput { s.MaxKeys = &v return s } // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { s.Name = &v return s } // SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value. func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { s.NextMarker = &v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *ListObjectsOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } type ListObjectsV2Input struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListObjectsV2Request" type:"structure"` // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // ContinuationToken indicates to Amazon S3 that the list is being continued // on this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a // real key. You can use this ContinuationToken for pagination of the list results. ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` // A delimiter is a character that you use to group keys. // // * Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter. // // * Directory buckets - When you query ListObjectsV2 with a delimiter during // in-progress multipart uploads, the CommonPrefixes response parameter contains // the prefixes that are associated with the in-progress multipart uploads. // For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html) in // the Amazon S3 User Guide. Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. If // using url, non-ASCII characters used in an object's key name will be URL // encoded. For example, the object test_file(3).png will appear as test_file%283%29.png. EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The owner field is not present in ListObjectsV2 by default. If you want to // return the owner field with each key in the result, then set the FetchOwner // field to true. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, the bucket owner is returned as // the object owner for all objects. FetchOwner *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"fetch-owner" type:"boolean"` // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default, the // action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys // but will never contain more. MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` // Specifies the optional fields that you want returned in the response. Fields // that you do not specify are not returned. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. OptionalObjectAttributes []*string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-optional-object-attributes" type:"list" enum:"OptionalObjectAttributes"` // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter // (/) are supported. Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the // list objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter // in their requests. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. StartAfter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"start-after" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListObjectsV2Input) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListObjectsV2Input) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsV2Input"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { s.ContinuationToken = &v return s } // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { s.Delimiter = &v return s } // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { s.EncodingType = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetFetchOwner sets the FetchOwner field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetFetchOwner(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Input { s.FetchOwner = &v return s } // SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Input { s.MaxKeys = &v return s } // SetOptionalObjectAttributes sets the OptionalObjectAttributes field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetOptionalObjectAttributes(v []*string) *ListObjectsV2Input { s.OptionalObjectAttributes = v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { s.StartAfter = &v return s } func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s ListObjectsV2Input) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type ListObjectsV2Output struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // All of the keys (up to 1,000) that share the same prefix are grouped together. // When counting the total numbers of returns by this API operation, this group // of keys is considered as one item. // // A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter. // // CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the // next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. // // CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified // by Prefix. // // For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as // in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys // that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating // the number of returns. // // * Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in // a delimiter (/) are supported. // // * Directory buckets - When you query ListObjectsV2 with a delimiter during // in-progress multipart uploads, the CommonPrefixes response parameter contains // the prefixes that are associated with the in-progress multipart uploads. // For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html) in // the Amazon S3 User Guide. CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Metadata about each object returned. Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"` // If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response. // You can use the returned ContinuationToken for pagination of the list response. // You can use this ContinuationToken for pagination of the list results. ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` // Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first // occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element // in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere // in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against // the MaxKeys value. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, / is the only supported delimiter. Delimiter *string `type:"string"` // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response. // // If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this // element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following // response elements: // // Delimiter, Prefix, Key, and StartAfter. EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` // Set to false if all of the results were returned. Set to true if more keys // are available to return. If the number of results exceeds that specified // by MaxKeys, all of the results might not be returned. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will // always be less than or equal to the MaxKeys field. For example, if you ask // for 50 keys, your result will include 50 keys or fewer. KeyCount *int64 `type:"integer"` // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default, the // action returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys // but will never contain more. MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` // The bucket name. Name *string `type:"string"` // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which means there // are more keys in the bucket that can be listed. The next list requests to // Amazon S3 can be continued with this NextContinuationToken. NextContinuationToken // is obfuscated and is not a real key NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` // Keys that begin with the indicated prefix. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only prefixes that end in a delimiter // (/) are supported. Prefix *string `type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // If StartAfter was sent with the request, it is included in the response. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. StartAfter *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListObjectsV2Output) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListObjectsV2Output) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsV2Output { s.CommonPrefixes = v return s } // SetContents sets the Contents field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsV2Output { s.Contents = v return s } // SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { s.ContinuationToken = &v return s } // SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { s.Delimiter = &v return s } // SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { s.EncodingType = &v return s } // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Output { s.IsTruncated = &v return s } // SetKeyCount sets the KeyCount field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetKeyCount(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output { s.KeyCount = &v return s } // SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output { s.MaxKeys = &v return s } // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { s.Name = &v return s } // SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { s.NextContinuationToken = &v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetRequestCharged(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value. func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { s.StartAfter = &v return s } type ListPartsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListPartsRequest" type:"structure"` // The name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Sets the maximum number of parts to return. MaxParts *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-parts" type:"integer"` // Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher // part numbers will be listed. PartNumberMarker *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"part-number-marker" type:"integer"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // The server-side encryption (SSE) algorithm used to encrypt the object. This // parameter is needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. // For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // The server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter is // needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more // information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSECustomerKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by ListPartsInput's // String and GoString methods. SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The MD5 server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter // is needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For // more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. // // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListPartsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListPartsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ListPartsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPartsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if s.UploadId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *ListPartsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *ListPartsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *ListPartsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *ListPartsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *ListPartsInput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value. func (s *ListPartsInput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsInput { s.MaxParts = &v return s } // SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value. func (s *ListPartsInput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsInput { s.PartNumberMarker = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *ListPartsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListPartsInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *ListPartsInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *ListPartsInput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. func (s *ListPartsInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *ListPartsInput { s.SSECustomerKey = &v return s } func (s *ListPartsInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { return v } return *s.SSECustomerKey } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *ListPartsInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *ListPartsInput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. func (s *ListPartsInput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsInput { s.UploadId = &v return s } func (s *ListPartsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *ListPartsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s ListPartsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type ListPartsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete // multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object // name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating when // the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation. // For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket // Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config). // // The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will provide // the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"` // This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies // applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort // incomplete multipart uploads. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"` // The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Does // not return the access point ARN or access point alias if used. Bucket *string `type:"string"` // The algorithm that was used to create a checksum of the object. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload. If // the initiator is an Amazon Web Services account, this element provides the // same information as the Owner element. If the initiator is an IAM User, this // element provides the user ARN and display name. Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A true value indicates // that the list was truncated. A list can be truncated if the number of parts // exceeds the limit returned in the MaxParts element. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Maximum number of parts that were allowed in the response. MaxParts *int64 `type:"integer"` // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, // as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter // in a subsequent request. NextPartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` // Container element that identifies the object owner, after the object is created. // If multipart upload is initiated by an IAM user, this element provides the // parent account ID and display name. // // Directory buckets - The bucket owner is returned as the object owner for // all the parts. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher // part numbers will be listed. PartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` // Container for elements related to a particular part. A response can contain // zero or more Part elements. Parts []*Part `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // The class of storage used to store the uploaded object. // // Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported // by directory buckets to store objects. StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. UploadId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListPartsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ListPartsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *ListPartsOutput { s.AbortDate = &v return s } // SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *ListPartsOutput { s.AbortRuleId = &v return s } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsOutput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *ListPartsOutput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *ListPartsOutput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *ListPartsOutput { s.Initiator = v return s } // SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListPartsOutput { s.IsTruncated = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsOutput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsOutput { s.MaxParts = &v return s } // SetNextPartNumberMarker sets the NextPartNumberMarker field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetNextPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput { s.NextPartNumberMarker = &v return s } // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListPartsOutput { s.Owner = v return s } // SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput { s.PartNumberMarker = &v return s } // SetParts sets the Parts field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetParts(v []*Part) *ListPartsOutput { s.Parts = v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *ListPartsOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *ListPartsOutput { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsOutput { s.UploadId = &v return s } // Describes an Amazon S3 location that will receive the results of the restore // request. type Location struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A list of grants that control access to the staged results. AccessControlList []*Grant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` // The name of the bucket where the restore results will be placed. // // BucketName is a required field BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The canned ACL to apply to the restore results. CannedACL *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` // Contains the type of server-side encryption used. Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"` // The prefix that is prepended to the restore results for this request. // // Prefix is a required field Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The class of storage used to store the restore results. StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // The tag-set that is applied to the restore results. Tagging *Tagging `type:"structure"` // A list of metadata to store with the restore results in S3. UserMetadata []*MetadataEntry `locationNameList:"MetadataEntry" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Location) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Location) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *Location) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Location"} if s.BucketName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketName")) } if s.Prefix == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) } if s.AccessControlList != nil { for i, v := range s.AccessControlList { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AccessControlList", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if s.Encryption != nil { if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.Tagging != nil { if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAccessControlList sets the AccessControlList field's value. func (s *Location) SetAccessControlList(v []*Grant) *Location { s.AccessControlList = v return s } // SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value. func (s *Location) SetBucketName(v string) *Location { s.BucketName = &v return s } // SetCannedACL sets the CannedACL field's value. func (s *Location) SetCannedACL(v string) *Location { s.CannedACL = &v return s } // SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. func (s *Location) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *Location { s.Encryption = v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *Location) SetPrefix(v string) *Location { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *Location) SetStorageClass(v string) *Location { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. func (s *Location) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *Location { s.Tagging = v return s } // SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value. func (s *Location) SetUserMetadata(v []*MetadataEntry) *Location { s.UserMetadata = v return s } // Specifies the location where the bucket will be created. // // For directory buckets, the location type is Availability Zone. For more information // about directory buckets, see Directory buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-buckets-overview.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is only supported by directory buckets. type LocationInfo struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the location where the bucket will be created. // // For directory buckets, the name of the location is the AZ ID of the Availability // Zone where the bucket will be created. An example AZ ID value is usw2-az1. Name *string `type:"string"` // The type of location where the bucket will be created. Type *string `type:"string" enum:"LocationType"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LocationInfo) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LocationInfo) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *LocationInfo) SetName(v string) *LocationInfo { s.Name = &v return s } // SetType sets the Type field's value. func (s *LocationInfo) SetType(v string) *LocationInfo { s.Type = &v return s } // Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to // all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html) // in the Amazon S3 API Reference. type LoggingEnabled struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs. // You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the // same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets // to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case, you should // choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered // log files can be distinguished by key. // // TargetBucket is a required field TargetBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Container for granting information. // // Buckets that use the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership don't // support target grants. For more information, see Permissions for server access // log delivery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/enable-server-access-logging.html#grant-log-delivery-permissions-general) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. TargetGrants []*TargetGrant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` // Amazon S3 key format for log objects. TargetObjectKeyFormat *TargetObjectKeyFormat `type:"structure"` // A prefix for all log object keys. If you store log files from multiple Amazon // S3 buckets in a single bucket, you can use a prefix to distinguish which // log files came from which bucket. // // TargetPrefix is a required field TargetPrefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LoggingEnabled) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s LoggingEnabled) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *LoggingEnabled) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LoggingEnabled"} if s.TargetBucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetBucket")) } if s.TargetPrefix == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetPrefix")) } if s.TargetGrants != nil { for i, v := range s.TargetGrants { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TargetGrants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetTargetBucket sets the TargetBucket field's value. func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetBucket(v string) *LoggingEnabled { s.TargetBucket = &v return s } // SetTargetGrants sets the TargetGrants field's value. func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetGrants(v []*TargetGrant) *LoggingEnabled { s.TargetGrants = v return s } // SetTargetObjectKeyFormat sets the TargetObjectKeyFormat field's value. func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetObjectKeyFormat(v *TargetObjectKeyFormat) *LoggingEnabled { s.TargetObjectKeyFormat = v return s } // SetTargetPrefix sets the TargetPrefix field's value. func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetPrefix(v string) *LoggingEnabled { s.TargetPrefix = &v return s } // A metadata key-value pair to store with an object. type MetadataEntry struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Name of the object. Name *string `type:"string"` // Value of the object. Value *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s MetadataEntry) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s MetadataEntry) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetName sets the Name field's value. func (s *MetadataEntry) SetName(v string) *MetadataEntry { s.Name = &v return s } // SetValue sets the Value field's value. func (s *MetadataEntry) SetValue(v string) *MetadataEntry { s.Value = &v return s } // A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling replication // metrics and events. type Metrics struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A container specifying the time threshold for emitting the s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold // event. EventThreshold *ReplicationTimeValue `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether the replication metrics are enabled. // // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MetricsStatus"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Metrics) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Metrics) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *Metrics) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Metrics"} if s.Status == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetEventThreshold sets the EventThreshold field's value. func (s *Metrics) SetEventThreshold(v *ReplicationTimeValue) *Metrics { s.EventThreshold = v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *Metrics) SetStatus(v string) *Metrics { s.Status = &v return s } // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a // metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object // must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply. type MetricsAndOperator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The access point ARN used when evaluating an AND predicate. AccessPointArn *string `type:"string"` // The prefix used when evaluating an AND predicate. Prefix *string `type:"string"` // The list of tags used when evaluating an AND predicate. Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s MetricsAndOperator) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s MetricsAndOperator) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *MetricsAndOperator) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsAndOperator"} if s.Tags != nil { for i, v := range s.Tags { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAccessPointArn sets the AccessPointArn field's value. func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetAccessPointArn(v string) *MetricsAndOperator { s.AccessPointArn = &v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsAndOperator { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *MetricsAndOperator { s.Tags = v return s } // Specifies a metrics configuration for the CloudWatch request metrics (specified // by the metrics configuration ID) from an Amazon S3 bucket. If you're updating // an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of // the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you // want to keep, they are erased. For more information, see PutBucketMetricsConfiguration // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTMetricConfiguration.html). type MetricsConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will // only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a // prefix, an object tag, an access point ARN, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator). Filter *MetricsFilter `type:"structure"` // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character // limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores. // // Id is a required field Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s MetricsConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s MetricsConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *MetricsConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsConfiguration"} if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if s.Filter != nil { if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *MetricsFilter) *MetricsConfiguration { s.Filter = v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *MetricsConfiguration { s.Id = &v return s } // Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration only // includes objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix, // an object tag, an access point ARN, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator). // For more information, see PutBucketMetricsConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketMetricsConfiguration.html). type MetricsFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The access point ARN used when evaluating a metrics filter. AccessPointArn *string `type:"string"` // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a // metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object // must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply. And *MetricsAndOperator `type:"structure"` // The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter. Prefix *string `type:"string"` // The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter. Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s MetricsFilter) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s MetricsFilter) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *MetricsFilter) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsFilter"} if s.And != nil { if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.Tag != nil { if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAccessPointArn sets the AccessPointArn field's value. func (s *MetricsFilter) SetAccessPointArn(v string) *MetricsFilter { s.AccessPointArn = &v return s } // SetAnd sets the And field's value. func (s *MetricsFilter) SetAnd(v *MetricsAndOperator) *MetricsFilter { s.And = v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *MetricsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsFilter { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetTag sets the Tag field's value. func (s *MetricsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *MetricsFilter { s.Tag = v return s } // Container for the MultipartUpload for the Amazon S3 object. type MultipartUpload struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The algorithm that was used to create a checksum of the object. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // Date and time at which the multipart upload was initiated. Initiated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // Identifies who initiated the multipart upload. Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"` // Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Specifies the owner of the object that is part of the multipart upload. // // Directory buckets - The bucket owner is returned as the object owner for // all the objects. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // The class of storage used to store the object. // // Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported // by directory buckets to store objects. StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload. UploadId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s MultipartUpload) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s MultipartUpload) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *MultipartUpload) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *MultipartUpload { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetInitiated sets the Initiated field's value. func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiated(v time.Time) *MultipartUpload { s.Initiated = &v return s } // SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value. func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *MultipartUpload { s.Initiator = v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *MultipartUpload) SetKey(v string) *MultipartUpload { s.Key = &v return s } // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. func (s *MultipartUpload) SetOwner(v *Owner) *MultipartUpload { s.Owner = v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *MultipartUpload) SetStorageClass(v string) *MultipartUpload { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. func (s *MultipartUpload) SetUploadId(v string) *MultipartUpload { s.UploadId = &v return s } // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific // period in the object's lifetime. type NoncurrentVersionExpiration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies how many noncurrent versions Amazon S3 will retain. You can specify // up to 100 noncurrent versions to retain. Amazon S3 will permanently delete // any additional noncurrent versions beyond the specified number to retain. // For more information about noncurrent versions, see Lifecycle configuration // elements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/intro-lifecycle-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. NewerNoncurrentVersions *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can // perform the associated action. The value must be a non-zero positive integer. // For information about the noncurrent days calculations, see How Amazon S3 // Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetNewerNoncurrentVersions sets the NewerNoncurrentVersions field's value. func (s *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) SetNewerNoncurrentVersions(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionExpiration { s.NewerNoncurrentVersions = &v return s } // SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value. func (s *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionExpiration { s.NoncurrentDays = &v return s } // Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects // transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER_IR, // GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled // (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon // S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, // INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER_IR, GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at // a specific period in the object's lifetime. type NoncurrentVersionTransition struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies how many noncurrent versions Amazon S3 will retain in the same // storage class before transitioning objects. You can specify up to 100 noncurrent // versions to retain. Amazon S3 will transition any additional noncurrent versions // beyond the specified number to retain. For more information about noncurrent // versions, see Lifecycle configuration elements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/intro-lifecycle-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. NewerNoncurrentVersions *int64 `type:"integer"` // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can // perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days // calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"` // The class of storage used to store the object. StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetNewerNoncurrentVersions sets the NewerNoncurrentVersions field's value. func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetNewerNoncurrentVersions(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionTransition { s.NewerNoncurrentVersions = &v return s } // SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value. func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionTransition { s.NoncurrentDays = &v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetStorageClass(v string) *NoncurrentVersionTransition { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. // If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket. type NotificationConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Enables delivery of events to Amazon EventBridge. EventBridgeConfiguration *EventBridgeConfiguration `type:"structure"` // Describes the Lambda functions to invoke and the events for which to invoke // them. LambdaFunctionConfigurations []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration `locationName:"CloudFunctionConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // The Amazon Simple Queue Service queues to publish messages to and the events // for which to publish messages. QueueConfigurations []*QueueConfiguration `locationName:"QueueConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // The topic to which notifications are sent and the events for which notifications // are generated. TopicConfigurations []*TopicConfiguration `locationName:"TopicConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s NotificationConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s NotificationConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *NotificationConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NotificationConfiguration"} if s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations != nil { for i, v := range s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "LambdaFunctionConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if s.QueueConfigurations != nil { for i, v := range s.QueueConfigurations { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "QueueConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if s.TopicConfigurations != nil { for i, v := range s.TopicConfigurations { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TopicConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetEventBridgeConfiguration sets the EventBridgeConfiguration field's value. func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetEventBridgeConfiguration(v *EventBridgeConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration { s.EventBridgeConfiguration = v return s } // SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations sets the LambdaFunctionConfigurations field's value. func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations(v []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration { s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations = v return s } // SetQueueConfigurations sets the QueueConfigurations field's value. func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetQueueConfigurations(v []*QueueConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration { s.QueueConfigurations = v return s } // SetTopicConfigurations sets the TopicConfigurations field's value. func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetTopicConfigurations(v []*TopicConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration { s.TopicConfigurations = v return s } type NotificationConfigurationDeprecated struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Container for specifying the Lambda notification configuration. CloudFunctionConfiguration *CloudFunctionConfiguration `type:"structure"` // This data type is deprecated. This data type specifies the configuration // for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue // when Amazon S3 detects specified events. QueueConfiguration *QueueConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"` // This data type is deprecated. A container for specifying the configuration // for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon // SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events. TopicConfiguration *TopicConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCloudFunctionConfiguration sets the CloudFunctionConfiguration field's value. func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetCloudFunctionConfiguration(v *CloudFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated { s.CloudFunctionConfiguration = v return s } // SetQueueConfiguration sets the QueueConfiguration field's value. func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueueConfiguration(v *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated { s.QueueConfiguration = v return s } // SetTopicConfiguration sets the TopicConfiguration field's value. func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopicConfiguration(v *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated { s.TopicConfiguration = v return s } // Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name // filtering, see Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/notification-how-to-filtering.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. type NotificationConfigurationFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules. Key *KeyFilter `locationName:"S3Key" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *NotificationConfigurationFilter) SetKey(v *KeyFilter) *NotificationConfigurationFilter { s.Key = v return s } // An object consists of data and its descriptive metadata. type Object struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The algorithm that was used to create a checksum of the object. ChecksumAlgorithm []*string `type:"list" flattened:"true" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The entity tag is a hash of the object. The ETag reflects changes only to // the contents of an object, not its metadata. The ETag may or may not be an // MD5 digest of the object data. Whether or not it is depends on how the object // was created and how it is encrypted as described below: // // * Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or // through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, and are encrypted // by SSE-S3 or plaintext, have ETags that are an MD5 digest of their object // data. // // * Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or // through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, and are encrypted // by SSE-C or SSE-KMS, have ETags that are not an MD5 digest of their object // data. // // * If an object is created by either the Multipart Upload or Part Copy // operation, the ETag is not an MD5 digest, regardless of the method of // encryption. If an object is larger than 16 MB, the Amazon Web Services // Management Console will upload or copy that object as a Multipart Upload, // and therefore the ETag will not be an MD5 digest. // // Directory buckets - MD5 is not supported by directory buckets. ETag *string `type:"string"` // The name that you assign to an object. You use the object key to retrieve // the object. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Creation date of the object. LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The owner of the object // // Directory buckets - The bucket owner is returned as the object owner. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // Specifies the restoration status of an object. Objects in certain storage // classes must be restored before they can be retrieved. For more information // about these storage classes and how to work with archived objects, see Working // with archived objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/archived-objects.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express // One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. RestoreStatus *RestoreStatus `type:"structure"` // Size in bytes of the object Size *int64 `type:"long"` // The class of storage used to store the object. // // Directory buckets - Only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is supported // by directory buckets to store objects. StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectStorageClass"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Object) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Object) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *Object) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v []*string) *Object { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = v return s } // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. func (s *Object) SetETag(v string) *Object { s.ETag = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *Object) SetKey(v string) *Object { s.Key = &v return s } // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. func (s *Object) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Object { s.LastModified = &v return s } // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. func (s *Object) SetOwner(v *Owner) *Object { s.Owner = v return s } // SetRestoreStatus sets the RestoreStatus field's value. func (s *Object) SetRestoreStatus(v *RestoreStatus) *Object { s.RestoreStatus = v return s } // SetSize sets the Size field's value. func (s *Object) SetSize(v int64) *Object { s.Size = &v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *Object) SetStorageClass(v string) *Object { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // Object Identifier is unique value to identify objects. type ObjectIdentifier struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Key name of the object. // // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such // as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML // related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints). // // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Version ID for the specific version of the object to delete. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectIdentifier) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectIdentifier) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ObjectIdentifier) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ObjectIdentifier"} if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetKey(v string) *ObjectIdentifier { s.Key = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectIdentifier { s.VersionId = &v return s } // The container element for Object Lock configuration parameters. type ObjectLockConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether this bucket has an Object Lock configuration enabled. Enable // ObjectLockEnabled when you apply ObjectLockConfiguration to a bucket. ObjectLockEnabled *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockEnabled"` // Specifies the Object Lock rule for the specified object. Enable the this // rule when you apply ObjectLockConfiguration to a bucket. Bucket settings // require both a mode and a period. The period can be either Days or Years // but you must select one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time. Rule *ObjectLockRule `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectLockConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectLockConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetObjectLockEnabled sets the ObjectLockEnabled field's value. func (s *ObjectLockConfiguration) SetObjectLockEnabled(v string) *ObjectLockConfiguration { s.ObjectLockEnabled = &v return s } // SetRule sets the Rule field's value. func (s *ObjectLockConfiguration) SetRule(v *ObjectLockRule) *ObjectLockConfiguration { s.Rule = v return s } // A legal hold configuration for an object. type ObjectLockLegalHold struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether the specified object has a legal hold in place. Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectLockLegalHold) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectLockLegalHold) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *ObjectLockLegalHold) SetStatus(v string) *ObjectLockLegalHold { s.Status = &v return s } // A Retention configuration for an object. type ObjectLockRetention struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates the Retention mode for the specified object. Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"` // The date on which this Object Lock Retention will expire. RetainUntilDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectLockRetention) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectLockRetention) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMode sets the Mode field's value. func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetMode(v string) *ObjectLockRetention { s.Mode = &v return s } // SetRetainUntilDate sets the RetainUntilDate field's value. func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *ObjectLockRetention { s.RetainUntilDate = &v return s } // The container element for an Object Lock rule. type ObjectLockRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The default Object Lock retention mode and period that you want to apply // to new objects placed in the specified bucket. Bucket settings require both // a mode and a period. The period can be either Days or Years but you must // select one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time. DefaultRetention *DefaultRetention `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectLockRule) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectLockRule) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDefaultRetention sets the DefaultRetention field's value. func (s *ObjectLockRule) SetDefaultRetention(v *DefaultRetention) *ObjectLockRule { s.DefaultRetention = v return s } // A container for elements related to an individual part. type ObjectPart struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use the API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `type:"string"` // The part number identifying the part. This value is a positive integer between // 1 and 10,000. PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` // The size of the uploaded part in bytes. Size *int64 `type:"long"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectPart) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectPart) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *ObjectPart) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *ObjectPart { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *ObjectPart) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *ObjectPart { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *ObjectPart) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *ObjectPart { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *ObjectPart) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *ObjectPart { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. func (s *ObjectPart) SetPartNumber(v int64) *ObjectPart { s.PartNumber = &v return s } // SetSize sets the Size field's value. func (s *ObjectPart) SetSize(v int64) *ObjectPart { s.Size = &v return s } // The version of an object. type ObjectVersion struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The algorithm that was used to create a checksum of the object. ChecksumAlgorithm []*string `type:"list" flattened:"true" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The entity tag is an MD5 hash of that version of the object. ETag *string `type:"string"` // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version // of an object. IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"` // The object key. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Date and time when the object was last modified. LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // Specifies the owner of the object. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // Specifies the restoration status of an object. Objects in certain storage // classes must be restored before they can be retrieved. For more information // about these storage classes and how to work with archived objects, see Working // with archived objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/archived-objects.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. RestoreStatus *RestoreStatus `type:"structure"` // Size in bytes of the object. Size *int64 `type:"long"` // The class of storage used to store the object. StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectVersionStorageClass"` // Version ID of an object. VersionId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectVersion) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ObjectVersion) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *ObjectVersion) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v []*string) *ObjectVersion { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = v return s } // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. func (s *ObjectVersion) SetETag(v string) *ObjectVersion { s.ETag = &v return s } // SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value. func (s *ObjectVersion) SetIsLatest(v bool) *ObjectVersion { s.IsLatest = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *ObjectVersion) SetKey(v string) *ObjectVersion { s.Key = &v return s } // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. func (s *ObjectVersion) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *ObjectVersion { s.LastModified = &v return s } // SetOwner sets the Owner field's value. func (s *ObjectVersion) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ObjectVersion { s.Owner = v return s } // SetRestoreStatus sets the RestoreStatus field's value. func (s *ObjectVersion) SetRestoreStatus(v *RestoreStatus) *ObjectVersion { s.RestoreStatus = v return s } // SetSize sets the Size field's value. func (s *ObjectVersion) SetSize(v int64) *ObjectVersion { s.Size = &v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *ObjectVersion) SetStorageClass(v string) *ObjectVersion { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *ObjectVersion) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectVersion { s.VersionId = &v return s } // Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored. type OutputLocation struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request. S3 *Location `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s OutputLocation) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s OutputLocation) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *OutputLocation) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputLocation"} if s.S3 != nil { if err := s.S3.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("S3", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetS3 sets the S3 field's value. func (s *OutputLocation) SetS3(v *Location) *OutputLocation { s.S3 = v return s } // Describes how results of the Select job are serialized. type OutputSerialization struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Describes the serialization of CSV-encoded Select results. CSV *CSVOutput `type:"structure"` // Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format. JSON *JSONOutput `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s OutputSerialization) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s OutputSerialization) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetCSV sets the CSV field's value. func (s *OutputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVOutput) *OutputSerialization { s.CSV = v return s } // SetJSON sets the JSON field's value. func (s *OutputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONOutput) *OutputSerialization { s.JSON = v return s } // Container for the owner's display name and ID. type Owner struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Container for the display name of the owner. This value is only supported // in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: // // * US East (N. Virginia) // // * US West (N. California) // // * US West (Oregon) // // * Asia Pacific (Singapore) // // * Asia Pacific (Sydney) // // * Asia Pacific (Tokyo) // // * Europe (Ireland) // // * South America (São Paulo) // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. DisplayName *string `type:"string"` // Container for the ID of the owner. ID *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Owner) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Owner) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value. func (s *Owner) SetDisplayName(v string) *Owner { s.DisplayName = &v return s } // SetID sets the ID field's value. func (s *Owner) SetID(v string) *Owner { s.ID = &v return s } // The container element for a bucket's ownership controls. type OwnershipControls struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The container element for an ownership control rule. // // Rules is a required field Rules []*OwnershipControlsRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s OwnershipControls) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s OwnershipControls) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *OwnershipControls) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OwnershipControls"} if s.Rules == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) } if s.Rules != nil { for i, v := range s.Rules { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. func (s *OwnershipControls) SetRules(v []*OwnershipControlsRule) *OwnershipControls { s.Rules = v return s } // The container element for an ownership control rule. type OwnershipControlsRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The container element for object ownership for a bucket's ownership controls. // // BucketOwnerPreferred - Objects uploaded to the bucket change ownership to // the bucket owner if the objects are uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control // canned ACL. // // ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the object is // uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL. // // BucketOwnerEnforced - Access control lists (ACLs) are disabled and no longer // affect permissions. The bucket owner automatically owns and has full control // over every object in the bucket. The bucket only accepts PUT requests that // don't specify an ACL or specify bucket owner full control ACLs (such as the // predefined bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or a custom ACL in XML format // that grants the same permissions). // // By default, ObjectOwnership is set to BucketOwnerEnforced and ACLs are disabled. // We recommend keeping ACLs disabled, except in uncommon use cases where you // must control access for each object individually. For more information about // S3 Object Ownership, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs // for your bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Directory buckets // use the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership. // // ObjectOwnership is a required field ObjectOwnership *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ObjectOwnership"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s OwnershipControlsRule) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s OwnershipControlsRule) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *OwnershipControlsRule) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OwnershipControlsRule"} if s.ObjectOwnership == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ObjectOwnership")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetObjectOwnership sets the ObjectOwnership field's value. func (s *OwnershipControlsRule) SetObjectOwnership(v string) *OwnershipControlsRule { s.ObjectOwnership = &v return s } // Container for Parquet. type ParquetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ParquetInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ParquetInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Container for elements related to a part. type Part struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use the API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `type:"string"` // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded. ETag *string `type:"string"` // Date and time at which the part was uploaded. LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // Part number identifying the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and // 10,000. PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` // Size in bytes of the uploaded part data. Size *int64 `type:"long"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Part) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Part) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *Part) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *Part { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *Part) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *Part { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *Part) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *Part { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *Part) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *Part { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. func (s *Part) SetETag(v string) *Part { s.ETag = &v return s } // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. func (s *Part) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Part { s.LastModified = &v return s } // SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. func (s *Part) SetPartNumber(v int64) *Part { s.PartNumber = &v return s } // SetSize sets the Size field's value. func (s *Part) SetSize(v int64) *Part { s.Size = &v return s } // Amazon S3 keys for log objects are partitioned in the following format: // // [DestinationPrefix][SourceAccountId]/[SourceRegion]/[SourceBucket]/[YYYY]/[MM]/[DD]/[YYYY]-[MM]-[DD]-[hh]-[mm]-[ss]-[UniqueString] // // PartitionedPrefix defaults to EventTime delivery when server access logs // are delivered. type PartitionedPrefix struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PartitionedPrefix" type:"structure"` // Specifies the partition date source for the partitioned prefix. PartitionDateSource // can be EventTime or DeliveryTime. PartitionDateSource *string `type:"string" enum:"PartitionDateSource"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PartitionedPrefix) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PartitionedPrefix) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetPartitionDateSource sets the PartitionDateSource field's value. func (s *PartitionedPrefix) SetPartitionDateSource(v string) *PartitionedPrefix { s.PartitionDateSource = &v return s } // The container element for a bucket's policy status. type PolicyStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The policy status for this bucket. TRUE indicates that this bucket is public. // FALSE indicates that the bucket is not public. IsPublic *bool `locationName:"IsPublic" type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PolicyStatus) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PolicyStatus) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetIsPublic sets the IsPublic field's value. func (s *PolicyStatus) SetIsPublic(v bool) *PolicyStatus { s.IsPublic = &v return s } // This data type contains information about progress of an operation. type Progress struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The current number of uncompressed object bytes processed. BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"` // The current number of bytes of records payload data returned. BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"` // The current number of object bytes scanned. BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Progress) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Progress) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value. func (s *Progress) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Progress { s.BytesProcessed = &v return s } // SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value. func (s *Progress) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Progress { s.BytesReturned = &v return s } // SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value. func (s *Progress) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Progress { s.BytesScanned = &v return s } // This data type contains information about the progress event of an operation. type ProgressEvent struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ProgressEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"` // The Progress event details. Details *Progress `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ProgressEvent) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ProgressEvent) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDetails sets the Details field's value. func (s *ProgressEvent) SetDetails(v *Progress) *ProgressEvent { s.Details = v return s } // The ProgressEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. func (s *ProgressEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} // UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ProgressEvent value. // This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. func (s *ProgressEvent) UnmarshalEvent( payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, msg eventstream.Message, ) error { if err := payloadUnmarshaler.UnmarshalPayload( bytes.NewReader(msg.Payload), s, ); err != nil { return err } return nil } // MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method // should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. func (s *ProgressEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) { msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType)) var buf bytes.Buffer if err = pm.MarshalPayload(&buf, s); err != nil { return eventstream.Message{}, err } msg.Payload = buf.Bytes() return msg, err } // The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon // S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For // more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, // see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. type PublicAccessBlockConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public access control lists (ACLs) // for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE // causes the following behavior: // // * PUT Bucket ACL and PUT Object ACL calls fail if the specified ACL is // public. // // * PUT Object calls fail if the request includes a public ACL. // // * PUT Bucket calls fail if the request includes a public ACL. // // Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs. BlockPublicAcls *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicAcls" type:"boolean"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public bucket policies for this // bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to reject calls to // PUT Bucket policy if the specified bucket policy allows public access. // // Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies. BlockPublicPolicy *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicPolicy" type:"boolean"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should ignore public ACLs for this bucket and // objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to // ignore all public ACLs on this bucket and objects in this bucket. // // Enabling this setting doesn't affect the persistence of any existing ACLs // and doesn't prevent new public ACLs from being set. IgnorePublicAcls *bool `locationName:"IgnorePublicAcls" type:"boolean"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should restrict public bucket policies for this // bucket. Setting this element to TRUE restricts access to this bucket to only // Amazon Web Service principals and authorized users within this account if // the bucket has a public policy. // // Enabling this setting doesn't affect previously stored bucket policies, except // that public and cross-account access within any public bucket policy, including // non-public delegation to specific accounts, is blocked. RestrictPublicBuckets *bool `locationName:"RestrictPublicBuckets" type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetBlockPublicAcls sets the BlockPublicAcls field's value. func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicAcls(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration { s.BlockPublicAcls = &v return s } // SetBlockPublicPolicy sets the BlockPublicPolicy field's value. func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicPolicy(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration { s.BlockPublicPolicy = &v return s } // SetIgnorePublicAcls sets the IgnorePublicAcls field's value. func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetIgnorePublicAcls(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration { s.IgnorePublicAcls = &v return s } // SetRestrictPublicBuckets sets the RestrictPublicBuckets field's value. func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetRestrictPublicBuckets(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration { s.RestrictPublicBuckets = &v return s } type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AccelerateConfiguration"` // Container for setting the transfer acceleration state. // // AccelerateConfiguration is a required field AccelerateConfiguration *AccelerateConfiguration `locationName:"AccelerateConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // The name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"} if s.AccelerateConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccelerateConfiguration")) } if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAccelerateConfiguration sets the AccelerateConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetAccelerateConfiguration(v *AccelerateConfiguration) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { s.AccelerateConfiguration = v return s } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketAclInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketAclRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"` // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"` // Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee. AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // The bucket to which to apply the ACL. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the // bucket. GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket. // // For the bucket and object owners of existing objects, also allows deletions // and overwrites of those objects. GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketAclInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketAclInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketAclInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAclInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil { if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetACL sets the ACL field's value. func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { s.ACL = &v return s } // SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value. func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutBucketAclInput { s.AccessControlPolicy = v return s } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketAclInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { s.GrantFullControl = &v return s } // SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { s.GrantRead = &v return s } // SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { s.GrantReadACP = &v return s } // SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value. func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { s.GrantWrite = &v return s } // SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput { s.GrantWriteACP = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketAclInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketAclInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketAclInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketAclOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketAclOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketAclOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"` // The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter. // // AnalyticsConfiguration is a required field AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // The name of the bucket to which an analytics configuration is stored. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The ID that identifies the analytics configuration. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"} if s.AnalyticsConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AnalyticsConfiguration")) } if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if s.AnalyticsConfiguration != nil { if err := s.AnalyticsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("AnalyticsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v return s } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput { s.Id = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketCorsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure" payload:"CORSConfiguration"` // Specifies the bucket impacted by the corsconfiguration. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon // S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon // S3 User Guide. // // CORSConfiguration is a required field CORSConfiguration *CORSConfiguration `locationName:"CORSConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketCorsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketCorsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketCorsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.CORSConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSConfiguration")) } if s.CORSConfiguration != nil { if err := s.CORSConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("CORSConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketCorsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetCORSConfiguration sets the CORSConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetCORSConfiguration(v *CORSConfiguration) *PutBucketCorsInput { s.CORSConfiguration = v return s } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketCorsInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketCorsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketCorsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketCorsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketEncryptionInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketEncryptionRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"` // Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with // different key options. By default, all buckets have a default encryption // configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys // (SSE-S3). You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by // using server-side encryption with an Amazon Web Services KMS key (SSE-KMS) // or a customer-provided key (SSE-C). For information about the bucket default // encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration. // // ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration is a required field ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `locationName:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketEncryptionInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration")) } if s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration != nil { if err := s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketEncryptionInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketEncryptionInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketEncryptionInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *PutBucketEncryptionInput { s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration = v return s } func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketEncryptionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"IntelligentTieringConfiguration"` // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose configuration you want to modify or // retrieve. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID used to identify the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Container for S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration. // // IntelligentTieringConfiguration is a required field IntelligentTieringConfiguration *IntelligentTieringConfiguration `locationName:"IntelligentTieringConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if s.IntelligentTieringConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IntelligentTieringConfiguration")) } if s.IntelligentTieringConfiguration != nil { if err := s.IntelligentTieringConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("IntelligentTieringConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput { s.Id = &v return s } // SetIntelligentTieringConfiguration sets the IntelligentTieringConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) SetIntelligentTieringConfiguration(v *IntelligentTieringConfiguration) *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput { s.IntelligentTieringConfiguration = v return s } func (s *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"` // The name of the bucket where the inventory configuration will be stored. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the inventory configuration. // // InventoryConfiguration is a required field InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if s.InventoryConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InventoryConfiguration")) } if s.InventoryConfiguration != nil { if err := s.InventoryConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("InventoryConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { s.Id = &v return s } // SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput { s.InventoryConfiguration = v return s } func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"` // The name of the bucket for which to set the configuration. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules. LifecycleConfiguration *BucketLifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil { if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput { s.LifecycleConfiguration = v return s } func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketLifecycleInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketLifecycleRequest" type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"` // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1000 rules. // // For more information see, Managing your storage lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. LifecycleConfiguration *LifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil { if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *LifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleInput { s.LifecycleConfiguration = v return s } func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketLifecycleOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketLoggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketLoggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"BucketLoggingStatus"` // The name of the bucket for which to set the logging parameters. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Container for logging status information. // // BucketLoggingStatus is a required field BucketLoggingStatus *BucketLoggingStatus `locationName:"BucketLoggingStatus" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLoggingInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.BucketLoggingStatus == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketLoggingStatus")) } if s.BucketLoggingStatus != nil { if err := s.BucketLoggingStatus.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("BucketLoggingStatus", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLoggingInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetBucketLoggingStatus sets the BucketLoggingStatus field's value. func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucketLoggingStatus(v *BucketLoggingStatus) *PutBucketLoggingInput { s.BucketLoggingStatus = v return s } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketLoggingInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketLoggingInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketLoggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"` // The name of the bucket for which the metrics configuration is set. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration. The ID has a 64 character // limit and can only contain letters, numbers, periods, dashes, and underscores. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the metrics configuration. // // MetricsConfiguration is a required field MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Id == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) } if s.MetricsConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MetricsConfiguration")) } if s.MetricsConfiguration != nil { if err := s.MetricsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("MetricsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { s.Id = &v return s } // SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput { s.MetricsConfiguration = v return s } func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` // The name of the bucket. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. // If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket. // // NotificationConfiguration is a required field NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfiguration `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // Skips validation of Amazon SQS, Amazon SNS, and Lambda destinations. True // or false value. SkipDestinationValidation *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-skip-destination-validation" type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration")) } if s.NotificationConfiguration != nil { if err := s.NotificationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfiguration) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput { s.NotificationConfiguration = v return s } // SetSkipDestinationValidation sets the SkipDestinationValidation field's value. func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetSkipDestinationValidation(v bool) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput { s.SkipDestinationValidation = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketNotificationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketNotificationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` // The name of the bucket. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The container for the configuration. // // NotificationConfiguration is a required field NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketNotificationInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketNotificationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) *PutBucketNotificationInput { s.NotificationConfiguration = v return s } func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketNotificationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketOwnershipControlsRequest" type:"structure" payload:"OwnershipControls"` // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose OwnershipControls you want to set. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The OwnershipControls (BucketOwnerEnforced, BucketOwnerPreferred, or ObjectWriter) // that you want to apply to this Amazon S3 bucket. // // OwnershipControls is a required field OwnershipControls *OwnershipControls `locationName:"OwnershipControls" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.OwnershipControls == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OwnershipControls")) } if s.OwnershipControls != nil { if err := s.OwnershipControls.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("OwnershipControls", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetOwnershipControls sets the OwnershipControls field's value. func (s *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) SetOwnershipControls(v *OwnershipControls) *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput { s.OwnershipControls = v return s } func (s *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketOwnershipControlsInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketOwnershipControlsOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Policy"` // The name of the bucket. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region_code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name // . Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. Directory bucket names // must be unique in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must also follow // the format bucket_base_name--az_id--x-s3 (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). // For information about bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming // rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum-algorithm or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon // S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. // // For the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the supported // algorithm from the following list: // // * CRC32 // // * CRC32C // // * SHA1 // // * SHA256 // // For more information, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If the individual checksum value you provide through x-amz-checksum-algorithm // doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set through x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm, // Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter and uses the checksum // algorithm that matches the provided value in x-amz-checksum-algorithm . // // For directory buckets, when you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, CRC32 is the // default checksum algorithm that's used for performance. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // Set this parameter to true to confirm that you want to remove your permissions // to change this bucket policy in the future. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-confirm-remove-self-bucket-access" type:"boolean"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). // // For directory buckets, this header is not supported in this API operation. // If you specify this header, the request fails with the HTTP status code 501 // Not Implemented. ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The bucket policy as a JSON document. // // For directory buckets, the only IAM action supported in the bucket policy // is s3express:CreateSession. // // Policy is a required field Policy *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketPolicyInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Policy == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Policy")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess sets the ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess field's value. func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess(v bool) *PutBucketPolicyInput { s.ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput { s.Policy = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketPolicyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketReplicationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketReplicationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"` // The name of the bucket // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum // size of a replication configuration is 2 MB. // // ReplicationConfiguration is a required field ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `locationName:"ReplicationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket. Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketReplicationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.ReplicationConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationConfiguration")) } if s.ReplicationConfiguration != nil { if err := s.ReplicationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *PutBucketReplicationInput { s.ReplicationConfiguration = v return s } // SetToken sets the Token field's value. func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetToken(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput { s.Token = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketReplicationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest" type:"structure" payload:"RequestPaymentConfiguration"` // The bucket name. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Container for Payer. // // RequestPaymentConfiguration is a required field RequestPaymentConfiguration *RequestPaymentConfiguration `locationName:"RequestPaymentConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketRequestPaymentInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequestPaymentConfiguration")) } if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration != nil { if err := s.RequestPaymentConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("RequestPaymentConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetRequestPaymentConfiguration sets the RequestPaymentConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetRequestPaymentConfiguration(v *RequestPaymentConfiguration) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput { s.RequestPaymentConfiguration = v return s } func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"` // The bucket name. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Container for the TagSet and Tag elements. // // Tagging is a required field Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketTaggingInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Tagging == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging")) } if s.Tagging != nil { if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketTaggingInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketTaggingInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketTaggingInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutBucketTaggingInput { s.Tagging = v return s } func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketTaggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketVersioningInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketVersioningRequest" type:"structure" payload:"VersioningConfiguration"` // The bucket name. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` // Container for setting the versioning state. // // VersioningConfiguration is a required field VersioningConfiguration *VersioningConfiguration `locationName:"VersioningConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketVersioningInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.VersioningConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersioningConfiguration")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetMFA sets the MFA field's value. func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetMFA(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput { s.MFA = &v return s } // SetVersioningConfiguration sets the VersioningConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetVersioningConfiguration(v *VersioningConfiguration) *PutBucketVersioningInput { s.VersioningConfiguration = v return s } func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketVersioningOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutBucketWebsiteInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure" payload:"WebsiteConfiguration"` // The bucket name. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Container for the request. // // WebsiteConfiguration is a required field WebsiteConfiguration *WebsiteConfiguration `locationName:"WebsiteConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketWebsiteInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.WebsiteConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebsiteConfiguration")) } if s.WebsiteConfiguration != nil { if err := s.WebsiteConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("WebsiteConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketWebsiteInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutBucketWebsiteInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutBucketWebsiteInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetWebsiteConfiguration sets the WebsiteConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetWebsiteConfiguration(v *WebsiteConfiguration) *PutBucketWebsiteInput { s.WebsiteConfiguration = v return s } func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutBucketWebsiteOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } type PutObjectAclInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectAclRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"` // The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` // Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee. AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // The bucket name that contains the object to which you want to attach the // ACL. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the // bucket. // // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket. // // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL. // // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to create new objects in the bucket. // // For the bucket and object owners of existing objects, also allows deletions // and overwrites of those objects. GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. // // This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` // Key for which the PUT action was initiated. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Version ID used to reference a specific version of the object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectAclInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectAclInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectAclInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil { if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetACL sets the ACL field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { s.ACL = &v return s } // SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutObjectAclInput { s.AccessControlPolicy = v return s } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutObjectAclInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { s.GrantFullControl = &v return s } // SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { s.GrantRead = &v return s } // SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { s.GrantReadACP = &v return s } // SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { s.GrantWrite = &v return s } // SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { s.GrantWriteACP = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectAclInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *PutObjectAclInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutObjectAclInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutObjectAclInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutObjectAclOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectAclOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectAclOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *PutObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectAclOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } type PutObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Body"` // The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // When adding a new object, you can use headers to grant ACL-based permissions // to individual Amazon Web Services accounts or to predefined groups defined // by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the object. // By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access control. // For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html) // and Managing ACLs Using the REST API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-using-rest-api.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If the bucket that you're uploading objects to uses the bucket owner enforced // setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. // Buckets that use this setting only accept PUT requests that don't specify // an ACL or PUT requests that specify bucket owner full control ACLs, such // as the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or an equivalent form of this // ACL expressed in the XML format. PUT requests that contain other ACLs (for // example, custom grants to certain Amazon Web Services accounts) fail and // return a 400 error with the error code AccessControlListNotSupported. For // more information, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` // Object data. Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"` // The bucket name to which the PUT action was initiated. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key for object encryption // with server-side encryption using Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // Setting this header to true causes Amazon S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key for // object encryption with SSE-KMS. // // Specifying this header with a PUT action doesn’t affect bucket-level settings // for S3 Bucket Key. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"` // Can be used to specify caching behavior along the request/reply chain. For // more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9 // (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9). CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum-algorithm or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon // S3 fails the request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. // // For the x-amz-checksum-algorithm header, replace algorithm with the supported // algorithm from the following list: // // * CRC32 // // * CRC32C // // * SHA1 // // * SHA256 // // For more information, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If the individual checksum value you provide through x-amz-checksum-algorithm // doesn't match the checksum algorithm you set through x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm, // Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm parameter and uses the checksum // algorithm that matches the provided value in x-amz-checksum-algorithm . // // For directory buckets, when you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, CRC32 is the // default checksum algorithm that's used for performance. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32" type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32c" type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha1" type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha256" type:"string"` // Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information, // see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6266#section-4 (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6266#section-4). ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced // by the Content-Type header field. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#field.content-encoding // (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#field.content-encoding). ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` // The language the content is in. ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the // body cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-length // (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-length). ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers) // according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check // to verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. Although // it is optional, we recommend using the Content-MD5 mechanism as an end-to-end // integrity check. For more information about REST request authentication, // see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html). // // The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with // a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information // about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock-overview.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"` // A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more information, // see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-type (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9110.html#name-content-type). ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more information, // see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7234#section-5.3 (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7234#section-5.3). Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"` // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata. // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to read the object ACL. // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"` // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. // // * This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // * This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` // Object key for which the PUT action was initiated. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` // Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more information // about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` // The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire. Must // be formatted as a timestamp parameter. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon // S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use // with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm // header. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSECustomerKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by PutObjectInput's // String and GoString methods. SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the // encryption key was transmitted without error. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // Specifies the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use for object // encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding // JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This value is stored as // object metadata and automatically gets passed on to Amazon Web Services KMS // for future GetObject or CopyObject operations on this object. This value // must be explicitly added during CopyObject operations. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSEncryptionContext is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by PutObjectInput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // If x-amz-server-side-encryption has a valid value of aws:kms or aws:kms:dsse, // this header specifies the ID (Key ID, Key ARN, or Key Alias) of the Key Management // Service (KMS) symmetric encryption customer managed key that was used for // the object. If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms or x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms:dsse, // but do not providex-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 // uses the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) to protect the data. If // the KMS key does not exist in the same account that's issuing the command, // you must use the full ARN and not just the ID. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSKeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by PutObjectInput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The server-side encryption algorithm that was used when you store this object // in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms, aws:kms:dsse). // // General purpose buckets - You have four mutually exclusive options to protect // data using server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending on how you choose // to manage the encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption key options are // Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS or // DSSE-KMS), and customer-provided keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts data with // server-side encryption by using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) by default. // You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest by using server-side // encryption with other key options. For more information, see Using Server-Side // Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Directory buckets - For directory buckets, only the server-side encryption // with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) value is supported. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` // By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD Storage Class to store newly created // objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability. // Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different Storage Class. // For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // * For directory buckets, only the S3 Express One Zone storage class is // supported to store newly created objects. // // * Amazon S3 on Outposts only uses the OUTPOSTS Storage Class. StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters. // (For example, "Key1=Value1") // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"` // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores // the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object // metadata, see Object Key and Metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMetadata.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object // (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket: // // x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html // // In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to // another website: // // x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/ // // For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see Hosting Websites // on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html) // and How to Configure Website Page Redirects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutObjectInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetACL sets the ACL field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ACL = &v return s } // SetBody sets the Body field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *PutObjectInput { s.Body = v return s } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *PutObjectInput { s.BucketKeyEnabled = &v return s } // SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.CacheControl = &v return s } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ContentDisposition = &v return s } // SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ContentEncoding = &v return s } // SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ContentLanguage = &v return s } // SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *PutObjectInput { s.ContentLength = &v return s } // SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ContentMD5 = &v return s } // SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ContentType = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput { s.Expires = &v return s } // SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.GrantFullControl = &v return s } // SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.GrantRead = &v return s } // SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.GrantReadACP = &v return s } // SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.GrantWriteACP = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *PutObjectInput { s.Metadata = v return s } // SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v return s } // SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ObjectLockMode = &v return s } // SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput { s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.SSECustomerKey = &v return s } func (s *PutObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { return v } return *s.SSECustomerKey } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v return s } // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.ServerSideEncryption = &v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.Tagging = &v return s } // SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value. func (s *PutObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *PutObjectInput { s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v return s } func (s *PutObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutObjectInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutObjectLegalHoldInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectLegalHoldRequest" type:"structure" payload:"LegalHold"` // The bucket name containing the object that you want to place a legal hold // on. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The key name for the object that you want to place a legal hold on. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Container element for the legal hold configuration you want to apply to the // specified object. LegalHold *ObjectLockLegalHold `locationName:"LegalHold" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // The version ID of the object that you want to place a legal hold on. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectLegalHoldInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectLegalHoldInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetLegalHold sets the LegalHold field's value. func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput { s.LegalHold = v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutObjectLegalHoldInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutObjectLegalHoldOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } type PutObjectLockConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"` // The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to create or replace. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The Object Lock configuration that you want to apply to the specified bucket. ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `locationName:"ObjectLockConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket. Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectLockConfigurationInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetObjectLockConfiguration sets the ObjectLockConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectLockConfiguration) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput { s.ObjectLockConfiguration = v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetToken sets the Token field's value. func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetToken(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput { s.Token = &v return s } func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } type PutObjectOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether the uploaded object uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32c" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use the API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha1" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha256" type:"string"` // Entity tag for the uploaded object. // // General purpose buckets - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing // the network, for objects where the ETag is the MD5 digest of the object, // you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare // the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value. // // Directory buckets - The ETag for the object in a directory bucket isn't the // MD5 digest of the object. ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` // If the expiration is configured for the object (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html)) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide, the response includes this header. It includes // the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs that provide information about // object expiration. The value of the rule-id is URL-encoded. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to confirm the encryption algorithm // that's used. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to provide the round-trip message integrity // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // If present, indicates the Amazon Web Services KMS Encryption Context to use // for object encryption. The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 // string holding JSON with the encryption context key-value pairs. This value // is stored as object metadata and automatically gets passed on to Amazon Web // Services KMS for future GetObject or CopyObject operations on this object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSEncryptionContext is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by PutObjectOutput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // If x-amz-server-side-encryption has a valid value of aws:kms or aws:kms:dsse, // this header indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSKeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by PutObjectOutput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon // S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms, aws:kms:dsse). // // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed // keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` // Version ID of the object. // // If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates // a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID // in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives // multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all // of the objects. For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects // to Versioning-Enabled Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/AddingObjectstoVersioningEnabledBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about returning the versioning // state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_GetBucketVersioning.html). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *PutObjectOutput { s.BucketKeyEnabled = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *PutObjectOutput { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *PutObjectOutput { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *PutObjectOutput { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *PutObjectOutput { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *PutObjectOutput { s.ETag = &v return s } // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *PutObjectOutput { s.Expiration = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectOutput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectOutput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *PutObjectOutput { s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectOutput { s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v return s } // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectOutput { s.ServerSideEncryption = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectOutput { s.VersionId = &v return s } type PutObjectRetentionInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectRetentionRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Retention"` // The bucket name that contains the object you want to apply this Object Retention // configuration to. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates whether this action should bypass Governance-mode restrictions. BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The key name for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention // configuration to. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // The container element for the Object Retention configuration. Retention *ObjectLockRetention `locationName:"Retention" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // The version ID for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention // configuration to. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectRetentionInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectRetentionInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectRetentionInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value. func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *PutObjectRetentionInput { s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v return s } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetRetention sets the Retention field's value. func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *PutObjectRetentionInput { s.Retention = v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutObjectRetentionInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutObjectRetentionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectRetentionOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectRetentionOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *PutObjectRetentionOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectRetentionOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } type PutObjectTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"` // The bucket name containing the object. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Name of the object key. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Container for the TagSet and Tag elements // // Tagging is a required field Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be added to. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectTaggingInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if s.Tagging == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging")) } if s.Tagging != nil { if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value. func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutObjectTaggingInput { s.Tagging = v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutObjectTaggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The versionId of the object the tag-set was added to. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *PutObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingOutput { s.VersionId = &v return s } type PutPublicAccessBlockInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutPublicAccessBlockRequest" type:"structure" payload:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration"` // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you // want to set. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. // // The SDK will automatically compute the Content-MD5 checksum for this operation. // The AWS SDK for Go v2 allows you to configure alternative checksum algorithm // to be used. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon // S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For // more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, // see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // PublicAccessBlockConfiguration is a required field PublicAccessBlockConfiguration *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration `locationName:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutPublicAccessBlockInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutPublicAccessBlockInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PublicAccessBlockConfiguration")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration sets the PublicAccessBlockConfiguration field's value. func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput { s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration = v return s } func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s PutPublicAccessBlockInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type PutPublicAccessBlockOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue // Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events. type QueueConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications // // Events is a required field Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true" enum:"Event"` // Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name // filtering, see Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/notification-how-to-filtering.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"` // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. Id *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 // publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type. // // QueueArn is a required field QueueArn *string `locationName:"Queue" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s QueueConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s QueueConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *QueueConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "QueueConfiguration"} if s.Events == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events")) } if s.QueueArn == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QueueArn")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfiguration { s.Events = v return s } // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *QueueConfiguration { s.Filter = v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetId(v string) *QueueConfiguration { s.Id = &v return s } // SetQueueArn sets the QueueArn field's value. func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetQueueArn(v string) *QueueConfiguration { s.QueueArn = &v return s } // This data type is deprecated. Use QueueConfiguration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_QueueConfiguration.html) // for the same purposes. This data type specifies the configuration for publishing // messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon // S3 detects specified events. type QueueConfigurationDeprecated struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The bucket event for which to send notifications. // // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` // A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications. Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" enum:"Event"` // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. Id *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 // publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type. Queue *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEvent sets the Event field's value. func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { s.Event = &v return s } // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { s.Events = v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { s.Id = &v return s } // SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueue(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated { s.Queue = &v return s } // The container for the records event. type RecordsEvent struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"RecordsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Payload"` // The byte array of partial, one or more result records. // Payload is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. Payload []byte `type:"blob"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RecordsEvent) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RecordsEvent) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetPayload sets the Payload field's value. func (s *RecordsEvent) SetPayload(v []byte) *RecordsEvent { s.Payload = v return s } // The RecordsEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. func (s *RecordsEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} // UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the RecordsEvent value. // This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. func (s *RecordsEvent) UnmarshalEvent( payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, msg eventstream.Message, ) error { s.Payload = make([]byte, len(msg.Payload)) copy(s.Payload, msg.Payload) return nil } // MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method // should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. func (s *RecordsEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) { msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType)) msg.Headers.Set(":content-type", eventstream.StringValue("application/octet-stream")) msg.Payload = s.Payload return msg, err } // Specifies how requests are redirected. In the event of an error, you can // specify a different error code to return. type Redirect struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The host name to use in the redirect request. HostName *string `type:"string"` // The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the // siblings is present. HttpRedirectCode *string `type:"string"` // Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that // is used in the original request. Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"` // The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect // requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to // documents/, you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/ // and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents. Not required // if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith // is not provided. // // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such // as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML // related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints). ReplaceKeyPrefixWith *string `type:"string"` // The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect // request to error.html. Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can // be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided. // // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such // as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML // related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints). ReplaceKeyWith *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Redirect) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Redirect) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetHostName sets the HostName field's value. func (s *Redirect) SetHostName(v string) *Redirect { s.HostName = &v return s } // SetHttpRedirectCode sets the HttpRedirectCode field's value. func (s *Redirect) SetHttpRedirectCode(v string) *Redirect { s.HttpRedirectCode = &v return s } // SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. func (s *Redirect) SetProtocol(v string) *Redirect { s.Protocol = &v return s } // SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith sets the ReplaceKeyPrefixWith field's value. func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith(v string) *Redirect { s.ReplaceKeyPrefixWith = &v return s } // SetReplaceKeyWith sets the ReplaceKeyWith field's value. func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyWith(v string) *Redirect { s.ReplaceKeyWith = &v return s } // Specifies the redirect behavior of all requests to a website endpoint of // an Amazon S3 bucket. type RedirectAllRequestsTo struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Name of the host where requests are redirected. // // HostName is a required field HostName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that // is used in the original request. Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RedirectAllRequestsTo"} if s.HostName == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HostName")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetHostName sets the HostName field's value. func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetHostName(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo { s.HostName = &v return s } // SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value. func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetProtocol(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo { s.Protocol = &v return s } // A filter that you can specify for selection for modifications on replicas. // Amazon S3 doesn't replicate replica modifications by default. In the latest // version of replication configuration (when Filter is specified), you can // specify this element and set the status to Enabled to replicate modifications // on replicas. // // If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication // configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, this element // is not allowed. type ReplicaModifications struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates modifications on replicas. // // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicaModificationsStatus"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicaModifications) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicaModifications) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ReplicaModifications) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicaModifications"} if s.Status == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *ReplicaModifications) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicaModifications { s.Status = &v return s } // A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum // size of a replication configuration is 2 MB. type ReplicationConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) // role that Amazon S3 assumes when replicating objects. For more information, // see How to Set Up Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-how-setup.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Role is a required field Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A container for one or more replication rules. A replication configuration // must have at least one rule and can contain a maximum of 1,000 rules. // // Rules is a required field Rules []*ReplicationRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicationConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicationConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationConfiguration"} if s.Role == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role")) } if s.Rules == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) } if s.Rules != nil { for i, v := range s.Rules { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetRole sets the Role field's value. func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRole(v string) *ReplicationConfiguration { s.Role = &v return s } // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ReplicationRule) *ReplicationConfiguration { s.Rules = v return s } // Specifies which Amazon S3 objects to replicate and where to store the replicas. type ReplicationRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates delete markers. If you specify a Filter // in your replication configuration, you must also include a DeleteMarkerReplication // element. If your Filter includes a Tag element, the DeleteMarkerReplication // Status must be set to Disabled, because Amazon S3 does not support replicating // delete markers for tag-based rules. For an example configuration, see Basic // Rule Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config). // // For more information about delete marker replication, see Basic Rule Configuration // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/delete-marker-replication.html). // // If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon // S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, // see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations). DeleteMarkerReplication *DeleteMarkerReplication `type:"structure"` // A container for information about the replication destination and its configurations // including enabling the S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC). // // Destination is a required field Destination *Destination `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more // information, see Replicating Existing Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ExistingObjectReplication *ExistingObjectReplication `type:"structure"` // A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule // applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element. Filter *ReplicationRuleFilter `type:"structure"` // A unique identifier for the rule. The maximum value is 255 characters. ID *string `type:"string"` // An object key name prefix that identifies the object or objects to which // the rule applies. The maximum prefix length is 1,024 characters. To include // all objects in a bucket, specify an empty string. // // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such // as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML // related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints). // // Deprecated: Prefix has been deprecated Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"` // The priority indicates which rule has precedence whenever two or more replication // rules conflict. Amazon S3 will attempt to replicate objects according to // all replication rules. However, if there are two or more rules with the same // destination bucket, then objects will be replicated according to the rule // with the highest priority. The higher the number, the higher the priority. // // For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Priority *int64 `type:"integer"` // A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source // objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the // replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter // that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using // a customer managed key stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service // (SSE-KMS). SourceSelectionCriteria *SourceSelectionCriteria `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether the rule is enabled. // // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationRuleStatus"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicationRule) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicationRule) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ReplicationRule) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRule"} if s.Destination == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) } if s.Status == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) } if s.Destination != nil { if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.ExistingObjectReplication != nil { if err := s.ExistingObjectReplication.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("ExistingObjectReplication", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.Filter != nil { if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.SourceSelectionCriteria != nil { if err := s.SourceSelectionCriteria.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("SourceSelectionCriteria", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDeleteMarkerReplication sets the DeleteMarkerReplication field's value. func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDeleteMarkerReplication(v *DeleteMarkerReplication) *ReplicationRule { s.DeleteMarkerReplication = v return s } // SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDestination(v *Destination) *ReplicationRule { s.Destination = v return s } // SetExistingObjectReplication sets the ExistingObjectReplication field's value. func (s *ReplicationRule) SetExistingObjectReplication(v *ExistingObjectReplication) *ReplicationRule { s.ExistingObjectReplication = v return s } // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. func (s *ReplicationRule) SetFilter(v *ReplicationRuleFilter) *ReplicationRule { s.Filter = v return s } // SetID sets the ID field's value. func (s *ReplicationRule) SetID(v string) *ReplicationRule { s.ID = &v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRule { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetPriority sets the Priority field's value. func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPriority(v int64) *ReplicationRule { s.Priority = &v return s } // SetSourceSelectionCriteria sets the SourceSelectionCriteria field's value. func (s *ReplicationRule) SetSourceSelectionCriteria(v *SourceSelectionCriteria) *ReplicationRule { s.SourceSelectionCriteria = v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *ReplicationRule) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationRule { s.Status = &v return s } // A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset // of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you // specify more than one filter. // // For example: // // - If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in // an And tag. // // - If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements // in an And tag. type ReplicationRuleAndOperator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which // the rule applies. Prefix *string `type:"string"` // An array of tags containing key and value pairs. Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicationRuleAndOperator) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicationRuleAndOperator) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRuleAndOperator"} if s.Tags != nil { for i, v := range s.Tags { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRuleAndOperator { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetTags sets the Tags field's value. func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ReplicationRuleAndOperator { s.Tags = v return s } // A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule // applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element. type ReplicationRuleFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset // of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you // specify more than one filter. For example: // // * If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in // an And tag. // // * If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements // in an And tag. And *ReplicationRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"` // An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which // the rule applies. // // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such // as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML // related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints). Prefix *string `type:"string"` // A container for specifying a tag key and value. // // The rule applies only to objects that have the tag in their tag set. Tag *Tag `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicationRuleFilter) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicationRuleFilter) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRuleFilter"} if s.And != nil { if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.Tag != nil { if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAnd sets the And field's value. func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) *ReplicationRuleFilter { s.And = v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRuleFilter { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetTag sets the Tag field's value. func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *ReplicationRuleFilter { s.Tag = v return s } // A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC) related information, // including whether S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations // on objects must be replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics // block. type ReplicationTime struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether the replication time is enabled. // // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationTimeStatus"` // A container specifying the time by which replication should be complete for // all objects and operations on objects. // // Time is a required field Time *ReplicationTimeValue `type:"structure" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicationTime) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicationTime) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ReplicationTime) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationTime"} if s.Status == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) } if s.Time == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Time")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *ReplicationTime) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationTime { s.Status = &v return s } // SetTime sets the Time field's value. func (s *ReplicationTime) SetTime(v *ReplicationTimeValue) *ReplicationTime { s.Time = v return s } // A container specifying the time value for S3 Replication Time Control (S3 // RTC) and replication metrics EventThreshold. type ReplicationTimeValue struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Contains an integer specifying time in minutes. // // Valid value: 15 Minutes *int64 `type:"integer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicationTimeValue) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ReplicationTimeValue) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMinutes sets the Minutes field's value. func (s *ReplicationTimeValue) SetMinutes(v int64) *ReplicationTimeValue { s.Minutes = &v return s } // Container for Payer. type RequestPaymentConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies who pays for the download and request fees. // // Payer is a required field Payer *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Payer"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RequestPaymentConfiguration"} if s.Payer == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Payer")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetPayer sets the Payer field's value. func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) SetPayer(v string) *RequestPaymentConfiguration { s.Payer = &v return s } // Container for specifying if periodic QueryProgress messages should be sent. type RequestProgress struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether periodic QueryProgress frames should be sent. Valid values: // TRUE, FALSE. Default value: FALSE. Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RequestProgress) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RequestProgress) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. func (s *RequestProgress) SetEnabled(v bool) *RequestProgress { s.Enabled = &v return s } type RestoreObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"RestoreObjectRequest" type:"structure" payload:"RestoreRequest"` // The bucket name containing the object to restore. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Object key for which the action was initiated. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Container for restore job parameters. RestoreRequest *RestoreRequest `locationName:"RestoreRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RestoreObjectInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RestoreObjectInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RestoreObjectInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreObjectInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if s.RestoreRequest != nil { if err := s.RestoreRequest.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("RestoreRequest", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *RestoreObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetRestoreRequest sets the RestoreRequest field's value. func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRestoreRequest(v *RestoreRequest) *RestoreObjectInput { s.RestoreRequest = v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *RestoreObjectInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *RestoreObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *RestoreObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s RestoreObjectInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type RestoreObjectOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // Indicates the path in the provided S3 output location where Select results // will be restored to. RestoreOutputPath *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore-output-path" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RestoreObjectOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RestoreObjectOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetRestoreOutputPath sets the RestoreOutputPath field's value. func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRestoreOutputPath(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput { s.RestoreOutputPath = &v return s } // Container for restore job parameters. type RestoreRequest struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Lifetime of the active copy in days. Do not use with restores that specify // OutputLocation. // // The Days element is required for regular restores, and must not be provided // for select requests. Days *int64 `type:"integer"` // The optional description for the job. Description *string `type:"string"` // S3 Glacier related parameters pertaining to this job. Do not use with restores // that specify OutputLocation. GlacierJobParameters *GlacierJobParameters `type:"structure"` // Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored. OutputLocation *OutputLocation `type:"structure"` // Describes the parameters for Select job types. SelectParameters *SelectParameters `type:"structure"` // Retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed. Tier *string `type:"string" enum:"Tier"` // Type of restore request. Type *string `type:"string" enum:"RestoreRequestType"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RestoreRequest) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RestoreRequest) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RestoreRequest) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreRequest"} if s.GlacierJobParameters != nil { if err := s.GlacierJobParameters.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("GlacierJobParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.OutputLocation != nil { if err := s.OutputLocation.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("OutputLocation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.SelectParameters != nil { if err := s.SelectParameters.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("SelectParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDays sets the Days field's value. func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDays(v int64) *RestoreRequest { s.Days = &v return s } // SetDescription sets the Description field's value. func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDescription(v string) *RestoreRequest { s.Description = &v return s } // SetGlacierJobParameters sets the GlacierJobParameters field's value. func (s *RestoreRequest) SetGlacierJobParameters(v *GlacierJobParameters) *RestoreRequest { s.GlacierJobParameters = v return s } // SetOutputLocation sets the OutputLocation field's value. func (s *RestoreRequest) SetOutputLocation(v *OutputLocation) *RestoreRequest { s.OutputLocation = v return s } // SetSelectParameters sets the SelectParameters field's value. func (s *RestoreRequest) SetSelectParameters(v *SelectParameters) *RestoreRequest { s.SelectParameters = v return s } // SetTier sets the Tier field's value. func (s *RestoreRequest) SetTier(v string) *RestoreRequest { s.Tier = &v return s } // SetType sets the Type field's value. func (s *RestoreRequest) SetType(v string) *RestoreRequest { s.Type = &v return s } // Specifies the restoration status of an object. Objects in certain storage // classes must be restored before they can be retrieved. For more information // about these storage classes and how to work with archived objects, see Working // with archived objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/archived-objects.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Only the S3 Express // One Zone storage class is supported by directory buckets to store objects. type RestoreStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether the object is currently being restored. If the object restoration // is in progress, the header returns the value TRUE. For example: // // x-amz-optional-object-attributes: IsRestoreInProgress="true" // // If the object restoration has completed, the header returns the value FALSE. // For example: // // x-amz-optional-object-attributes: IsRestoreInProgress="false", RestoreExpiryDate="2012-12-21T00:00:00.000Z" // // If the object hasn't been restored, there is no header response. IsRestoreInProgress *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicates when the restored copy will expire. This value is populated only // if the object has already been restored. For example: // // x-amz-optional-object-attributes: IsRestoreInProgress="false", RestoreExpiryDate="2012-12-21T00:00:00.000Z" RestoreExpiryDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RestoreStatus) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RestoreStatus) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetIsRestoreInProgress sets the IsRestoreInProgress field's value. func (s *RestoreStatus) SetIsRestoreInProgress(v bool) *RestoreStatus { s.IsRestoreInProgress = &v return s } // SetRestoreExpiryDate sets the RestoreExpiryDate field's value. func (s *RestoreStatus) SetRestoreExpiryDate(v time.Time) *RestoreStatus { s.RestoreExpiryDate = &v return s } // Specifies the redirect behavior and when a redirect is applied. For more // information about routing rules, see Configuring advanced conditional redirects // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html#advanced-conditional-redirects) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. type RoutingRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified // redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, // redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, // redirect request to another host where you might process the error. Condition *Condition `type:"structure"` // Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another // host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error, // you can specify a different error code to return. // // Redirect is a required field Redirect *Redirect `type:"structure" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RoutingRule) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s RoutingRule) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *RoutingRule) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RoutingRule"} if s.Redirect == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Redirect")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetCondition sets the Condition field's value. func (s *RoutingRule) SetCondition(v *Condition) *RoutingRule { s.Condition = v return s } // SetRedirect sets the Redirect field's value. func (s *RoutingRule) SetRedirect(v *Redirect) *RoutingRule { s.Redirect = v return s } // Specifies lifecycle rules for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, // see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlifecycle.html) // in the Amazon S3 API Reference. For examples, see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration // Examples (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html#API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration_Examples). type Rule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload // that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload. // For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket // Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"` // Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object. Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"` // Unique identifier for the rule. The value can't be longer than 255 characters. ID *string `type:"string"` // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended) // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific // period in the object's lifetime. NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"` // Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects // transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER_IR, // GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled // (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon // S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, // INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER_IR, GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at // a specific period in the object's lifetime. NoncurrentVersionTransition *NoncurrentVersionTransition `type:"structure"` // Object key prefix that identifies one or more objects to which this rule // applies. // // Replacement must be made for object keys containing special characters (such // as carriage returns) when using XML requests. For more information, see XML // related object key constraints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-keys.html#object-key-xml-related-constraints). // // Prefix is a required field Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // If Enabled, the rule is currently being applied. If Disabled, the rule is // not currently being applied. // // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"` // Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more // information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning // Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Transition *Transition `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Rule) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Rule) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *Rule) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Rule"} if s.Prefix == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix")) } if s.Status == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value. func (s *Rule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *Rule { s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v return s } // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. func (s *Rule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *Rule { s.Expiration = v return s } // SetID sets the ID field's value. func (s *Rule) SetID(v string) *Rule { s.ID = &v return s } // SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value. func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *Rule { s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v return s } // SetNoncurrentVersionTransition sets the NoncurrentVersionTransition field's value. func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransition(v *NoncurrentVersionTransition) *Rule { s.NoncurrentVersionTransition = v return s } // SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. func (s *Rule) SetPrefix(v string) *Rule { s.Prefix = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *Rule) SetStatus(v string) *Rule { s.Status = &v return s } // SetTransition sets the Transition field's value. func (s *Rule) SetTransition(v *Transition) *Rule { s.Transition = v return s } // Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered inventory reports. type SSEKMS struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"` // Specifies the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric encryption // customer managed key to use for encrypting inventory reports. // // KeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by SSEKMS's // String and GoString methods. // // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SSEKMS) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SSEKMS) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *SSEKMS) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SSEKMS"} if s.KeyId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value. func (s *SSEKMS) SetKeyId(v string) *SSEKMS { s.KeyId = &v return s } // Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered inventory reports. type SSES3 struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-S3" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SSES3) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SSES3) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record // is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter // is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section // 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range. type ScanRange struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the end of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid values: // non-negative integers. The default value is one less than the size of the // object being queried. If only the End parameter is supplied, it is interpreted // to mean scan the last N bytes of the file. For example, <scanrange><end>50</end></scanrange> // means scan the last 50 bytes. End *int64 `type:"long"` // Specifies the start of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid // values: non-negative integers. The default value is 0. If only start is supplied, // it means scan from that point to the end of the file. For example, <scanrange><start>50</start></scanrange> // means scan from byte 50 until the end of the file. Start *int64 `type:"long"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ScanRange) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ScanRange) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEnd sets the End field's value. func (s *ScanRange) SetEnd(v int64) *ScanRange { s.End = &v return s } // SetStart sets the Start field's value. func (s *ScanRange) SetStart(v int64) *ScanRange { s.Start = &v return s } // SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent groups together all EventStream // events writes for SelectObjectContentEventStream. // // These events are: // // - ContinuationEvent // - EndEvent // - ProgressEvent // - RecordsEvent // - StatsEvent type SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent interface { eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() eventstreamapi.Marshaler eventstreamapi.Unmarshaler } // SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader provides the interface for reading to the stream. The // default implementation for this interface will be SelectObjectContentEventStreamData. // // The reader's Close method must allow multiple concurrent calls. // // These events are: // // - ContinuationEvent // - EndEvent // - ProgressEvent // - RecordsEvent // - StatsEvent // - SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent type SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader interface { // Returns a channel of events as they are read from the event stream. Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent // Close will stop the reader reading events from the stream. Close() error // Returns any error that has occurred while reading from the event stream. Err() error } type readSelectObjectContentEventStream struct { eventReader *eventstreamapi.EventReader stream chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent err *eventstreamapi.OnceError done chan struct{} closeOnce sync.Once } func newReadSelectObjectContentEventStream(eventReader *eventstreamapi.EventReader) *readSelectObjectContentEventStream { r := &readSelectObjectContentEventStream{ eventReader: eventReader, stream: make(chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent), done: make(chan struct{}), err: eventstreamapi.NewOnceError(), } go r.readEventStream() return r } // Close will close the underlying event stream reader. func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() error { r.closeOnce.Do(r.safeClose) return r.Err() } func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) ErrorSet() <-chan struct{} { return r.err.ErrorSet() } func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Closed() <-chan struct{} { return r.done } func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) safeClose() { close(r.done) } func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error { return r.err.Err() } func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent { return r.stream } func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) readEventStream() { defer r.Close() defer close(r.stream) for { event, err := r.eventReader.ReadEvent() if err != nil { if err == io.EOF { return } select { case <-r.done: // If closed already ignore the error return default: } if _, ok := err.(*eventstreamapi.UnknownMessageTypeError); ok { continue } r.err.SetError(err) return } select { case r.stream <- event.(SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent): case <-r.done: return } } } type unmarshalerForSelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent struct { metadata protocol.ResponseMetadata } func (u unmarshalerForSelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent) UnmarshalerForEventName(eventType string) (eventstreamapi.Unmarshaler, error) { switch eventType { case "Cont": return &ContinuationEvent{}, nil case "End": return &EndEvent{}, nil case "Progress": return &ProgressEvent{}, nil case "Records": return &RecordsEvent{}, nil case "Stats": return &StatsEvent{}, nil default: return &SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent{Type: eventType}, nil } } // SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent provides a failsafe event for the // SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events when an unknown event is received. type SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent struct { Type string Message eventstream.Message } // The SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream // group of events. func (s *SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} // MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method // should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. func (e *SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) ( msg eventstream.Message, err error, ) { return e.Message.Clone(), nil } // UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the SelectObjectContentEventStreamData value. // This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. func (e *SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent) UnmarshalEvent( payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, msg eventstream.Message, ) error { e.Message = msg.Clone() return nil } // Request to filter the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple Structured // Query Language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, // you must specify a data serialization format (JSON or CSV) of the object. // Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records. It returns only records // that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization // format for the response. For more information, see S3Select API Documentation // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectSELECTContent.html). type SelectObjectContentInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"SelectObjectContentRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // The S3 bucket. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The expression that is used to query the object. // // Expression is a required field Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of the provided expression (for example, SQL). // // ExpressionType is a required field ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"` // Describes the format of the data in the object that is being queried. // // InputSerialization is a required field InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The object key. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Describes the format of the data that you want Amazon S3 to return in response. // // OutputSerialization is a required field OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Specifies if periodic request progress information should be enabled. RequestProgress *RequestProgress `type:"structure"` // The server-side encryption (SSE) algorithm used to encrypt the object. This // parameter is needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. // For more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // The server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter is // needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For more // information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // SSECustomerKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by SelectObjectContentInput's // String and GoString methods. SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The MD5 server-side encryption (SSE) customer managed key. This parameter // is needed only when the object was created using a checksum algorithm. For // more information, see Protecting data using SSE-C keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record // is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter // is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section // 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range. // // ScanRangemay be used in the following ways: // // * <scanrange><start>50</start><end>100</end></scanrange> - process only // the records starting between the bytes 50 and 100 (inclusive, counting // from zero) // // * <scanrange><start>50</start></scanrange> - process only the records // starting after the byte 50 // // * <scanrange><end>50</end></scanrange> - process only the records within // the last 50 bytes of the file. ScanRange *ScanRange `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SelectObjectContentInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SelectObjectContentInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SelectObjectContentInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Expression == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Expression")) } if s.ExpressionType == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExpressionType")) } if s.InputSerialization == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSerialization")) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if s.OutputSerialization == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSerialization")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetBucket(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetExpression sets the Expression field's value. func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpression(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { s.Expression = &v return s } // SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value. func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { s.ExpressionType = &v return s } // SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value. func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput { s.InputSerialization = v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value. func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput { s.OutputSerialization = v return s } // SetRequestProgress sets the RequestProgress field's value. func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetRequestProgress(v *RequestProgress) *SelectObjectContentInput { s.RequestProgress = v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { s.SSECustomerKey = &v return s } func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { return v } return *s.SSECustomerKey } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetScanRange sets the ScanRange field's value. func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetScanRange(v *ScanRange) *SelectObjectContentInput { s.ScanRange = v return s } func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s SelectObjectContentInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type SelectObjectContentOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Payload"` EventStream *SelectObjectContentEventStream } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) SetEventStream(v *SelectObjectContentEventStream) *SelectObjectContentOutput { s.EventStream = v return s } func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) GetEventStream() *SelectObjectContentEventStream { return s.EventStream } // GetStream returns the type to interact with the event stream. func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) GetStream() *SelectObjectContentEventStream { return s.EventStream } // Describes the parameters for Select job types. type SelectParameters struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The expression that is used to query the object. // // Expression is a required field Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of the provided expression (for example, SQL). // // ExpressionType is a required field ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"` // Describes the serialization format of the object. // // InputSerialization is a required field InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"` // Describes how the results of the Select job are serialized. // // OutputSerialization is a required field OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SelectParameters) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SelectParameters) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *SelectParameters) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SelectParameters"} if s.Expression == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Expression")) } if s.ExpressionType == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExpressionType")) } if s.InputSerialization == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSerialization")) } if s.OutputSerialization == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSerialization")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetExpression sets the Expression field's value. func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpression(v string) *SelectParameters { s.Expression = &v return s } // SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value. func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectParameters { s.ExpressionType = &v return s } // SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value. func (s *SelectParameters) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectParameters { s.InputSerialization = v return s } // SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value. func (s *SelectParameters) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectParameters { s.OutputSerialization = v return s } // Describes the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the // bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption, // this default encryption will be applied. If you don't specify a customer // managed key at configuration, Amazon S3 automatically creates an Amazon Web // Services KMS key in your Amazon Web Services account the first time that // you add an object encrypted with SSE-KMS to a bucket. By default, Amazon // S3 uses this KMS key for SSE-KMS. For more information, see PUT Bucket encryption // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTencryption.html) // in the Amazon S3 API Reference. type ServerSideEncryptionByDefault struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (KMS) customer Amazon Web Services // KMS key ID to use for the default encryption. This parameter is allowed if // and only if SSEAlgorithm is set to aws:kms or aws:kms:dsse. // // You can specify the key ID, key alias, or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) // of the KMS key. // // * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab // // * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab // // * Key Alias: alias/alias-name // // If you use a key ID, you can run into a LogDestination undeliverable error // when creating a VPC flow log. // // If you are using encryption with cross-account or Amazon Web Services service // operations you must use a fully qualified KMS key ARN. For more information, // see Using encryption for cross-account operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html#bucket-encryption-update-bucket-policy). // // Amazon S3 only supports symmetric encryption KMS keys. For more information, // see Asymmetric keys in Amazon Web Services KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service Developer Guide. // // KMSMasterKeyID is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by ServerSideEncryptionByDefault's // String and GoString methods. KMSMasterKeyID *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // Server-side encryption algorithm to use for the default encryption. // // SSEAlgorithm is a required field SSEAlgorithm *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionByDefault"} if s.SSEAlgorithm == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SSEAlgorithm")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetKMSMasterKeyID sets the KMSMasterKeyID field's value. func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetKMSMasterKeyID(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault { s.KMSMasterKeyID = &v return s } // SetSSEAlgorithm sets the SSEAlgorithm field's value. func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetSSEAlgorithm(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault { s.SSEAlgorithm = &v return s } // Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration. type ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration // rule. // // Rules is a required field Rules []*ServerSideEncryptionRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"} if s.Rules == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules")) } if s.Rules != nil { for i, v := range s.Rules { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetRules sets the Rules field's value. func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ServerSideEncryptionRule) *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration { s.Rules = v return s } // Specifies the default server-side encryption configuration. type ServerSideEncryptionRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the // bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption, // this default encryption will be applied. ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should use an S3 Bucket Key with server-side // encryption using KMS (SSE-KMS) for new objects in the bucket. Existing objects // are not affected. Setting the BucketKeyEnabled element to true causes Amazon // S3 to use an S3 Bucket Key. By default, S3 Bucket Key is not enabled. // // For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-key.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. BucketKeyEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionRule"} if s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault != nil { if err := s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault sets the ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault field's value. func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault(v *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) *ServerSideEncryptionRule { s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault = v return s } // SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value. func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *ServerSideEncryptionRule { s.BucketKeyEnabled = &v return s } // The established temporary security credentials of the session. // // Directory buckets - These session credentials are only supported for the // authentication and authorization of Zonal endpoint APIs on directory buckets. type SessionCredentials struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A unique identifier that's associated with a secret access key. The access // key ID and the secret access key are used together to sign programmatic Amazon // Web Services requests cryptographically. // // AccessKeyId is a required field AccessKeyId *string `locationName:"AccessKeyId" type:"string" required:"true"` // Temporary security credentials expire after a specified interval. After temporary // credentials expire, any calls that you make with those credentials will fail. // So you must generate a new set of temporary credentials. Temporary credentials // cannot be extended or refreshed beyond the original specified interval. // // Expiration is a required field Expiration *time.Time `locationName:"Expiration" type:"timestamp" required:"true"` // A key that's used with the access key ID to cryptographically sign programmatic // Amazon Web Services requests. Signing a request identifies the sender and // prevents the request from being altered. // // SecretAccessKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by SessionCredentials's // String and GoString methods. // // SecretAccessKey is a required field SecretAccessKey *string `locationName:"SecretAccessKey" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` // A part of the temporary security credentials. The session token is used to // validate the temporary security credentials. // // SessionToken is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by SessionCredentials's // String and GoString methods. // // SessionToken is a required field SessionToken *string `locationName:"SessionToken" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SessionCredentials) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SessionCredentials) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetAccessKeyId sets the AccessKeyId field's value. func (s *SessionCredentials) SetAccessKeyId(v string) *SessionCredentials { s.AccessKeyId = &v return s } // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. func (s *SessionCredentials) SetExpiration(v time.Time) *SessionCredentials { s.Expiration = &v return s } // SetSecretAccessKey sets the SecretAccessKey field's value. func (s *SessionCredentials) SetSecretAccessKey(v string) *SessionCredentials { s.SecretAccessKey = &v return s } // SetSessionToken sets the SessionToken field's value. func (s *SessionCredentials) SetSessionToken(v string) *SessionCredentials { s.SessionToken = &v return s } // To use simple format for S3 keys for log objects, set SimplePrefix to an // empty object. // // [DestinationPrefix][YYYY]-[MM]-[DD]-[hh]-[mm]-[ss]-[UniqueString] type SimplePrefix struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"SimplePrefix" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SimplePrefix) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SimplePrefix) GoString() string { return s.String() } // A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source // objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the // replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter // that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using // a customer managed key stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management Service // (SSE-KMS). type SourceSelectionCriteria struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A filter that you can specify for selections for modifications on replicas. // Amazon S3 doesn't replicate replica modifications by default. In the latest // version of replication configuration (when Filter is specified), you can // specify this element and set the status to Enabled to replicate modifications // on replicas. // // If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication // configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, this element // is not allowed ReplicaModifications *ReplicaModifications `type:"structure"` // A container for filter information for the selection of Amazon S3 objects // encrypted with Amazon Web Services KMS. If you include SourceSelectionCriteria // in the replication configuration, this element is required. SseKmsEncryptedObjects *SseKmsEncryptedObjects `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SourceSelectionCriteria"} if s.ReplicaModifications != nil { if err := s.ReplicaModifications.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicaModifications", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects != nil { if err := s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("SseKmsEncryptedObjects", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetReplicaModifications sets the ReplicaModifications field's value. func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) SetReplicaModifications(v *ReplicaModifications) *SourceSelectionCriteria { s.ReplicaModifications = v return s } // SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects sets the SseKmsEncryptedObjects field's value. func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects(v *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) *SourceSelectionCriteria { s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects = v return s } // A container for filter information for the selection of S3 objects encrypted // with Amazon Web Services KMS. type SseKmsEncryptedObjects struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates objects created with server-side encryption // using an Amazon Web Services KMS key stored in Amazon Web Services Key Management // Service. // // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SseKmsEncryptedObjects"} if s.Status == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) SetStatus(v string) *SseKmsEncryptedObjects { s.Status = &v return s } // Container for the stats details. type Stats struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The total number of uncompressed object bytes processed. BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"` // The total number of bytes of records payload data returned. BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"` // The total number of object bytes scanned. BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Stats) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Stats) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value. func (s *Stats) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Stats { s.BytesProcessed = &v return s } // SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value. func (s *Stats) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Stats { s.BytesReturned = &v return s } // SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value. func (s *Stats) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Stats { s.BytesScanned = &v return s } // Container for the Stats Event. type StatsEvent struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"StatsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"` // The Stats event details. Details *Stats `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s StatsEvent) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s StatsEvent) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDetails sets the Details field's value. func (s *StatsEvent) SetDetails(v *Stats) *StatsEvent { s.Details = v return s } // The StatsEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events. func (s *StatsEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {} // UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the StatsEvent value. // This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. func (s *StatsEvent) UnmarshalEvent( payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler, msg eventstream.Message, ) error { if err := payloadUnmarshaler.UnmarshalPayload( bytes.NewReader(msg.Payload), s, ); err != nil { return err } return nil } // MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method // should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling. func (s *StatsEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) { msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType)) var buf bytes.Buffer if err = pm.MarshalPayload(&buf, s); err != nil { return eventstream.Message{}, err } msg.Payload = buf.Bytes() return msg, err } // Specifies data related to access patterns to be collected and made available // to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes for an Amazon // S3 bucket. type StorageClassAnalysis struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies how data related to the storage class analysis for an Amazon S3 // bucket should be exported. DataExport *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s StorageClassAnalysis) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s StorageClassAnalysis) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysis"} if s.DataExport != nil { if err := s.DataExport.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("DataExport", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDataExport sets the DataExport field's value. func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) SetDataExport(v *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) *StorageClassAnalysis { s.DataExport = v return s } // Container for data related to the storage class analysis for an Amazon S3 // bucket for export. type StorageClassAnalysisDataExport struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The place to store the data for an analysis. // // Destination is a required field Destination *AnalyticsExportDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. Must be V_1. // // OutputSchemaVersion is a required field OutputSchemaVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysisDataExport"} if s.Destination == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) } if s.OutputSchemaVersion == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSchemaVersion")) } if s.Destination != nil { if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetDestination(v *AnalyticsExportDestination) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport { s.Destination = v return s } // SetOutputSchemaVersion sets the OutputSchemaVersion field's value. func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetOutputSchemaVersion(v string) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport { s.OutputSchemaVersion = &v return s } // A container of a key value name pair. type Tag struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Name of the object key. // // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Value of the tag. // // Value is a required field Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Tag) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Tag) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *Tag) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"} if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if s.Value == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag { s.Key = &v return s } // SetValue sets the Value field's value. func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { s.Value = &v return s } // Container for TagSet elements. type Tagging struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // A collection for a set of tags // // TagSet is a required field TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Tagging) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Tagging) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *Tagging) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tagging"} if s.TagSet == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagSet")) } if s.TagSet != nil { for i, v := range s.TagSet { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TagSet", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value. func (s *Tagging) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *Tagging { s.TagSet = v return s } // Container for granting information. // // Buckets that use the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership don't // support target grants. For more information, see Permissions server access // log delivery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/enable-server-access-logging.html#grant-log-delivery-permissions-general) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. type TargetGrant struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Container for the person being granted permissions. Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` // Logging permissions assigned to the grantee for the bucket. Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLogsPermission"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s TargetGrant) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s TargetGrant) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *TargetGrant) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TargetGrant"} if s.Grantee != nil { if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value. func (s *TargetGrant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *TargetGrant { s.Grantee = v return s } // SetPermission sets the Permission field's value. func (s *TargetGrant) SetPermission(v string) *TargetGrant { s.Permission = &v return s } // Amazon S3 key format for log objects. Only one format, PartitionedPrefix // or SimplePrefix, is allowed. type TargetObjectKeyFormat struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Partitioned S3 key for log objects. PartitionedPrefix *PartitionedPrefix `locationName:"PartitionedPrefix" type:"structure"` // To use the simple format for S3 keys for log objects. To specify SimplePrefix // format, set SimplePrefix to {}. SimplePrefix *SimplePrefix `locationName:"SimplePrefix" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s TargetObjectKeyFormat) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s TargetObjectKeyFormat) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetPartitionedPrefix sets the PartitionedPrefix field's value. func (s *TargetObjectKeyFormat) SetPartitionedPrefix(v *PartitionedPrefix) *TargetObjectKeyFormat { s.PartitionedPrefix = v return s } // SetSimplePrefix sets the SimplePrefix field's value. func (s *TargetObjectKeyFormat) SetSimplePrefix(v *SimplePrefix) *TargetObjectKeyFormat { s.SimplePrefix = v return s } // The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage // costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access // tier, without additional operational overhead. type Tiering struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tier. See Storage class for automatically optimizing // frequently and infrequently accessed objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html#sc-dynamic-data-access) // for a list of access tiers in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. // // AccessTier is a required field AccessTier *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IntelligentTieringAccessTier"` // The number of consecutive days of no access after which an object will be // eligible to be transitioned to the corresponding tier. The minimum number // of days specified for Archive Access tier must be at least 90 days and Deep // Archive Access tier must be at least 180 days. The maximum can be up to 2 // years (730 days). // // Days is a required field Days *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Tiering) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Tiering) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *Tiering) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tiering"} if s.AccessTier == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccessTier")) } if s.Days == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Days")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAccessTier sets the AccessTier field's value. func (s *Tiering) SetAccessTier(v string) *Tiering { s.AccessTier = &v return s } // SetDays sets the Days field's value. func (s *Tiering) SetDays(v int64) *Tiering { s.Days = &v return s } // A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages // to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 // detects specified events. type TopicConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The Amazon S3 bucket event about which to send notifications. For more information, // see Supported Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Events is a required field Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true" enum:"Event"` // Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name // filtering, see Configuring event notifications using object key name filtering // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/notification-how-to-filtering.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"` // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. Id *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 // publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type. // // TopicArn is a required field TopicArn *string `locationName:"Topic" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s TopicConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s TopicConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *TopicConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TopicConfiguration"} if s.Events == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events")) } if s.TopicArn == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicArn")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfiguration { s.Events = v return s } // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *TopicConfiguration { s.Filter = v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetId(v string) *TopicConfiguration { s.Id = &v return s } // SetTopicArn sets the TopicArn field's value. func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetTopicArn(v string) *TopicConfiguration { s.TopicArn = &v return s } // A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages // to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 // detects specified events. This data type is deprecated. Use TopicConfiguration // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_TopicConfiguration.html) // instead. type TopicConfigurationDeprecated struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Bucket event for which to send notifications. // // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` // A collection of events related to objects Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" enum:"Event"` // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. Id *string `type:"string"` // Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 will publish a message to report the // specified events for the bucket. Topic *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetEvent sets the Event field's value. func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { s.Event = &v return s } // SetEvents sets the Events field's value. func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { s.Events = v return s } // SetId sets the Id field's value. func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { s.Id = &v return s } // SetTopic sets the Topic field's value. func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopic(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated { s.Topic = &v return s } // Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more // information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning // Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. type Transition struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The // date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC. Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned // to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer. Days *int64 `type:"integer"` // The storage class to which you want the object to transition. StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Transition) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s Transition) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetDate sets the Date field's value. func (s *Transition) SetDate(v time.Time) *Transition { s.Date = &v return s } // SetDays sets the Days field's value. func (s *Transition) SetDays(v int64) *Transition { s.Days = &v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *Transition) SetStorageClass(v string) *Transition { s.StorageClass = &v return s } type UploadPartCopyInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"UploadPartCopyRequest" type:"structure"` // The bucket name. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the source object for the copy operation. You specify the value // in one of two formats, depending on whether you want to access the source // object through an access point (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/access-points.html): // // * For objects not accessed through an access point, specify the name of // the source bucket and key of the source object, separated by a slash (/). // For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf from the bucket awsexamplebucket, // use awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf. The value must be URL-encoded. // // * For objects accessed through access points, specify the Amazon Resource // Name (ARN) of the object as accessed through the access point, in the // format arn:aws:s3:<Region>:<account-id>:accesspoint/<access-point-name>/object/<key>. // For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf through access point // my-access-point owned by account 123456789012 in Region us-west-2, use // the URL encoding of arn:aws:s3:us-west-2:123456789012:accesspoint/my-access-point/object/reports/january.pdf. // The value must be URL encoded. Amazon S3 supports copy operations using // Access points only when the source and destination buckets are in the // same Amazon Web Services Region. Access points are not supported by directory // buckets. Alternatively, for objects accessed through Amazon S3 on Outposts, // specify the ARN of the object as accessed in the format arn:aws:s3-outposts:<Region>:<account-id>:outpost/<outpost-id>/object/<key>. // For example, to copy the object reports/january.pdf through outpost my-outpost // owned by account 123456789012 in Region us-west-2, use the URL encoding // of arn:aws:s3-outposts:us-west-2:123456789012:outpost/my-outpost/object/reports/january.pdf. // The value must be URL-encoded. // // If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of // the same object. By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version // of the source object to copy. To copy a specific version of the source object // to copy, append ?versionId=<version-id> to the x-amz-copy-source request // header (for example, x-amz-copy-source: /awsexamplebucket/reports/january.pdf?versionId=QUpfdndhfd8438MNFDN93jdnJFkdmqnh893). // // If the current version is a delete marker and you don't specify a versionId // in the x-amz-copy-source request header, Amazon S3 returns a 404 Not Found // error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the // x-amz-copy-source and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns // an HTTP 400 Bad Request error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete // marker as a version for the x-amz-copy-source. // // Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory // buckets. // // CopySource is a required field CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"` // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag. // // If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since // headers are present in the request as follows: // // x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true, and; // // x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false; // // Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data. CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"` // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time. // // If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since // headers are present in the request as follows: // // x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false, and; // // x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true; // // Amazon S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed response code. CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"` // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified // ETag. // // If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since // headers are present in the request as follows: // // x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false, and; // // x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true; // // Amazon S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed response code. CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"` // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time. // // If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since // headers are present in the request as follows: // // x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true, and; // // x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false; // // Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data. CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"` // The range of bytes to copy from the source object. The range value must use // the form bytes=first-last, where the first and last are the zero-based byte // offsets to copy. For example, bytes=0-9 indicates that you want to copy the // first 10 bytes of the source. You can copy a range only if the source object // is greater than 5 MB. CopySourceRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-range" type:"string"` // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (for example, // AES256). // // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory // bucket. CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one // that was used when the source object was created. // // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory // bucket. // // CopySourceSSECustomerKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by UploadPartCopyInput's // String and GoString methods. CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the // encryption key was transmitted without error. // // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory // bucket. CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // The account ID of the expected destination bucket owner. If the account ID // that you provide does not match the actual owner of the destination bucket, // the request fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // The account ID of the expected source bucket owner. If the account ID that // you provide does not match the actual owner of the source bucket, the request // fails with the HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedSourceBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-source-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Part number of part being copied. This is a positive integer between 1 and // 10,000. // // PartNumber is a required field PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). // // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory // bucket. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon // S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use // with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm // header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart // upload request. // // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory // bucket. // // SSECustomerKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by UploadPartCopyInput's // String and GoString methods. SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the // encryption key was transmitted without error. // // This functionality is not supported when the destination bucket is a directory // bucket. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied. // // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s UploadPartCopyInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s UploadPartCopyInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartCopyInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.CopySource == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource")) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if s.PartNumber == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber")) } if s.UploadId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySource(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.CopySource = &v return s } // SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v return s } // SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v return s } // SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v return s } // SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v return s } // SetCopySourceRange sets the CopySourceRange field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceRange(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.CopySourceRange = &v return s } // SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v return s } func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getCopySourceSSECustomerKey() (v string) { if s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey == nil { return v } return *s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey } // SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetExpectedSourceBucketOwner sets the ExpectedSourceBucketOwner field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetExpectedSourceBucketOwner(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.ExpectedSourceBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.PartNumber = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.SSECustomerKey = &v return s } func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { return v } return *s.SSECustomerKey } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { s.UploadId = &v return s } func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s UploadPartCopyInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type UploadPartCopyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyPartResult"` // Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"` // Container for all response elements. CopyPartResult *CopyPartResult `type:"structure"` // The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning // on the source bucket. // // This functionality is not supported when the source object is in a directory // bucket. CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to confirm the encryption algorithm // that's used. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to provide the round-trip message integrity // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSKeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by UploadPartCopyOutput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon // S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). // // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed // keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *UploadPartCopyOutput { s.BucketKeyEnabled = &v return s } // SetCopyPartResult sets the CopyPartResult field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopyPartResult(v *CopyPartResult) *UploadPartCopyOutput { s.CopyPartResult = v return s } // SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { s.CopySourceVersionId = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v return s } // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput { s.ServerSideEncryption = &v return s } type UploadPartInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"UploadPartRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Body"` // Object data. Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"` // The name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. // // Directory buckets - When you use this operation with a directory bucket, // you must use virtual-hosted-style requests in the format Bucket_name.s3express-az_id.region.amazonaws.com. // Path-style requests are not supported. Directory bucket names must be unique // in the chosen Availability Zone. Bucket names must follow the format bucket_base_name--az-id--x-s3 // (for example, DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET--usw2-az1--x-s3). For information about // bucket naming restrictions, see Directory bucket naming rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/directory-bucket-naming-rules.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points - When you use this action with an access point, you must provide // the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name or specify the // access point ARN. When using the access point ARN, you must direct requests // to the access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com. // When using this action with an access point through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more // information about access point ARNs, see Using access points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/using-access-points.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Access points and Object Lambda access points are not supported by directory // buckets. // // S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with Amazon S3 on Outposts, you // must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname // takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. // When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the Amazon Web Services // SDKs, you provide the Outposts access point ARN in place of the bucket name. // For more information about S3 on Outposts ARNs, see What is S3 on Outposts? // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/S3onOutposts.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates the algorithm used to create the checksum for the object when you // use the SDK. This header will not provide any additional functionality if // you don't use the SDK. When you send this header, there must be a corresponding // x-amz-checksum or x-amz-trailer header sent. Otherwise, Amazon S3 fails the // request with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // If you provide an individual checksum, Amazon S3 ignores any provided ChecksumAlgorithm // parameter. // // This checksum algorithm must be the same for all parts and it match the checksum // value supplied in the CreateMultipartUpload request. // // The AWS SDK for Go v1 does not support automatic computing request payload // checksum. This feature is available in the AWS SDK for Go v2. If a value // is specified for this parameter, the matching algorithm's checksum member // must be populated with the algorithm's checksum of the request payload. ChecksumAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sdk-checksum-algorithm" type:"string" enum:"ChecksumAlgorithm"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32" type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32c" type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha1" type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This header specifies // the base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. For more information, // see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha256" type:"string"` // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the // body cannot be determined automatically. ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. This parameter is // auto-populated when using the command from the CLI. This parameter is required // if object lock parameters are specified. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"` // The account ID of the expected bucket owner. If the account ID that you provide // does not match the actual owner of the bucket, the request fails with the // HTTP status code 403 Forbidden (access denied). ExpectedBucketOwner *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expected-bucket-owner" type:"string"` // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Part number of part being uploaded. This is a positive integer between 1 // and 10,000. // // PartNumber is a required field PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // Specifies the algorithm to use when encrypting the object (for example, AES256). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon // S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use // with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm // header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart // upload request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSECustomerKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by UploadPartInput's // String and GoString methods. SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321. // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the // encryption key was transmitted without error. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being uploaded. // // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s UploadPartInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s UploadPartInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *UploadPartInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartInput"} if s.Bucket == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket")) } if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1)) } if s.Key == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) } if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) } if s.PartNumber == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber")) } if s.UploadId == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetBody sets the Body field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *UploadPartInput { s.Body = v return s } // SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.Bucket = &v return s } func (s *UploadPartInput) getBucket() (v string) { if s.Bucket == nil { return v } return *s.Bucket } // SetChecksumAlgorithm sets the ChecksumAlgorithm field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetChecksumAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.ChecksumAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *UploadPartInput { s.ContentLength = &v return s } // SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.ContentMD5 = &v return s } // SetExpectedBucketOwner sets the ExpectedBucketOwner field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetExpectedBucketOwner(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.ExpectedBucketOwner = &v return s } // SetKey sets the Key field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.Key = &v return s } // SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartInput { s.PartNumber = &v return s } // SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.RequestPayer = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.SSECustomerKey = &v return s } func (s *UploadPartInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) { if s.SSECustomerKey == nil { return v } return *s.SSECustomerKey } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value. func (s *UploadPartInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartInput { s.UploadId = &v return s } func (s *UploadPartInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket) } func (s *UploadPartInput) hasEndpointARN() bool { if s.Bucket == nil { return false } return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket) } // updateArnableField updates the value of the input field that // takes an ARN as an input. This method is useful to backfill // the parsed resource name from ARN into the input member. // It returns a pointer to a modified copy of input and an error. // Note that original input is not modified. func (s UploadPartInput) updateArnableField(v string) (interface{}, error) { if s.Bucket == nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil") } s.Bucket = aws.String(v) return &s, nil } type UploadPartOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether the multipart upload uses an S3 Bucket Key for server-side // encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS). // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumCRC32C *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-crc32c" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object. This will only be // present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use the API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA1 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha1" type:"string"` // The base64-encoded, 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object. This will only // be present if it was uploaded with the object. When you use an API operation // on an object that was uploaded using multipart uploads, this value may not // be a direct checksum value of the full object. Instead, it's a calculation // based on the checksum values of each individual part. For more information // about how checksums are calculated with multipart uploads, see Checking object // integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html#large-object-checksums) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. ChecksumSHA256 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-checksum-sha256" type:"string"` // Entity tag for the uploaded object. ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to confirm the encryption algorithm // that's used. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, // the response will include this header to provide the round-trip message integrity // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // If present, indicates the ID of the Key Management Service (KMS) symmetric // encryption customer managed key that was used for the object. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. // // SSEKMSKeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by UploadPartOutput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The server-side encryption algorithm used when you store this object in Amazon // S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). // // For directory buckets, only server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed // keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) is supported. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s UploadPartOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s UploadPartOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value. func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *UploadPartOutput { s.BucketKeyEnabled = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *UploadPartOutput { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *UploadPartOutput { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *UploadPartOutput { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *UploadPartOutput { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetETag(v string) *UploadPartOutput { s.ETag = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartOutput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartOutput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartOutput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartOutput { s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v return s } // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartOutput { s.ServerSideEncryption = &v return s } // Describes the versioning state of an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, // see PUT Bucket versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTVersioningStatus.html) // in the Amazon S3 API Reference. type VersioningConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration. // This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA // delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned. MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADelete"` // The versioning state of the bucket. Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s VersioningConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s VersioningConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value. func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetMFADelete(v string) *VersioningConfiguration { s.MFADelete = &v return s } // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *VersioningConfiguration { s.Status = &v return s } // Specifies website configuration parameters for an Amazon S3 bucket. type WebsiteConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The name of the error document for the website. ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"` // The name of the index document for the website. IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"` // The redirect behavior for every request to this bucket's website endpoint. // // If you specify this property, you can't specify any other property. RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"` // Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior. RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s WebsiteConfiguration) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s WebsiteConfiguration) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "WebsiteConfiguration"} if s.ErrorDocument != nil { if err := s.ErrorDocument.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("ErrorDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.IndexDocument != nil { if err := s.IndexDocument.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("IndexDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.RedirectAllRequestsTo != nil { if err := s.RedirectAllRequestsTo.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("RedirectAllRequestsTo", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } if s.RoutingRules != nil { for i, v := range s.RoutingRules { if v == nil { continue } if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RoutingRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value. func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration { s.ErrorDocument = v return s } // SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value. func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration { s.IndexDocument = v return s } // SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value. func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *WebsiteConfiguration { s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v return s } // SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value. func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *WebsiteConfiguration { s.RoutingRules = v return s } type WriteGetObjectResponseInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"WriteGetObjectResponseRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Body"` // Indicates that a range of bytes was specified. AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-accept-ranges" type:"string"` // The object data. // // To use an non-seekable io.Reader for this request wrap the io.Reader with // "aws.ReadSeekCloser". The SDK will not retry request errors for non-seekable // readers. This will allow the SDK to send the reader's payload as chunked // transfer encoding. Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"` // Indicates whether the object stored in Amazon S3 uses an S3 bucket key for // server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS (SSE-KMS). BucketKeyEnabled *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled" type:"boolean"` // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Cache-Control" type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, // 32-bit CRC32 checksum of the object returned by the Object Lambda function. // This may not match the checksum for the object stored in Amazon S3. Amazon // S3 will perform validation of the checksum values only when the original // GetObject request required checksum validation. For more information about // checksums, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Only one checksum header can be specified at a time. If you supply multiple // checksum headers, this request will fail. ChecksumCRC32 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-checksum-crc32" type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, // 32-bit CRC32C checksum of the object returned by the Object Lambda function. // This may not match the checksum for the object stored in Amazon S3. Amazon // S3 will perform validation of the checksum values only when the original // GetObject request required checksum validation. For more information about // checksums, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Only one checksum header can be specified at a time. If you supply multiple // checksum headers, this request will fail. ChecksumCRC32C *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-checksum-crc32c" type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, // 160-bit SHA-1 digest of the object returned by the Object Lambda function. // This may not match the checksum for the object stored in Amazon S3. Amazon // S3 will perform validation of the checksum values only when the original // GetObject request required checksum validation. For more information about // checksums, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Only one checksum header can be specified at a time. If you supply multiple // checksum headers, this request will fail. ChecksumSHA1 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-checksum-sha1" type:"string"` // This header can be used as a data integrity check to verify that the data // received is the same data that was originally sent. This specifies the base64-encoded, // 256-bit SHA-256 digest of the object returned by the Object Lambda function. // This may not match the checksum for the object stored in Amazon S3. Amazon // S3 will perform validation of the checksum values only when the original // GetObject request required checksum validation. For more information about // checksums, see Checking object integrity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/checking-object-integrity.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // Only one checksum header can be specified at a time. If you supply multiple // checksum headers, this request will fail. ChecksumSHA256 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-checksum-sha256" type:"string"` // Specifies presentational information for the object. ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Content-Disposition" type:"string"` // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced // by the Content-Type header field. ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Content-Encoding" type:"string"` // The language the content is in. ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Content-Language" type:"string"` // The size of the content body in bytes. ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` // The portion of the object returned in the response. ContentRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Content-Range" type:"string"` // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Content-Type" type:"string"` // Specifies whether an object stored in Amazon S3 is (true) or is not (false) // a delete marker. DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"` // An opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version of a // resource found at a URL. ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-ETag" type:"string"` // A string that uniquely identifies an error condition. Returned in the <Code> // tag of the error XML response for a corresponding GetObject call. Cannot // be used with a successful StatusCode header or when the transformed object // is provided in the body. All error codes from S3 are sentence-cased. The // regular expression (regex) value is "^[A-Z][a-zA-Z]+$". ErrorCode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-error-code" type:"string"` // Contains a generic description of the error condition. Returned in the <Message> // tag of the error XML response for a corresponding GetObject call. Cannot // be used with a successful StatusCode header or when the transformed object // is provided in body. ErrorMessage *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-error-message" type:"string"` // If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response // includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs // that provide the object expiration information. The value of the rule-id // is URL-encoded. Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Expires" type:"timestamp"` // The date and time that the object was last modified. LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"` // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` // Set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta headers. // This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that supports // more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP, you can // create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"` // Indicates whether an object stored in Amazon S3 has an active legal hold. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` // Indicates whether an object stored in Amazon S3 has Object Lock enabled. // For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/object-lock.html). ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` // The date and time when Object Lock is configured to expire. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The count of parts this object has. PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"` // Indicates if request involves bucket that is either a source or destination // in a Replication rule. For more information about S3 Replication, see Replication // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/replication.html). ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` // Route prefix to the HTTP URL generated. // // RequestRoute is a required field RequestRoute *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-route" type:"string" required:"true"` // A single use encrypted token that maps WriteGetObjectResponse to the end // user GetObject request. // // RequestToken is a required field RequestToken *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-token" type:"string" required:"true"` // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time // of the restored object copy. Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-restore" type:"string"` // Encryption algorithm used if server-side encryption with a customer-provided // encryption key was specified for object stored in Amazon S3. SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"` // 128-bit MD5 digest of customer-provided encryption key used in Amazon S3 // to encrypt data stored in S3. For more information, see Protecting data using // server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html). SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` // If present, specifies the ID (Key ID, Key ARN, or Key Alias) of the Amazon // Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) symmetric encryption // customer managed key that was used for stored in Amazon S3 object. // // SSEKMSKeyId is a sensitive parameter and its value will be // replaced with "sensitive" in string returned by WriteGetObjectResponseInput's // String and GoString methods. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing requested object in // Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms). ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` // The integer status code for an HTTP response of a corresponding GetObject // request. The following is a list of status codes. // // * 200 - OK // // * 206 - Partial Content // // * 304 - Not Modified // // * 400 - Bad Request // // * 401 - Unauthorized // // * 403 - Forbidden // // * 404 - Not Found // // * 405 - Method Not Allowed // // * 409 - Conflict // // * 411 - Length Required // // * 412 - Precondition Failed // // * 416 - Range Not Satisfiable // // * 500 - Internal Server Error // // * 503 - Service Unavailable StatusCode *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-status" type:"integer"` // Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this // header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects. // // For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html). StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // The number of tags, if any, on the object. TagCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-tagging-count" type:"integer"` // An ID used to reference a specific version of the object. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-fwd-header-x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s WriteGetObjectResponseInput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s WriteGetObjectResponseInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "WriteGetObjectResponseInput"} if s.RequestRoute == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequestRoute")) } if s.RequestRoute != nil && len(*s.RequestRoute) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RequestRoute", 1)) } if s.RequestToken == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequestToken")) } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams } return nil } // SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.AcceptRanges = &v return s } // SetBody sets the Body field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.Body = v return s } // SetBucketKeyEnabled sets the BucketKeyEnabled field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetBucketKeyEnabled(v bool) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.BucketKeyEnabled = &v return s } // SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.CacheControl = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32 sets the ChecksumCRC32 field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetChecksumCRC32(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ChecksumCRC32 = &v return s } // SetChecksumCRC32C sets the ChecksumCRC32C field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetChecksumCRC32C(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ChecksumCRC32C = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA1 sets the ChecksumSHA1 field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetChecksumSHA1(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ChecksumSHA1 = &v return s } // SetChecksumSHA256 sets the ChecksumSHA256 field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetChecksumSHA256(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ChecksumSHA256 = &v return s } // SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ContentDisposition = &v return s } // SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ContentEncoding = &v return s } // SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ContentLanguage = &v return s } // SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ContentLength = &v return s } // SetContentRange sets the ContentRange field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentRange(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ContentRange = &v return s } // SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetContentType(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ContentType = &v return s } // SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.DeleteMarker = &v return s } // SetETag sets the ETag field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetETag(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ETag = &v return s } // SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetErrorCode(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ErrorCode = &v return s } // SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetErrorMessage(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ErrorMessage = &v return s } // SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetExpiration(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.Expiration = &v return s } // SetExpires sets the Expires field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.Expires = &v return s } // SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.LastModified = &v return s } // SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.Metadata = v return s } // SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.MissingMeta = &v return s } // SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v return s } // SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ObjectLockMode = &v return s } // SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v return s } // SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.PartsCount = &v return s } // SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ReplicationStatus = &v return s } // SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.RequestCharged = &v return s } // SetRequestRoute sets the RequestRoute field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetRequestRoute(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.RequestRoute = &v return s } // SetRequestToken sets the RequestToken field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetRequestToken(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.RequestToken = &v return s } // SetRestore sets the Restore field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetRestore(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.Restore = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v return s } // SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v return s } // SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v return s } // SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.ServerSideEncryption = &v return s } // SetStatusCode sets the StatusCode field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetStatusCode(v int64) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.StatusCode = &v return s } // SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.StorageClass = &v return s } // SetTagCount sets the TagCount field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetTagCount(v int64) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.TagCount = &v return s } // SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value. func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) SetVersionId(v string) *WriteGetObjectResponseInput { s.VersionId = &v return s } func (s *WriteGetObjectResponseInput) hostLabels() map[string]string { return map[string]string{ "RequestRoute": aws.StringValue(s.RequestRoute), } } type WriteGetObjectResponseOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s WriteGetObjectResponseOutput) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } // GoString returns the string representation. // // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". func (s WriteGetObjectResponseOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } const ( // AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv is a AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat enum value AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv = "CSV" ) // AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat_Values returns all elements of the AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat enum func AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat_Values() []string { return []string{ AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv, } } const ( // ArchiveStatusArchiveAccess is a ArchiveStatus enum value ArchiveStatusArchiveAccess = "ARCHIVE_ACCESS" // ArchiveStatusDeepArchiveAccess is a ArchiveStatus enum value ArchiveStatusDeepArchiveAccess = "DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS" ) // ArchiveStatus_Values returns all elements of the ArchiveStatus enum func ArchiveStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ ArchiveStatusArchiveAccess, ArchiveStatusDeepArchiveAccess, } } const ( // BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled = "Enabled" // BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended = "Suspended" ) // BucketAccelerateStatus_Values returns all elements of the BucketAccelerateStatus enum func BucketAccelerateStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled, BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended, } } const ( // BucketCannedACLPrivate is a BucketCannedACL enum value BucketCannedACLPrivate = "private" // BucketCannedACLPublicRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value BucketCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read" // BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a BucketCannedACL enum value BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write" // BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read" ) // BucketCannedACL_Values returns all elements of the BucketCannedACL enum func BucketCannedACL_Values() []string { return []string{ BucketCannedACLPrivate, BucketCannedACLPublicRead, BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite, BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead, } } const ( // BucketLocationConstraintAfSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintAfSouth1 = "af-south-1" // BucketLocationConstraintApEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintApEast1 = "ap-east-1" // BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1" // BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast2 = "ap-northeast-2" // BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast3 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast3 = "ap-northeast-3" // BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 = "ap-south-1" // BucketLocationConstraintApSouth2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintApSouth2 = "ap-south-2" // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1" // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2" // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast3 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast3 = "ap-southeast-3" // BucketLocationConstraintCaCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintCaCentral1 = "ca-central-1" // BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 = "cn-north-1" // BucketLocationConstraintCnNorthwest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintCnNorthwest1 = "cn-northwest-1" // BucketLocationConstraintEu is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintEu = "EU" // BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 = "eu-central-1" // BucketLocationConstraintEuNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintEuNorth1 = "eu-north-1" // BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth1 = "eu-south-1" // BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth2 = "eu-south-2" // BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 = "eu-west-1" // BucketLocationConstraintEuWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintEuWest2 = "eu-west-2" // BucketLocationConstraintEuWest3 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintEuWest3 = "eu-west-3" // BucketLocationConstraintMeSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintMeSouth1 = "me-south-1" // BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 = "sa-east-1" // BucketLocationConstraintUsEast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintUsEast2 = "us-east-2" // BucketLocationConstraintUsGovEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintUsGovEast1 = "us-gov-east-1" // BucketLocationConstraintUsGovWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintUsGovWest1 = "us-gov-west-1" // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 = "us-west-1" // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 = "us-west-2" ) // BucketLocationConstraint_Values returns all elements of the BucketLocationConstraint enum func BucketLocationConstraint_Values() []string { return []string{ BucketLocationConstraintAfSouth1, BucketLocationConstraintApEast1, BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1, BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast2, BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast3, BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1, BucketLocationConstraintApSouth2, BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1, BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2, BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast3, BucketLocationConstraintCaCentral1, BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1, BucketLocationConstraintCnNorthwest1, BucketLocationConstraintEu, BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1, BucketLocationConstraintEuNorth1, BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth1, BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth2, BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1, BucketLocationConstraintEuWest2, BucketLocationConstraintEuWest3, BucketLocationConstraintMeSouth1, BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1, BucketLocationConstraintUsEast2, BucketLocationConstraintUsGovEast1, BucketLocationConstraintUsGovWest1, BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1, BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2, } } const ( // BucketLogsPermissionFullControl is a BucketLogsPermission enum value BucketLogsPermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL" // BucketLogsPermissionRead is a BucketLogsPermission enum value BucketLogsPermissionRead = "READ" // BucketLogsPermissionWrite is a BucketLogsPermission enum value BucketLogsPermissionWrite = "WRITE" ) // BucketLogsPermission_Values returns all elements of the BucketLogsPermission enum func BucketLogsPermission_Values() []string { return []string{ BucketLogsPermissionFullControl, BucketLogsPermissionRead, BucketLogsPermissionWrite, } } const ( // BucketTypeDirectory is a BucketType enum value BucketTypeDirectory = "Directory" ) // BucketType_Values returns all elements of the BucketType enum func BucketType_Values() []string { return []string{ BucketTypeDirectory, } } const ( // BucketVersioningStatusEnabled is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value BucketVersioningStatusEnabled = "Enabled" // BucketVersioningStatusSuspended is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value BucketVersioningStatusSuspended = "Suspended" ) // BucketVersioningStatus_Values returns all elements of the BucketVersioningStatus enum func BucketVersioningStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ BucketVersioningStatusEnabled, BucketVersioningStatusSuspended, } } const ( // ChecksumAlgorithmCrc32 is a ChecksumAlgorithm enum value ChecksumAlgorithmCrc32 = "CRC32" // ChecksumAlgorithmCrc32c is a ChecksumAlgorithm enum value ChecksumAlgorithmCrc32c = "CRC32C" // ChecksumAlgorithmSha1 is a ChecksumAlgorithm enum value ChecksumAlgorithmSha1 = "SHA1" // ChecksumAlgorithmSha256 is a ChecksumAlgorithm enum value ChecksumAlgorithmSha256 = "SHA256" ) // ChecksumAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the ChecksumAlgorithm enum func ChecksumAlgorithm_Values() []string { return []string{ ChecksumAlgorithmCrc32, ChecksumAlgorithmCrc32c, ChecksumAlgorithmSha1, ChecksumAlgorithmSha256, } } const ( // ChecksumModeEnabled is a ChecksumMode enum value ChecksumModeEnabled = "ENABLED" ) // ChecksumMode_Values returns all elements of the ChecksumMode enum func ChecksumMode_Values() []string { return []string{ ChecksumModeEnabled, } } const ( // CompressionTypeNone is a CompressionType enum value CompressionTypeNone = "NONE" // CompressionTypeGzip is a CompressionType enum value CompressionTypeGzip = "GZIP" // CompressionTypeBzip2 is a CompressionType enum value CompressionTypeBzip2 = "BZIP2" ) // CompressionType_Values returns all elements of the CompressionType enum func CompressionType_Values() []string { return []string{ CompressionTypeNone, CompressionTypeGzip, CompressionTypeBzip2, } } const ( // DataRedundancySingleAvailabilityZone is a DataRedundancy enum value DataRedundancySingleAvailabilityZone = "SingleAvailabilityZone" ) // DataRedundancy_Values returns all elements of the DataRedundancy enum func DataRedundancy_Values() []string { return []string{ DataRedundancySingleAvailabilityZone, } } const ( // DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled is a DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum value DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled = "Enabled" // DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled is a DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum value DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled = "Disabled" ) // DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus_Values returns all elements of the DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum func DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled, DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled, } } // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies // the encoding method to use. An object key can contain any Unicode character; // however, the XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the // keys in the response. const ( // EncodingTypeUrl is a EncodingType enum value EncodingTypeUrl = "url" ) // EncodingType_Values returns all elements of the EncodingType enum func EncodingType_Values() []string { return []string{ EncodingTypeUrl, } } // The bucket event for which to send notifications. const ( // EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject is a Event enum value EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject = "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject" // EventS3ObjectCreated is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectCreated = "s3:ObjectCreated:*" // EventS3ObjectCreatedPut is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectCreatedPut = "s3:ObjectCreated:Put" // EventS3ObjectCreatedPost is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectCreatedPost = "s3:ObjectCreated:Post" // EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy = "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy" // EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload = "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload" // EventS3ObjectRemoved is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectRemoved = "s3:ObjectRemoved:*" // EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete = "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete" // EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated = "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated" // EventS3ObjectRestore is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectRestore = "s3:ObjectRestore:*" // EventS3ObjectRestorePost is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectRestorePost = "s3:ObjectRestore:Post" // EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted = "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed" // EventS3Replication is a Event enum value EventS3Replication = "s3:Replication:*" // EventS3ReplicationOperationFailedReplication is a Event enum value EventS3ReplicationOperationFailedReplication = "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication" // EventS3ReplicationOperationNotTracked is a Event enum value EventS3ReplicationOperationNotTracked = "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked" // EventS3ReplicationOperationMissedThreshold is a Event enum value EventS3ReplicationOperationMissedThreshold = "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold" // EventS3ReplicationOperationReplicatedAfterThreshold is a Event enum value EventS3ReplicationOperationReplicatedAfterThreshold = "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold" // EventS3ObjectRestoreDelete is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectRestoreDelete = "s3:ObjectRestore:Delete" // EventS3LifecycleTransition is a Event enum value EventS3LifecycleTransition = "s3:LifecycleTransition" // EventS3IntelligentTiering is a Event enum value EventS3IntelligentTiering = "s3:IntelligentTiering" // EventS3ObjectAclPut is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectAclPut = "s3:ObjectAcl:Put" // EventS3LifecycleExpiration is a Event enum value EventS3LifecycleExpiration = "s3:LifecycleExpiration:*" // EventS3LifecycleExpirationDelete is a Event enum value EventS3LifecycleExpirationDelete = "s3:LifecycleExpiration:Delete" // EventS3LifecycleExpirationDeleteMarkerCreated is a Event enum value EventS3LifecycleExpirationDeleteMarkerCreated = "s3:LifecycleExpiration:DeleteMarkerCreated" // EventS3ObjectTagging is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectTagging = "s3:ObjectTagging:*" // EventS3ObjectTaggingPut is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectTaggingPut = "s3:ObjectTagging:Put" // EventS3ObjectTaggingDelete is a Event enum value EventS3ObjectTaggingDelete = "s3:ObjectTagging:Delete" ) // Event_Values returns all elements of the Event enum func Event_Values() []string { return []string{ EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject, EventS3ObjectCreated, EventS3ObjectCreatedPut, EventS3ObjectCreatedPost, EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy, EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload, EventS3ObjectRemoved, EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete, EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated, EventS3ObjectRestore, EventS3ObjectRestorePost, EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted, EventS3Replication, EventS3ReplicationOperationFailedReplication, EventS3ReplicationOperationNotTracked, EventS3ReplicationOperationMissedThreshold, EventS3ReplicationOperationReplicatedAfterThreshold, EventS3ObjectRestoreDelete, EventS3LifecycleTransition, EventS3IntelligentTiering, EventS3ObjectAclPut, EventS3LifecycleExpiration, EventS3LifecycleExpirationDelete, EventS3LifecycleExpirationDeleteMarkerCreated, EventS3ObjectTagging, EventS3ObjectTaggingPut, EventS3ObjectTaggingDelete, } } const ( // ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled is a ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum value ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled = "Enabled" // ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled is a ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum value ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled = "Disabled" ) // ExistingObjectReplicationStatus_Values returns all elements of the ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum func ExistingObjectReplicationStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled, ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled, } } const ( // ExpirationStatusEnabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value ExpirationStatusEnabled = "Enabled" // ExpirationStatusDisabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value ExpirationStatusDisabled = "Disabled" ) // ExpirationStatus_Values returns all elements of the ExpirationStatus enum func ExpirationStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ ExpirationStatusEnabled, ExpirationStatusDisabled, } } const ( // ExpressionTypeSql is a ExpressionType enum value ExpressionTypeSql = "SQL" ) // ExpressionType_Values returns all elements of the ExpressionType enum func ExpressionType_Values() []string { return []string{ ExpressionTypeSql, } } const ( // FileHeaderInfoUse is a FileHeaderInfo enum value FileHeaderInfoUse = "USE" // FileHeaderInfoIgnore is a FileHeaderInfo enum value FileHeaderInfoIgnore = "IGNORE" // FileHeaderInfoNone is a FileHeaderInfo enum value FileHeaderInfoNone = "NONE" ) // FileHeaderInfo_Values returns all elements of the FileHeaderInfo enum func FileHeaderInfo_Values() []string { return []string{ FileHeaderInfoUse, FileHeaderInfoIgnore, FileHeaderInfoNone, } } const ( // FilterRuleNamePrefix is a FilterRuleName enum value FilterRuleNamePrefix = "prefix" // FilterRuleNameSuffix is a FilterRuleName enum value FilterRuleNameSuffix = "suffix" ) // FilterRuleName_Values returns all elements of the FilterRuleName enum func FilterRuleName_Values() []string { return []string{ FilterRuleNamePrefix, FilterRuleNameSuffix, } } const ( // IntelligentTieringAccessTierArchiveAccess is a IntelligentTieringAccessTier enum value IntelligentTieringAccessTierArchiveAccess = "ARCHIVE_ACCESS" // IntelligentTieringAccessTierDeepArchiveAccess is a IntelligentTieringAccessTier enum value IntelligentTieringAccessTierDeepArchiveAccess = "DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS" ) // IntelligentTieringAccessTier_Values returns all elements of the IntelligentTieringAccessTier enum func IntelligentTieringAccessTier_Values() []string { return []string{ IntelligentTieringAccessTierArchiveAccess, IntelligentTieringAccessTierDeepArchiveAccess, } } const ( // IntelligentTieringStatusEnabled is a IntelligentTieringStatus enum value IntelligentTieringStatusEnabled = "Enabled" // IntelligentTieringStatusDisabled is a IntelligentTieringStatus enum value IntelligentTieringStatusDisabled = "Disabled" ) // IntelligentTieringStatus_Values returns all elements of the IntelligentTieringStatus enum func IntelligentTieringStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ IntelligentTieringStatusEnabled, IntelligentTieringStatusDisabled, } } const ( // InventoryFormatCsv is a InventoryFormat enum value InventoryFormatCsv = "CSV" // InventoryFormatOrc is a InventoryFormat enum value InventoryFormatOrc = "ORC" // InventoryFormatParquet is a InventoryFormat enum value InventoryFormatParquet = "Parquet" ) // InventoryFormat_Values returns all elements of the InventoryFormat enum func InventoryFormat_Values() []string { return []string{ InventoryFormatCsv, InventoryFormatOrc, InventoryFormatParquet, } } const ( // InventoryFrequencyDaily is a InventoryFrequency enum value InventoryFrequencyDaily = "Daily" // InventoryFrequencyWeekly is a InventoryFrequency enum value InventoryFrequencyWeekly = "Weekly" ) // InventoryFrequency_Values returns all elements of the InventoryFrequency enum func InventoryFrequency_Values() []string { return []string{ InventoryFrequencyDaily, InventoryFrequencyWeekly, } } const ( // InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll = "All" // InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent = "Current" ) // InventoryIncludedObjectVersions_Values returns all elements of the InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum func InventoryIncludedObjectVersions_Values() []string { return []string{ InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll, InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent, } } const ( // InventoryOptionalFieldSize is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldSize = "Size" // InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate = "LastModifiedDate" // InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass = "StorageClass" // InventoryOptionalFieldEtag is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldEtag = "ETag" // InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded = "IsMultipartUploaded" // InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus = "ReplicationStatus" // InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus = "EncryptionStatus" // InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate = "ObjectLockRetainUntilDate" // InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode = "ObjectLockMode" // InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = "ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus" // InventoryOptionalFieldIntelligentTieringAccessTier is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldIntelligentTieringAccessTier = "IntelligentTieringAccessTier" // InventoryOptionalFieldBucketKeyStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldBucketKeyStatus = "BucketKeyStatus" // InventoryOptionalFieldChecksumAlgorithm is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldChecksumAlgorithm = "ChecksumAlgorithm" // InventoryOptionalFieldObjectAccessControlList is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldObjectAccessControlList = "ObjectAccessControlList" // InventoryOptionalFieldObjectOwner is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldObjectOwner = "ObjectOwner" ) // InventoryOptionalField_Values returns all elements of the InventoryOptionalField enum func InventoryOptionalField_Values() []string { return []string{ InventoryOptionalFieldSize, InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate, InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass, InventoryOptionalFieldEtag, InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded, InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus, InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus, InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate, InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode, InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus, InventoryOptionalFieldIntelligentTieringAccessTier, InventoryOptionalFieldBucketKeyStatus, InventoryOptionalFieldChecksumAlgorithm, InventoryOptionalFieldObjectAccessControlList, InventoryOptionalFieldObjectOwner, } } const ( // JSONTypeDocument is a JSONType enum value JSONTypeDocument = "DOCUMENT" // JSONTypeLines is a JSONType enum value JSONTypeLines = "LINES" ) // JSONType_Values returns all elements of the JSONType enum func JSONType_Values() []string { return []string{ JSONTypeDocument, JSONTypeLines, } } const ( // LocationTypeAvailabilityZone is a LocationType enum value LocationTypeAvailabilityZone = "AvailabilityZone" ) // LocationType_Values returns all elements of the LocationType enum func LocationType_Values() []string { return []string{ LocationTypeAvailabilityZone, } } const ( // MFADeleteEnabled is a MFADelete enum value MFADeleteEnabled = "Enabled" // MFADeleteDisabled is a MFADelete enum value MFADeleteDisabled = "Disabled" ) // MFADelete_Values returns all elements of the MFADelete enum func MFADelete_Values() []string { return []string{ MFADeleteEnabled, MFADeleteDisabled, } } const ( // MFADeleteStatusEnabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value MFADeleteStatusEnabled = "Enabled" // MFADeleteStatusDisabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value MFADeleteStatusDisabled = "Disabled" ) // MFADeleteStatus_Values returns all elements of the MFADeleteStatus enum func MFADeleteStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ MFADeleteStatusEnabled, MFADeleteStatusDisabled, } } const ( // MetadataDirectiveCopy is a MetadataDirective enum value MetadataDirectiveCopy = "COPY" // MetadataDirectiveReplace is a MetadataDirective enum value MetadataDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE" ) // MetadataDirective_Values returns all elements of the MetadataDirective enum func MetadataDirective_Values() []string { return []string{ MetadataDirectiveCopy, MetadataDirectiveReplace, } } const ( // MetricsStatusEnabled is a MetricsStatus enum value MetricsStatusEnabled = "Enabled" // MetricsStatusDisabled is a MetricsStatus enum value MetricsStatusDisabled = "Disabled" ) // MetricsStatus_Values returns all elements of the MetricsStatus enum func MetricsStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ MetricsStatusEnabled, MetricsStatusDisabled, } } const ( // ObjectAttributesEtag is a ObjectAttributes enum value ObjectAttributesEtag = "ETag" // ObjectAttributesChecksum is a ObjectAttributes enum value ObjectAttributesChecksum = "Checksum" // ObjectAttributesObjectParts is a ObjectAttributes enum value ObjectAttributesObjectParts = "ObjectParts" // ObjectAttributesStorageClass is a ObjectAttributes enum value ObjectAttributesStorageClass = "StorageClass" // ObjectAttributesObjectSize is a ObjectAttributes enum value ObjectAttributesObjectSize = "ObjectSize" ) // ObjectAttributes_Values returns all elements of the ObjectAttributes enum func ObjectAttributes_Values() []string { return []string{ ObjectAttributesEtag, ObjectAttributesChecksum, ObjectAttributesObjectParts, ObjectAttributesStorageClass, ObjectAttributesObjectSize, } } const ( // ObjectCannedACLPrivate is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLPrivate = "private" // ObjectCannedACLPublicRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read" // ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write" // ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read" // ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead = "aws-exec-read" // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead = "bucket-owner-read" // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl is a ObjectCannedACL enum value ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl = "bucket-owner-full-control" ) // ObjectCannedACL_Values returns all elements of the ObjectCannedACL enum func ObjectCannedACL_Values() []string { return []string{ ObjectCannedACLPrivate, ObjectCannedACLPublicRead, ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite, ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead, ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead, ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead, ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl, } } const ( // ObjectLockEnabledEnabled is a ObjectLockEnabled enum value ObjectLockEnabledEnabled = "Enabled" ) // ObjectLockEnabled_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockEnabled enum func ObjectLockEnabled_Values() []string { return []string{ ObjectLockEnabledEnabled, } } const ( // ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn is a ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum value ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn = "ON" // ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff is a ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum value ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff = "OFF" ) // ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum func ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn, ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff, } } const ( // ObjectLockModeGovernance is a ObjectLockMode enum value ObjectLockModeGovernance = "GOVERNANCE" // ObjectLockModeCompliance is a ObjectLockMode enum value ObjectLockModeCompliance = "COMPLIANCE" ) // ObjectLockMode_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockMode enum func ObjectLockMode_Values() []string { return []string{ ObjectLockModeGovernance, ObjectLockModeCompliance, } } const ( // ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance is a ObjectLockRetentionMode enum value ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance = "GOVERNANCE" // ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance is a ObjectLockRetentionMode enum value ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance = "COMPLIANCE" ) // ObjectLockRetentionMode_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockRetentionMode enum func ObjectLockRetentionMode_Values() []string { return []string{ ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance, ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance, } } // The container element for object ownership for a bucket's ownership controls. // // BucketOwnerPreferred - Objects uploaded to the bucket change ownership to // the bucket owner if the objects are uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control // canned ACL. // // ObjectWriter - The uploading account will own the object if the object is // uploaded with the bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL. // // BucketOwnerEnforced - Access control lists (ACLs) are disabled and no longer // affect permissions. The bucket owner automatically owns and has full control // over every object in the bucket. The bucket only accepts PUT requests that // don't specify an ACL or specify bucket owner full control ACLs (such as the // predefined bucket-owner-full-control canned ACL or a custom ACL in XML format // that grants the same permissions). // // By default, ObjectOwnership is set to BucketOwnerEnforced and ACLs are disabled. // We recommend keeping ACLs disabled, except in uncommon use cases where you // must control access for each object individually. For more information about // S3 Object Ownership, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs // for your bucket (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/about-object-ownership.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. Directory buckets // use the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership. const ( // ObjectOwnershipBucketOwnerPreferred is a ObjectOwnership enum value ObjectOwnershipBucketOwnerPreferred = "BucketOwnerPreferred" // ObjectOwnershipObjectWriter is a ObjectOwnership enum value ObjectOwnershipObjectWriter = "ObjectWriter" // ObjectOwnershipBucketOwnerEnforced is a ObjectOwnership enum value ObjectOwnershipBucketOwnerEnforced = "BucketOwnerEnforced" ) // ObjectOwnership_Values returns all elements of the ObjectOwnership enum func ObjectOwnership_Values() []string { return []string{ ObjectOwnershipBucketOwnerPreferred, ObjectOwnershipObjectWriter, ObjectOwnershipBucketOwnerEnforced, } } const ( // ObjectStorageClassStandard is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" // ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY" // ObjectStorageClassGlacier is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER" // ObjectStorageClassStandardIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA" // ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA" // ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING" // ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE" // ObjectStorageClassOutposts is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassOutposts = "OUTPOSTS" // ObjectStorageClassGlacierIr is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassGlacierIr = "GLACIER_IR" // ObjectStorageClassSnow is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassSnow = "SNOW" // ObjectStorageClassExpressOnezone is a ObjectStorageClass enum value ObjectStorageClassExpressOnezone = "EXPRESS_ONEZONE" ) // ObjectStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the ObjectStorageClass enum func ObjectStorageClass_Values() []string { return []string{ ObjectStorageClassStandard, ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy, ObjectStorageClassGlacier, ObjectStorageClassStandardIa, ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa, ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering, ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive, ObjectStorageClassOutposts, ObjectStorageClassGlacierIr, ObjectStorageClassSnow, ObjectStorageClassExpressOnezone, } } const ( // ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard is a ObjectVersionStorageClass enum value ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" ) // ObjectVersionStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the ObjectVersionStorageClass enum func ObjectVersionStorageClass_Values() []string { return []string{ ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard, } } const ( // OptionalObjectAttributesRestoreStatus is a OptionalObjectAttributes enum value OptionalObjectAttributesRestoreStatus = "RestoreStatus" ) // OptionalObjectAttributes_Values returns all elements of the OptionalObjectAttributes enum func OptionalObjectAttributes_Values() []string { return []string{ OptionalObjectAttributesRestoreStatus, } } const ( // OwnerOverrideDestination is a OwnerOverride enum value OwnerOverrideDestination = "Destination" ) // OwnerOverride_Values returns all elements of the OwnerOverride enum func OwnerOverride_Values() []string { return []string{ OwnerOverrideDestination, } } const ( // PartitionDateSourceEventTime is a PartitionDateSource enum value PartitionDateSourceEventTime = "EventTime" // PartitionDateSourceDeliveryTime is a PartitionDateSource enum value PartitionDateSourceDeliveryTime = "DeliveryTime" ) // PartitionDateSource_Values returns all elements of the PartitionDateSource enum func PartitionDateSource_Values() []string { return []string{ PartitionDateSourceEventTime, PartitionDateSourceDeliveryTime, } } const ( // PayerRequester is a Payer enum value PayerRequester = "Requester" // PayerBucketOwner is a Payer enum value PayerBucketOwner = "BucketOwner" ) // Payer_Values returns all elements of the Payer enum func Payer_Values() []string { return []string{ PayerRequester, PayerBucketOwner, } } const ( // PermissionFullControl is a Permission enum value PermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL" // PermissionWrite is a Permission enum value PermissionWrite = "WRITE" // PermissionWriteAcp is a Permission enum value PermissionWriteAcp = "WRITE_ACP" // PermissionRead is a Permission enum value PermissionRead = "READ" // PermissionReadAcp is a Permission enum value PermissionReadAcp = "READ_ACP" ) // Permission_Values returns all elements of the Permission enum func Permission_Values() []string { return []string{ PermissionFullControl, PermissionWrite, PermissionWriteAcp, PermissionRead, PermissionReadAcp, } } const ( // ProtocolHttp is a Protocol enum value ProtocolHttp = "http" // ProtocolHttps is a Protocol enum value ProtocolHttps = "https" ) // Protocol_Values returns all elements of the Protocol enum func Protocol_Values() []string { return []string{ ProtocolHttp, ProtocolHttps, } } const ( // QuoteFieldsAlways is a QuoteFields enum value QuoteFieldsAlways = "ALWAYS" // QuoteFieldsAsneeded is a QuoteFields enum value QuoteFieldsAsneeded = "ASNEEDED" ) // QuoteFields_Values returns all elements of the QuoteFields enum func QuoteFields_Values() []string { return []string{ QuoteFieldsAlways, QuoteFieldsAsneeded, } } const ( // ReplicaModificationsStatusEnabled is a ReplicaModificationsStatus enum value ReplicaModificationsStatusEnabled = "Enabled" // ReplicaModificationsStatusDisabled is a ReplicaModificationsStatus enum value ReplicaModificationsStatusDisabled = "Disabled" ) // ReplicaModificationsStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicaModificationsStatus enum func ReplicaModificationsStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ ReplicaModificationsStatusEnabled, ReplicaModificationsStatusDisabled, } } const ( // ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled = "Enabled" // ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled = "Disabled" ) // ReplicationRuleStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicationRuleStatus enum func ReplicationRuleStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled, ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled, } } const ( // ReplicationStatusComplete is a ReplicationStatus enum value ReplicationStatusComplete = "COMPLETE" // ReplicationStatusPending is a ReplicationStatus enum value ReplicationStatusPending = "PENDING" // ReplicationStatusFailed is a ReplicationStatus enum value ReplicationStatusFailed = "FAILED" // ReplicationStatusReplica is a ReplicationStatus enum value ReplicationStatusReplica = "REPLICA" // ReplicationStatusCompleted is a ReplicationStatus enum value ReplicationStatusCompleted = "COMPLETED" ) // ReplicationStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicationStatus enum func ReplicationStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ ReplicationStatusComplete, ReplicationStatusPending, ReplicationStatusFailed, ReplicationStatusReplica, ReplicationStatusCompleted, } } const ( // ReplicationTimeStatusEnabled is a ReplicationTimeStatus enum value ReplicationTimeStatusEnabled = "Enabled" // ReplicationTimeStatusDisabled is a ReplicationTimeStatus enum value ReplicationTimeStatusDisabled = "Disabled" ) // ReplicationTimeStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicationTimeStatus enum func ReplicationTimeStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ ReplicationTimeStatusEnabled, ReplicationTimeStatusDisabled, } } // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. const ( // RequestChargedRequester is a RequestCharged enum value RequestChargedRequester = "requester" ) // RequestCharged_Values returns all elements of the RequestCharged enum func RequestCharged_Values() []string { return []string{ RequestChargedRequester, } } // Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request. // Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. If either // the source or destination S3 bucket has Requester Pays enabled, the requester // will pay for corresponding charges to copy the object. For information about // downloading objects from Requester Pays buckets, see Downloading Objects // in Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html) // in the Amazon S3 User Guide. // // This functionality is not supported for directory buckets. const ( // RequestPayerRequester is a RequestPayer enum value RequestPayerRequester = "requester" ) // RequestPayer_Values returns all elements of the RequestPayer enum func RequestPayer_Values() []string { return []string{ RequestPayerRequester, } } const ( // RestoreRequestTypeSelect is a RestoreRequestType enum value RestoreRequestTypeSelect = "SELECT" ) // RestoreRequestType_Values returns all elements of the RestoreRequestType enum func RestoreRequestType_Values() []string { return []string{ RestoreRequestTypeSelect, } } const ( // ServerSideEncryptionAes256 is a ServerSideEncryption enum value ServerSideEncryptionAes256 = "AES256" // ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms is a ServerSideEncryption enum value ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms = "aws:kms" // ServerSideEncryptionAwsKmsDsse is a ServerSideEncryption enum value ServerSideEncryptionAwsKmsDsse = "aws:kms:dsse" ) // ServerSideEncryption_Values returns all elements of the ServerSideEncryption enum func ServerSideEncryption_Values() []string { return []string{ ServerSideEncryptionAes256, ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms, ServerSideEncryptionAwsKmsDsse, } } const ( // SessionModeReadOnly is a SessionMode enum value SessionModeReadOnly = "ReadOnly" // SessionModeReadWrite is a SessionMode enum value SessionModeReadWrite = "ReadWrite" ) // SessionMode_Values returns all elements of the SessionMode enum func SessionMode_Values() []string { return []string{ SessionModeReadOnly, SessionModeReadWrite, } } const ( // SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled = "Enabled" // SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled = "Disabled" ) // SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus_Values returns all elements of the SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum func SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus_Values() []string { return []string{ SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled, SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled, } } const ( // StorageClassStandard is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassStandard = "STANDARD" // StorageClassReducedRedundancy is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY" // StorageClassStandardIa is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA" // StorageClassOnezoneIa is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA" // StorageClassIntelligentTiering is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING" // StorageClassGlacier is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER" // StorageClassDeepArchive is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE" // StorageClassOutposts is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassOutposts = "OUTPOSTS" // StorageClassGlacierIr is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassGlacierIr = "GLACIER_IR" // StorageClassSnow is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassSnow = "SNOW" // StorageClassExpressOnezone is a StorageClass enum value StorageClassExpressOnezone = "EXPRESS_ONEZONE" ) // StorageClass_Values returns all elements of the StorageClass enum func StorageClass_Values() []string { return []string{ StorageClassStandard, StorageClassReducedRedundancy, StorageClassStandardIa, StorageClassOnezoneIa, StorageClassIntelligentTiering, StorageClassGlacier, StorageClassDeepArchive, StorageClassOutposts, StorageClassGlacierIr, StorageClassSnow, StorageClassExpressOnezone, } } const ( // StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 is a StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion enum value StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 = "V_1" ) // StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion_Values returns all elements of the StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion enum func StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion_Values() []string { return []string{ StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1, } } const ( // TaggingDirectiveCopy is a TaggingDirective enum value TaggingDirectiveCopy = "COPY" // TaggingDirectiveReplace is a TaggingDirective enum value TaggingDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE" ) // TaggingDirective_Values returns all elements of the TaggingDirective enum func TaggingDirective_Values() []string { return []string{ TaggingDirectiveCopy, TaggingDirectiveReplace, } } const ( // TierStandard is a Tier enum value TierStandard = "Standard" // TierBulk is a Tier enum value TierBulk = "Bulk" // TierExpedited is a Tier enum value TierExpedited = "Expedited" ) // Tier_Values returns all elements of the Tier enum func Tier_Values() []string { return []string{ TierStandard, TierBulk, TierExpedited, } } const ( // TransitionStorageClassGlacier is a TransitionStorageClass enum value TransitionStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER" // TransitionStorageClassStandardIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value TransitionStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA" // TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA" // TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering is a TransitionStorageClass enum value TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING" // TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive is a TransitionStorageClass enum value TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE" // TransitionStorageClassGlacierIr is a TransitionStorageClass enum value TransitionStorageClassGlacierIr = "GLACIER_IR" ) // TransitionStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the TransitionStorageClass enum func TransitionStorageClass_Values() []string { return []string{ TransitionStorageClassGlacier, TransitionStorageClassStandardIa, TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa, TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering, TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive, TransitionStorageClassGlacierIr, } } const ( // TypeCanonicalUser is a Type enum value TypeCanonicalUser = "CanonicalUser" // TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail is a Type enum value TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail = "AmazonCustomerByEmail" // TypeGroup is a Type enum value TypeGroup = "Group" ) // Type_Values returns all elements of the Type enum func Type_Values() []string { return []string{ TypeCanonicalUser, TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail, TypeGroup, } }